advance design - graitec · advance design, undergoes a series of validation tests. this validation...

684

Upload: vuphuc

Post on 10-Sep-2018

218 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Advance Design

Validation Guide

Part 1

Version: 2015

Tests passed on: 16 April 2014

Number of tests: 519

INTRODUCTION Before being officially released, each version of GRAITEC software, including Advance Design, undergoes a series of validation tests. This validation is performed in parallel and in addition to manual testing and beta testing, in order to obtain the "operational version" status. This document contains a description of the automatic tests, highlighting the theoretical background and the results we have obtained using the current software release.

Usually, a test is made of a reference (independent from the specific software version tested), a transformation (a calculation or a data processing scenario), a result (given by the specific software version tested) and a difference usually measured in percentage as a drift from a set of reference values. Depending on the cases, the used reference is either a theoretical calculation done manually, a sample taken from the technical literature, or the result of a previous version considered as good by experience.

Starting with version 2012, Graitec Advance has made significant steps forward in term of quality management by extending the scope and automating the testing process. While in previous versions, the tests were always about the calculation results which were compared to a reference set, starting with version 2012, tests have been extended to user interface behavior, import/export procedures, etc. The next major improvement is the capacity to pass the tests automatically. These current tests have obviously been passed on the “operational version”, but they are actually passed on a daily basis during the development process, which helps improve the daily quality by solving potential issues, immediately after they have been introduced in the code.

In the field of structural analysis and design, software users must keep in mind that the results highly depend on the modeling (especially when dealing with finite elements) and on the settings of the numerous assumptions and options available in the software. A software package cannot replace engineers experience and analysis. Despite all our efforts in term of quality management, we cannot guaranty the correct behavior and the validity of the results issued by Advance Design in any situation. With this validation guide, we are providing a set of concrete test cases showing the behavior of Advance Design in various areas and various conditions. The tests cover a wide field of expertise: modeling, climatic load generation according to Eurocode 1, combinations management, meshing, finite element calculation, reinforced concrete design according to Eurocode 2, steel member design according to Eurocode 3, steel connection design according to Eurocode 3, timber member design according to Eurocode 5, seismic analysis according to Eurocode 8, report generation, import / export procedures and user interface behavior.

We hope that this guide will highly contribute to the knowledge and the confidence you are placing in Advance Design.

Manuel LIEDOT

Chief Product Office

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

7

Table of Contents

1 FINITE ELEMENT METHOD .................................................................................................17

1.1 Cantilever rectangular plate (01-0001SSLSB_FEM) ....................................................................................18

1.2 System of two bars with three hinges (01-0002SSLLB_FEM) ......................................................................21

1.3 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 15 °) (01-0008SDLSB_FEM) ...................................24

1.4 Thin circular ring fixed in two points (01-0006SDLLB_FEM) ........................................................................27

1.5 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 30 °) (01-0009SDLSB_FEM) ...................................31

1.6 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 0 °) (01-0007SDLSB_FEM) .....................................34

1.7 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 2) (01-0012SDLLB_FEM) ..........................................37

1.8 Double fixed beam (01-0016SDLLB_FEM) ..................................................................................................40

1.9 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 3) (01-0013SDLLB_FEM) ..........................................44

1.10 Short beam on simple supports (on the neutral axis) (01-0017SDLLB_FEM).............................................47

1.11 Rectangular thin plate simply supported on its perimeter (01-0020SDLSB_FEM)......................................51

1.12 Cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling (01-0021SFLLB_FEM).....................................................................55

1.13 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 1) (01-0011SDLLB_FEM).........................................57

1.14 Double fixed beam with a spring at mid span (01-0015SSLLB_FEM) ........................................................60

1.15 Thin square plate fixed on one side (01-0019SDLSB_FEM).......................................................................63

1.16 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 45 °) (01-0010SDLSB_FEM) .................................67

1.17 Thin circular ring hanged on an elastic element (01-0014SDLLB_FEM) ....................................................70

1.18 Short beam on simple supports (eccentric) (01-0018SDLLB_FEM) ...........................................................74

1.19 Slender beam on two fixed supports (01-0024SSLLB_FEM)......................................................................78

1.20 Slender beam on three supports (01-0025SSLLB_FEM)............................................................................83

1.21 Fixed thin arc in out of plane bending (01-0028SSLLB_FEM) ....................................................................87

1.22 Double hinged thin arc in planar bending (01-0029SSLLB_FEM)...............................................................89

1.23 Bending effects of a symmetrical portal frame (01-0023SDLLB_FEM).......................................................92

1.24 Fixed thin arc in planar bending (01-0027SSLLB_FEM).............................................................................95

1.25 Beam on elastic soil, free ends (01-0032SSLLB_FEM) ..............................................................................98

1.26 EDF Pylon (01-0033SFLLA_FEM)............................................................................................................101

1.27 Truss with hinged bars under a punctual load (01-0031SSLLB_FEM) .....................................................105

1.28 Annular thin plate fixed on a hub (repetitive circular structure) (01-0022SDLSB_FEM)............................108

1.29 Bimetallic: Fixed beams connected to a stiff element (01-0026SSLLB_FEM) ..........................................110

1.30 Portal frame with lateral connections (01-0030SSLLB_FEM) ...................................................................113

1.31 Caisson beam in torsion (01-0037SSLSB_FEM) ......................................................................................116

1.32 Thin cylinder under a uniform radial pressure (01-0038SSLSB_FEM) .....................................................119

1.33 Beam on two supports considering the shear force (01-0041SSLLB_FEM) .............................................121

1.34 Thin cylinder under a uniform axial load (01-0042SSLSB_FEM) ..............................................................124

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

8

1.35 Simply supported square plate (01-0036SSLSB_FEM)............................................................................127

1.36 Stiffen membrane (01-0040SSLSB_FEM)................................................................................................ 130

1.37 Torus with uniform internal pressure (01-0045SSLSB_FEM) ...................................................................133

1.38 Spherical shell under internal pressure (01-0046SSLSB_FEM) ...............................................................136

1.39 Thin cylinder under its self weight (01-0044SSLSB_MEF) .......................................................................139

1.40 Beam on elastic soil, hinged ends (01-0034SSLLB_FEM) .......................................................................141

1.41 Square plate under planar stresses (01-0039SSLSB_FEM) ....................................................................145

1.42 Thin cylinder under a hydrostatic pressure (01-0043SSLSB_FEM) .........................................................148

1.43 Spherical dome under a uniform external pressure (01-0050SSLSB_FEM) ............................................ 151

1.44 Simply supported square plate under a uniform load (01-0051SSLSB_FEM).......................................... 154

1.45 Simply supported rectangular plate loaded with punctual force and moments (01-0054SSLSB_FEM).... 156

1.46 Shear plate perpendicular to the medium surface (01-0055SSLSB_FEM)............................................... 158

1.47 Spherical shell with holes (01-0049SSLSB_FEM).................................................................................... 160

1.48 Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load (01-0053SSLSB_FEM)................................... 163

1.49 A plate (0.01333 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0058SSLSB_FEM) .......... 165

1.50 A plate (0.02 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0059SSLSB_FEM) .... 167

1.51 A plate (0.01 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0057SSLSB_FEM) .... 169

1.52 Pinch cylindrical shell (01-0048SSLSB_FEM).......................................................................................... 171

1.53 Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load (01-0052SSLSB_FEM)................................... 173

1.54 Triangulated system with hinged bars (01-0056SSLLB_FEM) .................................................................175

1.55 A plate (0.01 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0062SSLSB_FEM)......... 178

1.56 A plate (0.01333 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0063SSLSB_FEM)...181

1.57 A plate (0.1 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0066SSLSB_FEM)........... 183

1.58 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 1) (01-0067SDLLB_FEM) ..................................... 185

1.59 A plate (0.1 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0061SSLSB_FEM) ...... 188

1.60 A plate (0.05 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0065SSLSB_FEM)......... 190

1.61 Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Rafters) (01-0077SSLPB_FEM).... 192

1.62 Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Columns) (01-0078SSLPB_FEM)............ 194

1.63 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 3) (01-0069SDLLB_FEM) ..................................... 196

1.64 A plate (0.05 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0060SSLSB_FEM) .... 199

1.65 A plate (0.02 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0064SSLSB_FEM)......... 201

1.66 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 2) (01-0068SDLLB_FEM) ..................................... 203

1.67 Slender beam of variable rectangular section (fixed-fixed) (01-0086SDLLB_FEM).................................. 206

1.68 Plane portal frame with hinged supports (01-0089SSLLB_FEM) ............................................................. 209

1.69 A 3D bar structure with elastic support (01-0094SSLLB_FEM) ................................................................211

1.70 Fixed/free slender beam with centered mass (01-0095SDLLB_FEM)...................................................... 218

1.71 Slender beam of variable rectangular section with fixed-free ends (ß=5) (01-0085SDLLB_FEM)............ 223

1.72 Cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling with thermal load (01-0092HFLLB_FEM) ...................................... 228

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

9

1.73 Simple supported beam in free vibration (01-0098SDLLB_FEM) .............................................................230

1.74 Membrane with hot point (01-0099HSLSB_FEM) .....................................................................................233

1.75 Double cross with hinged ends (01-0097SDLLB_FEM)............................................................................236

1.76 Short beam on two hinged supports (01-0084SSLLB_FEM) ....................................................................240

1.77 Double fixed beam in Eulerian buckling with a thermal load (01-0091HFLLB_FEM) ................................242

1.78 Fixed/free slender beam with eccentric mass or inertia (01-0096SDLLB_FEM).......................................244

1.79 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = -10000 N/m) (01-0102SSNLB_FEM) ..................................................248

1.80 Linear system of truss beams (01-0103SSLLB_FEM) ..............................................................................251

1.81 Linear element in combined bending/tension - without compressed reinforcements - Partially tensioned section (02-0158SSLLB_B91) ..............................................................................................................................254

1.82 Linear element in simple bending - without compressed reinforcement (02-0162SSLLB_B91)................260

1.83 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k -> infinite) (01-0101SSNLB_FEM) .........................................................264

1.84 Study of a mast subjected to an earthquake (02-0112SMLLB_P92) ........................................................267

1.85 Design of a concrete floor with an opening (03-0208SSLLG_BAEL91) ....................................................272

1.86 Design of a 2D portal frame (03-0207SSLLG_CM66)...............................................................................280

1.87 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = 0) (01-0100SSNLB_FEM)...................................................................288

1.88 Non linear system of truss beams (01-0104SSNLB_FEM) .......................................................................291

1.89 Design of a Steel Structure according to CM66 (03-0206SSLLG_CM66).................................................295

1.90 Slender beam with variable section (fixed-free) (01-0004SDLLB_FEM)...................................................304

1.91 Tied (sub-tensioned) beam (01-0005SSLLB_FEM) ..................................................................................307

1.92 Circular plate under uniform load (01-0003SSLSB_FEM) ........................................................................312

1.93 Verifying the displacement results on linear elements for vertical seism (TTAD #11756).........................315

1.94 Verifying constraints for triangular mesh on planar elements (TTAD #11447) ..........................................315

1.95 Verifying forces results on concrete linear elements (TTAD #11647) .......................................................315

1.96 Verifying diagrams after changing the view from standard (top, left,...) to user view (TTAD #11854).......315

1.97 Verifying forces for triangular meshing on planar element (TTAD #11723) ..............................................315

1.98 Verifying stresses in beam with "extend into wall" property (TTAD #11680).............................................317

1.99 Generating planar efforts before and after selecting a saved view (TTAD #11849)..................................317

1.100 Verifying results on punctual supports (TTAD #11489)...........................................................................317

1.101 Verifying the level mass center (TTAD #11573, TTAD #12315) .............................................................317

1.102 Verifying diagrams for Mf Torsors on divided walls (TTAD #11557) .......................................................317

1.103 Verifying Sxx results on beams (TTAD #11599) .....................................................................................318

1.104 Generating results for Torsors NZ/Group (TTAD #11633) ......................................................................318

1.105 Verifying nonlinear analysis results for frames with semi-rigid joints and rigid joints (TTAD #11495) .....318

1.106 Generating a report with torsors per level (TTAD #11421) .....................................................................318

1.107 Verifying tension/compression supports on nonlinear analysis (TTAD #11518) .....................................318

1.108 Verifying tension/compression supports on nonlinear analysis (TTAD #11518) .....................................319

1.109 Verifying the display of the forces results on planar supports (TTAD #11728)........................................319

1.110 Verifying results of a steel beam subjected to dynamic temporal loadings (TTAD #14586)....................320

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

10

1.111 Verifying the main axes results on a planar element (TTAD #11725)..................................................... 324

1.112 Verifying torsors on a single story coupled walls subjected to horizontal forces..................................... 324

1.113 Calculating torsors using different mesh sizes for a concrete wall subjected to a horizontal force (TTAD #13175) .324

1.114 Verifying the internal forces results for a simple supported steel beam.................................................. 324

1.115 Verifying forces on a linear elastic support which is defined in a user workplane (TTAD #11929) ......... 325

2 CAD, RENDERING AND VISUALIZATION ........................................................................ 327

2.1 Verifying hide/show elements command (TTAD #11753) .......................................................................... 328

2.2 Verifying the dimensions and position of annotations on selection when new analysis is made.(TTAD #12807) ....... 328

2.3 Verifying the saved view of elements with annotations. (TTAD #13033)................................................... 328

2.4 Verifying the visualisation of supports with rotational or moving DoFs.(TTAD #13891) ............................. 328

2.5 Verifying the annotations of a wind generated load. (TTAD #13190) ......................................................... 328

2.6 System stability during section cut results verification (TTAD #11752) ...................................................... 329

2.7 Generating combinations (TTAD #11721).................................................................................................. 329

2.8 Verifying the grid text position (TTAD #11704)........................................................................................... 329

2.9 Verifying descriptive actors after creating analysis (TTAD #11589) ........................................................... 329

2.10 Verifying the coordinates system symbol (TTAD #11611) ........................................................................ 329

2.11 Creating a circle (TTAD #11525) .............................................................................................................. 330

2.12 Creating a camera (TTAD #11526) .......................................................................................................... 330

2.13 Verifying the representation of elements with HEA cross section (TTAD #11328) ................................... 330

2.14 Verifying the snap points behavior during modeling (TTAD #11458)........................................................ 330

2.15 Verifying the local axes of a section cut (TTAD #11681) .......................................................................... 330

2.16 Verifying the descriptive model display after post processing results in analysis mode (TTAD #11475).. 331

2.17 Modeling using the tracking snap mode (TTAD #10979).......................................................................... 331

2.18 Verifying holes in horizontal planar elements after changing the level height (TTAD #11490) ................. 331

2.19 Verifying the display of elements with compound cross sections (TTAD #11486).................................... 331

2.20 Moving a linear element along with the support (TTAD #12110) ..............................................................331

2.21 Turning on/off the "ghost" rendering mode (TTAD #11999)......................................................................332

2.22 Verifying the "ghost" display after changing the display colors (TTAD #12064) ....................................... 332

2.23 Verifying the grid text position (TTAD #11657) ......................................................................................... 332

2.24 Verifying the "ghost display on selection" function for saved views (TTAD #12054) ................................ 332

2.25 Verifying the steel connections modeling (TTAD #11698) ........................................................................ 332

2.26 Verifying the fixed load scale function (TTAD #12183). ............................................................................ 332

2.27 Verifying the saved view of elements by cross-section. (TTAD #13197) ................................................ 333

2.28 Verifying the annotations dimensions when new analysis is made.(TTAD #14825) ................................. 333

2.29 Verifying the default view.(TTAD #13248) ................................................................................................ 333

2.30 Verifying the dividing of planar elements which contain openings (TTAD #12229) .................................. 333

2.31 Verifying the program behavior when trying to create lintel (TTAD #12062) ............................................ 333

2.32 Verifying the program behavior when launching the analysis on a model with overlapped loads (TTAD #11837).... 333

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

11

2.33 Verifying the display of punctual loads after changing the load case number (TTAD #11958) .................334

2.34 Verifying the display of a beam with haunches (TTAD #12299)...............................................................334

2.35 Creating base plate connections for non-vertical columns (TTAD #12170) ..............................................334

2.36 Verifying drawing of joints in y-z plan (TTAD #12453) ..............................................................................334

2.37 Verifying rotation for steel beam with joint (TTAD #12592).......................................................................334

2.38 Verifying annotation on selection (TTAD #12700).....................................................................................334

3 CLIMATIC GENERATOR ....................................................................................................335

3.1 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. (TTAD #12808)........................................336

3.2 EC1: wind load generation on a high building with horizontal roof using UK annex (DEV2013#4.1) (TTAD #12608) .336

3.3 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters (TTAD #12528) ..........................................336

3.4 EC1: Generating snow loads on a single slope with lateral parapets (TTAD #12606)................................336

3.5 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters (TTAD #12528) ..........................................336

3.6 EC1: generating wind loads on a square based lattice structure with compound profiles and automatic calculation of "n" (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12744) ......................................................................................337

3.7 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building. (TTAD #12719).....................................337

3.8 EC1: Generating snow loads on two side by side buildings with gutters (TTAD #12806)...........................337

3.9 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building (TTAD #12716)......................................337

3.10 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. (TTAD #12841) ......................................337

3.11 EC1: Generating wind loads on a square based structure according to UK standards (BS EN 1991-1-4:2005) (TTAD #12608)........................................................................................................................................338

3.12 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and parapets. (TTAD #12878) ...............338

3.13 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. (TTAD #12835) ......................................338

3.14 EC1: generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame with parapets (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA) (TTAD #11111)...338

3.15 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (VT : 3.3 - Wind - Example C)....338

3.16 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (VT : 3.1 - Wind - Example A) ....339

3.17 EC1: wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles and user defined "n" (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12276) ........................................................................................................................339

3.18 EC1: generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with one slope roof (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (VT : 3.2 - Wind - Example B)................................................................................................................................................339

3.19 EC1: generating wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles and automatic calculation of "n" (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12276) ......................................................................................339

3.20 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA) (VT : 3.4 - Snow - Example A) ..339

3.21 EC1: Verifying the wind loads generated on a building with protruding roof (TTAD #12071, #12278)......340

3.22 EC1: Verifying the geometry of wind loads on an irregular shed. (TTAD #12233) ....................................340

3.23 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets. (TTAD #14578).....................................340

3.24 EC1: Generating 2D snow loads on a 2 slope portal with one lateral parapet. (TTAD #14530)................340

3.25 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope building. (TTAD #13663) .............................340

3.26 EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope portal. (TTAD #14531).......................................................341

3.27 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets. (TTAD #14179)......................................341

3.28 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with different height (TTAD 13158).............. 341

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

12

3.29 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with different height (TTAD 13159)...............341

3.30 EC1: snow load generation on double compound with gutters and parapets on all sides.(TTAD #13717) .................341

3.31 EC1: snow load generation on building with 2 slopes > 60 degrees according to Czech national annex. (TTAD #14235) ................................................................................................................................................................. 342

3.32 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds (TTAD #13286).......................... 342

3.33 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with parapets. (TTAD #13669) .................................. 342

3.34 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with increased height. (TTAD #13759) ...................... 342

3.35 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with custom pressure values. (TTAD #14004).......... 342

3.36 EC1: wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto according to Romanian national annex. (TTAD #13930w)343

3.37 EC1: snow load generation on a 3 compound building according to Romanian national annex. (TTAD #13930s)...343

3.38 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and lateral parapets. (TTAD #14005).... 343

3.39 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with parapets. (TTAD #13671) ................................. 343

3.40 EC1: snow load generation on compound with a double-roof volume close to a single-roof volume (TTAD #13559)343

3.41 EC1: wind load generation on multibay canopies (TTAD #11668) ...........................................................344

3.42 EC1: wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto (TTAD #12823) ............................................ 344

3.43 EC1: generating wind loads on a 35m high structure according to Eurocodes 1 - French standard with CsCd min set to 0.7 and Delta to 0.15. (TTAD #11196) ....................................................................................... 344

3.44 EC1: generating wind loads on a canopy according to Eurocodes 1 - French standard. (TTAD #13855) 344

3.45 EC1: Generating wind loads on a single-roof volume compound with parapets. (TTAD #13672) ............ 344

3.46 EC1: Generating snow loads on a shed with parapets. (TTAD #12494) .................................................. 345

3.47 EC1: Generating snow loads on a shed with gutters building. (TTAD #13856) ........................................ 345

3.48 EC1: generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame.(TTAD #13169) ........................................... 345

3.49 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with parapets (TTAD #13992) ... 345

3.50 EC1: generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof with double slope (DEV2013#4.3) .......... 345

3.51 EC1: wind load generation on a high building with double slope roof using different parameters defined per directions (DEV2013#4.2) .................................................................................................................................... 346

3.52 EC1: generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an multibay canopy roof (DEV2013#4.3) ......................... 346

3.53 EC1: generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof with one slope (DEV2013#4.3) ............... 346

3.54 EC1: wind load generation on a high building with a horizontal roof using different CsCd values for each direction (DEV2013#4.4) ...................................................................................................................................... 346

3.55 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame using the Romanian national annex (TTAD #11687).... 347

3.56 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame using the Romanian national annex (TTAD #11569)...347

3.57 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11531) ............................................ 347

3.58 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame using the Romanian national annex (TTAD #11570)...347

3.59 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11699) ........................................... 348

3.60 Generating the description of climatic loads report according to EC1 Romanian standards (TTAD #11688)348

3.61 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with roof thickness greater than the parapet height (TTAD #11943).......................................................................................................................................... 348

3.62 EC1: verifying the snow loads generated on a monopitch frame (TTAD #11302) .................................... 348

3.63 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with 2 fully opened windwalls (TTAD #11937) ................349

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

13

3.64 EC1: generating snow loads on two close roofs with different heights according to Czech standards (CSN EN 1991-1-3) (DEV2012 #3.18) ...........................................................................................................................349

3.65 EC1: generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal frame according to Czech standards (CSN EN 1991-1-4) (DEV2012 #3.18) .................................................................................................................................349

3.66 EC1: generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with a roof which has a small span (< 5m) and a parapet (TTAD #11735).....................................................................................................................................................349

3.67 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with gutter (TTAD #11113) ..........................350

3.68 EC1: generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and gutter (TTAD #11113) ..........350

3.69 EC1: generating snow loads on duopitch multispan roofs according to German standards (DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA) (DEV2012 #3.13)........................................................................................................................................350

3.70 EC1: generating wind loads on a 55m high structure according to German standards (DIN EN 1991-1-4/NA) (DEV2012 #3.12)........................................................................................................................................350

3.71 EC1: generating snow loads on two side by side roofs with different heights, according to German standards (DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA) (DEV2012 #3.13) ............................................................................................351

3.72 EC1: snow on a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and parapet with height reduction (TTAD #11191).351

3.73 EC1: generating snow loads on monopitch multispan roofs according to German standards (DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA) (DEV2012 #3.13).....................................................................................................................................351

3.74 EC1: generating wind loads on an isolated roof with two slopes (TTAD #11695) .....................................351

3.75 EC1: generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal frame with a fully opened face (DEV2012 #1.6) .352

3.76 EC1: generating wind loads on duopitch multispan roofs with pitch < 5 degrees (TTAD #11852) ............352

3.77 EC1 NF: generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with 2 slopes roof (TTAD #11932) ........................352

3.78 EC1: wind load generation on simple 3D portal frame with 4 slopes roof (TTAD #11604)........................352

3.79 EC1: Generating 2D wind and snow loads on a 2 opposite slopes portal with Z down axis. (TTAD #15094) ............ 353

3.80 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 3 compound building. (TTAD #13190).................................................353

3.81 EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a double slope roof with an opening. (TTAD #15328).......................353

3.82 EC1: Generating wind loads on a double slope with 5 degrees. (TTAD #15307) .....................................353

3.83 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 horizontal slopes building one higher that the other. (TTAD #13320)...............353

3.84 EC1: Generating snow loads on a custom multiple slope building. (TTAD #14285) .................................354

3.85 EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope isolated roof. (TTAD #14985) ............................................354

3.86 EC1: Generating 2D wind and snow loads on a 4 slope shed next to a higher one slope compound. (TTAD #15047) .354

3.87 EC1: Generating 2D snow loads on a one horizontal slope portal. (TTAD #14975) .................................354

3.88 EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a multiple roof portal. (TTAD #15140)...............................................354

3.89 EC1: wind load generation on a signboard ...............................................................................................355

3.90 EC1: wind load generation on a building with multispan roofs ..................................................................355

3.91 EC1: wind load generation on a high building with horizontal roof ............................................................355

3.92 EC1: wind load generation on a simple 3D portal frame with 2 slopes roof (TTAD #11602).....................355

3.93 EC1: wind load generation on a simple 3D structure with horizontal roof .................................................355

4 COMBINATIONS .................................................................................................................357

4.1 Generating combinations (TTAD #11673) ..................................................................................................358

4.2 Generating load combinations with unfavorable and favorable/unfavorable predominant action (TTAD #11357) ..........358

4.3 Defining concomitance rules for two case families (TTAD #11355)............................................................358

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

14

4.4 Generating combinations for NEWEC8.cbn (TTAD #11431)......................................................................358

4.5 Generating the concomitance matrix after adding a new dead load case (TTAD #11361)......................... 358

4.6 Generating load combinations after changing the load case number (TTAD #11359) ............................... 359

4.7 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.7 (DEV2012 #1.7) ...................................... 359

4.8 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.8 (DEV2012 #1.7) ...................................... 359

4.9 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.2 (DEV2012 #1.7) ...................................... 360

4.10 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.1 (DEV2010#1.7)...................................... 360

4.11 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no. 5 (DEV2012 #1.7).................................... 360

4.12 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.6 (DEV2012 #1.7)..................................... 361

4.13 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.4 (DEV2012 #1.7).................................... 361

4.14 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.9 (DEV2012 #1.7)..................................... 361

4.15 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.10 (DEV2012 #1.7)................................... 362

4.16 Generating a set of combinations with different Q "Base" types (TTAD #11806) ..................................... 362

4.17 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.3 (DEV2012 #1.7)..................................... 363

4.18 Generating a set of combinations with Q group of loads (TTAD #11960)................................................. 363

4.19 Generating the concomitance matrix after switching back the effect for live load (TTAD #11806) ........... 363

4.20 Generating a set of combinations with seismic group of loads (TTAD #11889)........................................ 363

4.21 Verifying combinations for CZ localization (TTAD #12542) ...................................................................... 363

5 CONCRETE DESIGN .......................................................................................................... 365

5.1 EC2: Verifying the transverse reinforcement area for a beam subjected to linear loads ............................ 366

5.2 EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - bilinear stress-strain diagram .......... 366

5.3 Modifying the "Design experts" properties for concrete linear elements (TTAD #12498) ........................... 366

5.4 EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - horizontal level behavior law..............366

5.5 EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - inclined stress strain behavior law...366

5.6 EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area for a beam subjected to point loads............................ 367

5.7 EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load..................................... 367

5.8 EC2: Verifying the minimum reinforcement area for a simply supported beam.......................................... 367

5.9 EC2 Test 2: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram ................................................................................. 368

5.10 EC2 Test 4 I: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot A efforts – Inclined stress-strain diagram........ 376

5.11 EC2 Test 6: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram........... 383

5.12 EC2 Test 5: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram.......... 387

5.13 EC2 Test 8: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam without compressed reinforcement – Inclined stress-strain diagram392

5.14 EC2 Test 9: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam with compressed reinforcement – Inclined stress-strain diagram .. 400

5.15 EC2 Test 3: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to uniformly distributed load, with compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram .................................................................................. 411

5.16 EC2 Test 7: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram........... 422

5.17 EC2 Test 12: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD3) .............................................................. 426

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

15

5.18 EC2 Test 13: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)..............................................................432

5.19 EC2 Test 16: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram..........438

5.20 EC2 Test 17: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) .............................................................444

5.21 EC2 Test 20: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) .......................450

5.22 EC2 Test 23: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ....457

5.23 EC2 Test 10: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram ........463

5.24 EC2 Test 15: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram..........468

5.25 EC2 Test 19: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) .......................475

5.26 EC2 Test 11: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)...............................................................482

5.27 EC2 Test 14: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, with compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)...............................................................489

5.28 EC2 Test 18: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, with compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)..............................................................495

5.29 EC2 Test 26: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with vertical transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ..................................................................................500

5.30 EC2 Test 27: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with vertical transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ..................................................................................504

5.31 EC2 Test29: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with inclined transversal reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)...........................................................................................................509

5.32 EC2 Test30: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with inclined transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ...........................................................................................................513

5.33 EC2 Test 25: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with inclined transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ..................................................................................517

5.34 EC2 Test 46 I: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal force of traction - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class X0) .....................................................................................................................................521

5.35 EC2 Test 1: Verifying a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending - Bilinear stress-strain diagram ...............................................................................................................524

5.36 EC2 Test33: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression by nominal rigidity method- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ...........................................................................................................529

5.37 EC2 Test34: Verifying a rectangular concrete column subjected to compression on the top – Method based on nominal stiffness - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)..............................................................536

5.38 EC2 Test32: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression and rotation moment to the top – Method based on nominal curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).............................................544

5.39 EC2 Test 24: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with vertical transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ..................................................................................553

5.40 EC2 Test28: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with inclined transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0)..............................................................................................................557

5.41 EC2 Test31: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression and rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).........................................................................................................561

5.42 EC2 Test 37: Verifying a square concrete column using the simplified method – Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ...........................................................................................................575

5.43 EC2 Test 38: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the simplified method – Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ...........................................................................................................579

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

16

5.44 EC2 Test 41: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a significant compression force and small rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).............................................................. 582

5.45 EC2 Test 42: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a significant rotation moment and small compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ....... 595

5.46 EC2 Test36: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the method based on nominal curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)........................................................................................................... 605

5.47 EC2 Test 40: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small compression force and significant rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).............................................................. 612

5.48 EC2 Test 45: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam supporting a balcony - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).......................................................................................................................................................... 620

5.49 EC2 Test 46 II: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal force of traction - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0)..................................................................................................................................... 628

5.50 EC2 Test 44: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to eccentric loading - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0)............................................................................................................................................... 631

5.51 EC2 Test35: Verifying a rectangular concrete column subjected to compression to top – Based on nominal rigidity method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ................................................................................ 637

5.52 EC2 Test 39: Verifying a circular concrete column using the simplified method – Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)........................................................................................................... 648

5.53 EC2 Test 43: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small rotation moment and significant compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ....... 652

5.54 Verifying the capacity design results according to Eurocode EC2 and EC8 French standards. (DEV2013 #8.3) ......... 662

5.55 EC2 Test 47: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to tension load - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD2) ............................................................................................................................................ 663

5.56 EC2 Test 4 II: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot B efforts – Inclined stress-strain diagram....... 670

5.57 Testing the punching verification and punching reinforcement results on loaded analysis model (TTAD #14332)........ 675

5.58 Verifying the peak smoothing influence over mesh, the punching verification and punching reinforcement results when Z down axis is selected. (TTAD #14963)......................................................................................... 675

5.59 EC2: column design with “Nominal Stiffness method” square section (TTAD #11625) ............................ 675

5.60 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a horizontal concrete bar with rectangular cross section ...... 675

5.61 Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for articulated beams (TTAD #11342) ...... 676

5.62 Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for an articulated beam (TTAD #11342)... 676

5.63 EC2 : calculation of a square column in traction (TTAD #11892) .............................................................676

5.64 Verifying Aty and Atz for a fixed concrete beam (TTAD #11812) .............................................................677

5.65 Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a structure with 375 load cases combinations (TTAD #11683)....................677

5.66 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for linear elements (TTAD #11636)............................................ 677

5.67 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement bars for a filled circular column (TTAD #11678)......................... 677

5.68 Verifying concrete results for planar elements (TTAD #11583) ................................................................678

5.69 Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a fixed beam (TTAD #11836) .............................................. 678

5.70 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a fixed linear element (TTAD #11700) .................................. 678

5.71 Verifying concrete results for linear elements (TTAD #11556) .................................................................678

5.72 Verifying the reinforcement of concrete columns (TTAD #11635) ............................................................679

5.73 EC2 Test 47 I: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a tension distributed load - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD2)........................................................................................................................ 680

1 Finite element method

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

18

1.1 Cantilever rectangular plate (01-0001SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2433

Test status: Passed

1.1.1 Description

Verifies the vertical displacement on the free extremity of a cantilever rectangular plate fixed on one side. The plate is 1 m long, subjected to a uniform planar load.

1.1.2 Background

1.1.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 01/89.

■ Analysis type: linear static.

■ Element type: planar.

Cantilever rectangular plate Scale =1/4

01-0001SSLSB_FEM

Units

S.I.

Geometry

■ Thickness: e = 0.005 m,

■ Length: l = 1 m,

■ Width: b = 0.1 m.

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

19

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed at end x = 0,

■ Inner: None.

Loadings

■ External: Uniform load p = -1700 Pa on the upper surface,

■ Internal: None.

1.1.2.2 Displacement of the model in the linear elastic range

Reference solution

The reference displacement is calculated for the unsupported end located at x = 1m.

u = bl4p8EIz

= 0.1 x 14 x 1700

8 x 2.1 x 1011 x 0.1 x 0.0053

12 = -9.71 cm

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,

■ 1100 nodes,

■ 990 surface quadrangles.

Deformed shape

Deformed cantilever rectangular plate Scale =1/4

01-0001SSLSB_FEM

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

20

1.1.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement on the free extremity [cm] -9.71

1.1.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

DZ Vertical displacement on the free extremity [cm] -9.58696 cm 1.27%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

21

1.2 System of two bars with three hinges (01-0002SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2434

Test status: Passed

1.2.1 Description

On a system of two bars (AC and BC) with three hinges, a punctual load in applied in point C. The vertical displacement in point C and the tensile stress on the bars are verified.

1.2.2 Background

1.2.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 09/89;

■ Analysis type: linear static;

■ Element type: linear.

System of two bars with three hinges Scale =1/33

0002SSLLB_FEM

4.500 m

30° 30°

4.500 m

AA BB

CC

FF

X

Y

Z X

Y

Z

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Bars angle relative to horizontal: = 30°,

■ Bars length: l = 4.5 m,

■ Bar section: A = 3 x 10-4 m2.

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

22

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Hinged in A and B,

■ Inner: Hinge on C

Loading

■ External: Punctual load in C: F = -21 x 103 N.

■ Internal: None.

1.2.2.2 Displacement of the model in C

Reference solution

uc = -3 x 10-3 m

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,

■ 21 nodes,

■ 20 linear elements.

Displacement shape

System of two bars with three hinges Scale =1/33

Displacement in C 0002SSLLB_FEM

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

23

1.2.2.3 Bars stresses

Reference solutions

AC bar = 70 MPa

BC bar = 70 MPa

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,

■ 21 nodes,

■ 20 linear elements.

1.2.2.4 Shape of the stress diagram

System of two bars with three hinges Scale =1/34

Bars stresses 0002SSLLB_FEM

1.2.2.5 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -0.30

CM2 Sxx Tensile stress on AC bar [MPa] 70

CM2 Sxx Tensile stress on BC bar [MPa] 70

1.2.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

DZ Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -0.299954 cm 0.02%

Sxx Tensile stress on AC bar [MPa] 69.9998 MPa 0.00%

Sxx Tensile stress on BC bar [MPa] 69.9998 MPa 0.00%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

24

1.3 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 15 °) (01-0008SDLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2440

Test status: Passed

1.3.1 Description

Verifies the eigen modes frequencies for a 10 mm thick lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side, subjected to its own weight only.

1.3.2 Background

1.3.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLS 02/89;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis;

■ Element type: planar.

Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side Scale =1/10

01-0008SDLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Thickness: t = 0.01 m,

■ Side: a = 1 m,

■ = 15°

■ Points coordinates:

► A ( 0 ; 0 ; 0 )

► B ( a ; 0 ; 0 )

► C ( 0.259a ; 0.966a ; 0 )

► D ( 1.259a ; 0.966a ; 0 )

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

25

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

■ Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: AB side fixed,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: None,

■ Internal: None.

1.3.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies function by angle

Reference solution

M. V. Barton formula for a lozenge of side "a" leads to the frequencies:

fj = 2a2

1i

2 )1(12

Et2

2

where i = 1,2, or i

2 = g().

3.601

8.872 M. V. Barton noted the sensitivity of the result relative to the mode and the angle. He acknowledged that the i values were determined with a limited development of an insufficient order, which led to consider a reference value that is based on an experimental result, verified by an average of seven software that use the finite elements calculation method.

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,

■ 961 nodes,

■ 900 surface quadrangles.

Eigen mode shapes

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

26

1.3.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 8.999

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 22.1714

1.3.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 8.95 Hz -0.54%

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 21.69 Hz -2.17%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

27

1.4 Thin circular ring fixed in two points (01-0006SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2438

Test status: Passed

1.4.1 Description

Verifies the first eigen modes frequencies for a thin circular ring fixed in two points, subjected to its own weight only.

1.4.2 Background

1.4.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 12/89;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis, plane problem;

■ Element type: linear.

Thin circular ring fixed in two points Scale =1/2

01-0006SDLLB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Average radius of curvature: OA = OB = R = 0.1 m,

■ Angular spacing between points A and B: 120° ;

■ Rectangular straight section:

► Thickness: h = 0.005 m,

► Width: b = 0.010 m,

► Section: A = 5 x 10-5 m2,

► Flexure moment of inertia relative to the vertical axis: I = 1.042 x 10-10 m4,

■ Point coordinates:

► O (0 ;0),

► A (-0.05 3 ; -0.05),

► B (0.05 3 ; -0.05).

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

28

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 7.2 x 1010 Pa

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

■ Density: = 2700 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed at A and B,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: None,

■ Internal: None.

1.4.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies

Reference solutions

The deformation of the fixed ring is calculated from the deformations of the free-free thin ring

■ Symmetrical mode:

► u’i = i cos(i)

► v’i = sin (i)

► ’i = 1-i2

R sin (i)

■ Antisymmetrical mode:

► u’i = i sin(i)

► v’i = -cos (i)

► ’i = 1-i2

R cos (i)

From Green’s method results:

fj = 2

1j

2R

h

12

E

with a support angle of 120°.

i 1 2 3 4 Symmetrical mode 4.8497 14.7614 23.6157

Antisymmetrical mode 1.9832 9.3204 11.8490 21.5545

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam, without meshing,

■ 32 nodes,

■ 32 linear elements.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

29

Eigen mode shapes

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

30

1.4.2.3 Theoretic results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency - 1 antisymmetric 1 [Hz] 235.3

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 frequency - 2 symmetric 1 [Hz] 575.3

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 3 frequency - 3 antisymmetric 2 [Hz] 1105.7

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 4 frequency - 4 antisymmetric 3 [Hz] 1405.6

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 5 frequency - 5 symmetric 2 [Hz] 1751.1

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 6 frequency - 6 antisymmetric 4 [Hz] 2557

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 7 frequency - 7 symmetric 3 [Hz] 2801.5

1.4.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Eigen mode 1 frequency - 1 antisymmetric 1 [Hz] 236.32 Hz 0.43%

Eigen mode 2 frequency - 2 symmetric 1 [Hz] 578.52 Hz 0.56%

Eigen mode 3 frequency - 3 antisymmetric 2 [Hz] 1112.54 Hz 0.62%

Eigen mode 4 frequency - 4 antisymmetric 3 [Hz] 1414.22 Hz 0.61%

Eigen mode 5 frequency - 5 symmetric 2 [Hz] 1760 Hz 0.51%

Eigen mode 6 frequency - 6 antisymmetric 4 [Hz] 2569.97 Hz 0.51%

Eigen mode 7 frequency - 7 symmetric 3 [Hz] 2777.43 Hz -0.86%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

31

1.5 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 30 °) (01-0009SDLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2441

Test status: Passed

1.5.1 Description

Verifies the eigen modes frequencies for a 10 mm thick lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side, subjected to its own weight only.

1.5.2 Background

1.5.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLS 02/89;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis;

■ Element type: planar.

Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side Scale =1/10

01-0009SDLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Thickness: t = 0.01 m,

■ Side: a = 1 m,

■ = 30°

■ Points coordinates:

► A ( 0 ; 0 ; 0 )

► B ( a ; 0 ; 0 )

► C ( 0.5a ; 3 2 a ; 0 )

► D ( 1.5a ; 3 2 a ; 0 )

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

32

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

■ Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: AB side fixed,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: None,

■ Internal: None.

1.5.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies relative to the angle

Reference solution

M. V. Barton formula for a lozenge of side "a" leads to the frequencies:

fj = 2a2

1i

2 )1(12

Et2

2

where i = 1,2, or i

2 = g().

3.961

10.19 M. V. Barton noted the sensitivity of the result relative to the mode and the angle. He acknowledged that the i values were determined with a limited development of an insufficient order, which led to consider a reference value that is based on an experimental result, verified by an average of seven software that use the finite elements calculation method.

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,

■ 961 nodes,

■ 900 surface quadrangles.

Eigen mode shapes

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

33

1.5.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 9.8987

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 25.4651

1.5.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 9.82 Hz -0.80%

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 23.44 Hz -7.95%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

34

1.6 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 0 °) (01-0007SDLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2439

Test status: Passed

1.6.1 Description

Verifies the eigen modes frequencies for a 10 mm thick lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side, subjected to its own weight only.

1.6.2 Background

1.6.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLS 02/89;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis;

■ Element type: planar.

Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side Scale =1/10

01-0007SDLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Thickness: t = 0.01 m,

■ Side: a = 1 m,

■ = 0°

■ Points coordinates:

► A ( 0 ; 0 ; 0 )

► B ( a ; 0 ; 0 )

► C ( 0 ; a ; 0 )

► D ( a ; a ; 0 )

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

35

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

■ Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: AB side fixed,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: None,

■ Internal: None.

1.6.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies relative to the angle

Reference solution

M. V. Barton formula for a side "a" lozenge, leads to the frequencies:

fj = 2a2

1i

2 )1(12

Et2

2

where i = 1,2, and i

2 = g().

3.492

8.525 M.V. Barton noted the sensitivity of the result relative to the mode and the angle. He acknowledged that the i values were determined with a limited development of an insufficient order, which led to consider a reference value that is based on an experimental result, verified by an average of seven software that use the finite elements calculation method.

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,

■ 61 nodes,

■ 900 surface quadrangles.

Eigen mode shapes

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

36

1.6.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 8.7266

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 21.3042

1.6.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 8.67 Hz -0.65%

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 21.21 Hz -0.44%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

37

1.7 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 2) (01-0012SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2444

Test status: Passed

1.7.1 Description

Verifies the vibration modes of a thin piping elbow (1 m radius) extended by two straight elements of length L, subjected to its self weight only.

1.7.2 Background

1.7.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 14/89;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow Scale = 1/11

Case 2 01-0012SDLLB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,

■ L = 0.6 m,

■ Straight circular hollow section:

■ Outer diameter de = 0.020 m,

■ Inner diameter di = 0.016 m,

■ Section: A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,

■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,

■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,

■ Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10-9 m4.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

38

■ Points coordinates (in m):

► O ( 0 ; 0 ; 0 )

► A ( 0 ; R ; 0 )

► B ( R ; 0 ; 0 )

► C ( -L ; R ; 0 )

► D ( R ; -L ; 0 )

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

■ Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Fixed at points C and D

► At A: translation restraint along y and z,

► At B: translation restraint along x and z,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: None,

■ Internal: None.

1.7.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies

Reference solution

The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:

■ in plane bending:

fj = 2

2i

R2

A

EIz

where i = 1,2,

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 23 nodes,

■ 22 linear elements.

Eigen mode shapes

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

39

1.7.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz] 94

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode frequency in plane 2 [Hz] 180

1.7.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz] 94.62 Hz 0.66%

Eigen mode frequency in plane 2 [Hz] 184.68 Hz 2.60%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

40

1.8 Double fixed beam (01-0016SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2448

Test status: Passed

1.8.1 Description

Verifies the eigen modes frequencies and the vertical displacement on the middle of a beam consisting of eight elements of length "l", having identical characteristics. A punctual load of -50000 N is applied.

1.8.2 Background

1.8.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: internal GRAITEC test (beams theory);

■ Analysis type: static linear, modal analysis;

■ Element type: linear.

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Length: l = 16 m,

■ Axial section: S=0.06 m2

■ Inertia I = 0.0001 m4

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

■ Density: = 7850 kg/m3

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed at both ends x = 0 and x = 8 m,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Punctual load P = -50000 N at x = 4m,

■ Internal: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

41

1.8.2.2 Displacement of the model in the linear elastic range

Reference solution

The reference vertical displacement v5, is calculated at the middle of the beam at x = 2 m.

m 05079.00001.0111.2192

1650000

192

33

5

EEI

Plv

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,

■ 9 nodes,

■ 8 elements.

Deformed shape

Double fixed beam

Deformed

1.8.2.3 Eigen mode frequencies of the model in the linear elastic range

Reference solution

Knowing that the first four eigen mode frequencies of a double fixed beam are given by the following formula:

S

IE

Lf nn .

.

..2 2

2

where for the first 4 eigen modes frequencies

Hz 26.228=f 8.199

Hz 15.871=f 9.120

Hz 8.095=f 67.61

Hz 2.937=f 37.22

424

323

222

121

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,

■ 9 nodes,

■ 8 elements.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

42

Modal deformations

Double fixed beam

Mode 1

Double fixed beam

Mode 2

Double fixed beam

Mode 3

Double fixed beam

Mode 4

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

43

1.8.2.4 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement on the middle of the beam [m] -0.05079

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 2.937

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 8.095

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 15.870

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 26.228

1.8.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Dz Vertical displacement on the middle of the beam [m] -0.0507937 m -0.01%

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 2.94 Hz 0.10%

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 8.09 Hz -0.06%

Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 15.79 Hz -0.50%

Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 25.76 Hz -1.78%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

44

1.9 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 3) (01-0013SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2445

Test status: Passed

1.9.1 Description

Verifies the vibration modes of a thin piping elbow (1 m radius) extended by two straight elements of length L, subjected to its self weight only.

1.9.2 Background

1.9.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 14/89;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow Scale = 1/12

Case 3 01-0013SDLLB_FEM

Units

I. S.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

45

Geometry

■ Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,

■ Straight circular hollow section:

■ Outer diameter: de = 0.020 m,

■ Inner diameter: di = 0.016 m,

■ Section: A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,

■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,

■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,

■ Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10-9 m4.

■ Points coordinates (in m):

► O ( 0 ; 0 ; 0 )

► A ( 0 ; R ; 0 )

► B ( R ; 0 ; 0 )

► C ( -L ; R ; 0 )

► D ( R ; -L ; 0 )

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

■ Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Fixed at points C and Ds,

► At A: translation restraint along y and z,

► At B: translation restraint along x and z,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: None,

■ Internal: None.

1.9.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies

Reference solution

The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:

■ in plane bending:

fj = 2

2i

R2

A

EIz

where i = 1,2,

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 41 nodes,

■ 40 linear elements.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

46

Eigen mode shapes

1.9.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz] 25.300

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode frequency in plane 2 [Hz] 27.000

1.9.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz] 24.96 Hz -1.34%

Eigen mode frequency in plane 2 [Hz] 26.71 Hz -1.07%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

47

1.10 Short beam on simple supports (on the neutral axis) (01-0017SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2449

Test status: Passed

1.10.1 Description

Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a short beam on simple supports (the supports are located on the neutral axis), subjected to its own weight only.

1.10.2 Background

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 01/89;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

Short beam on simple supports on the neutral axis Scale = 1/6

01-0017SDLLB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Height: h = 0.2 m,

■ Length: l = 1 m,

■ Width: b = 0.1 m,

■ Section: A = 2 x 10-2 m4,

■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 6.667 x 10-5 m4.

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

■ Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

48

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Hinged at A (null horizontal and vertical displacements),

► Simple support in B.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: None.

■ Internal: None.

1.10.2.1 Eigen modes frequencies

Reference solution

The bending beams equation gives, when superimposing, the effects of simple bending, shear force deformations and rotation inertia, Timoshenko formula.

The reference eigen modes frequencies are determined by a numerical simulation of this equation, independent of any software.

The eigen frequencies in tension-compression are given by:

fi =

l2i

E

where i = 2

)1i2(

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam, imposed mesh,

■ 10 nodes,

■ 9 linear elements.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

49

Eigen mode shapes

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

50

1.10.2.2 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 431.555

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 1265.924

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 1498.295

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 2870.661

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 3797.773

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 6 frequency [Hz] 4377.837

1.10.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 437.12 Hz 1.29%

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 1264.32 Hz -0.13%

Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 1537.16 Hz 2.59%

Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 2911.46 Hz 1.42%

Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 3754.54 Hz -1.14%

Eigen mode 6 frequency [Hz] 4281.23 Hz -2.21%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

51

1.11 Rectangular thin plate simply supported on its perimeter (01-0020SDLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2452

Test status: Passed

1.11.1 Description

Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a thin rectangular plate simply supported on its perimeter.

1.11.2 Background

1.11.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLS 03/89;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis;

■ Element type: planar.

Rectangular thin plate simply supported on its perimeter Scale = 1/8

01-0020SDLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Length: a = 1.5 m,

■ Width: b = 1 m,

■ Thickness: t = 0.01 m,

■ Points coordinates in m:

► A (0 ;0 ;0)

► B (0 ;1.5 ;0)

► C (1 ;1.5 ;0)

► D (1 ;0 ;0)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

52

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

■ Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Simple support on all sides,

► For the modeling: hinged at A, B and D.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: None.

■ Internal: None.

1.11.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies

Reference solution

M. V. Barton formula for a rectangular plate with supports on all four sides, leads to:

fij = 2

[ (

a

i)2 + (

b

j)2]

)1(12

Et2

2

where:

i = number of half-length of wave along y ( dimension a)

j = number of half-length of wave along x ( dimension b)

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: shell,

■ 496 nodes,

■ 450 planar elements.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

53

Eigen mode shapes

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

54

1.11.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode “i" - “j” frequency, for i = 1; j = 1. [Hz] 35.63

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode “i" - “j” frequency, for i = 2; j = 1. [Hz] 68.51

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode “i" - “j” frequency, for i = 1; j = 2. [Hz] 109.62

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode “i" - “j” frequency, for i = 3; j = 1. [Hz] 123.32

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode “i" - “j” frequency, for i = 2; j = 2. [Hz] 142.51

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode “i" - “j” frequency, for i = 3; j = 2. [Hz] 197.32

1.11.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 1; j = 1 (Mode 1) [Hz] 35.58 Hz -0.14%

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 2; j = 1 (Mode 2) [Hz] 68.29 Hz -0.32%

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 1; j = 2 (Mode 3) [Hz] 109.98 Hz 0.33%

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 3; j = 1 (Mode 4) [Hz] 123.02 Hz -0.24%

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 2; j = 2 (Mode 5) [Hz] 141.98 Hz -0.37%

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 3; j = 2 (Mode 6) [Hz] 195.55 Hz -0.90%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

55

1.12 Cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling (01-0021SFLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2453

Test status: Passed

1.12.1 Description

Verifies the critical load result on node 5 of a cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling. A punctual load of -100000 is applied.

1.12.2 Background

1.12.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: internal GRAITEC test (Euler theory);

■ Analysis type: Eulerian buckling;

■ Element type: linear.

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ L= 10 m

■ S=0.01 m2

■ I = 0.0002 m4

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.0 x 1010 N/m2,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.1.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed at end x = 0,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Punctual load P = -100000 N at x = L,

■ Internal: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

56

1.12.2.2 Critical load on node 5

Reference solution

The reference critical load established by Euler is:

98696.0100000

98696N 98696

L4

EIP

2

2

critique

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: beam, imposed mesh,

■ 5 nodes,

■ 4 elements.

Deformed shape

1.12.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Fx Critical load on node 5. [N] -98696

1.12.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Fx Critical load on node 5 (mode 1) [N] -100000 N -1.32%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

57

1.13 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 1) (01-0011SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2443

Test status: Passed

1.13.1 Description

Verifies the vibration modes of a thin piping elbow (1 m radius) with fixed ends and subjected to its self weight only.

1.13.2 Background

1.13.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 14/89;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane Scale = 1/7

Case 1 01-0011SDLLB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,

■ Straight circular hollow section:

■ Outer diameter: de = 0.020 m,

■ Inner diameter: di = 0.016 m,

■ Section: A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,

■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,

■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,

■ Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10-9 m4.

■ Points coordinates (in m):

► O ( 0 ; 0 ; 0 )

► A ( 0 ; R ; 0 )

► B ( R ; 0 ; 0 )

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

58

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

■ Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed at points A and B ,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: None,

■ Internal: None.

1.13.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies

Reference solution

The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:

■ in plane bending:

fj = 2

2i

R2

A

EIz

where i = 1,2,

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 11 nodes,

■ 10 linear elements.

Eigen mode shapes

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

59

1.13.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz] 119

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode frequency in plane 2 [Hz] 227

1.13.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz] 120.09 Hz 0.92%

Eigen mode frequency in plane 2 [Hz] 227.1 Hz 0.04%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

60

1.14 Double fixed beam with a spring at mid span (01-0015SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2447

Test status: Passed

1.14.1 Description

Verifies the vertical displacement on the middle of a beam consisting of four elements of length "l", having identical characteristics. A punctual load of -10000 N is applied.

1.14.2 Background

1.14.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: internal GRAITEC test;

■ Analysis type: linear static;

■ Element type: linear.

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ = 1 m

■ S = 0.01 m2

■ I = 0.0001 m4

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

■ Fixed at ends x = 0 and x = 4 m,

■ Elastic support with k = EI/ rigidity

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Punctual load P = -10000 N at x = 2m,

■ Internal: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

61

1.14.2.2 Displacement of the model in the linear elastic range

Reference solution

The reference vertical displacement v3, is calculated at the middle of the beam at x = 2 m.

Rigidity matrix of a plane beam:

EIEIEIEI

EIEIEIEI

EIEIEIEI

EIEIEIEI

460

260

6120

6120

00l

ES00

ES

260

460

6120

6120

00ES

-00ES

K

22

2323

22

2323

e

Given the symmetry / X and load of the structure, it is unnecessary to consider the degrees of freedom associated with normal work (u2, u3, u4).

The same symmetry allows the deduction of:

■ v2 = v4

■ 2 = -4

■ 3 = 0

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

0

0

0

0

4626

612612

2680

26

6120

24612

2680

26

6120

124612

2680

26

6120

24612

2646

612612

5

5

1

1

5

5

4

4

3

3

2

2

1

1

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

M

R

P

M

R

v

v

v

v

v

EI

33

333

333

333

33

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

62

The elementary rigidity matrix of the spring in its local axis system, )(

)(

11

11

6

35 U

UEIk

, must be expressed in

the global axis system by means of the rotation matrix (90° rotation):

6

6

6

3

3

3

5

000000

010010

000000

000000

010010

000000

v

u

v

u

EIK

344332 4

3 0

826vv

344332332 0

24612vvvv

y)unnecessar(usually 026826

244423222vvvv

(3) m 10 11905.03

612124612 03

2

3

34243332223

EIl

Pv

EI

Pvvv

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,

■ 6 nodes,

■ 4 linear elements + 1 spring,

Deformed shape

Double fixed beam with a spring at mid span

Deformed

Note: the displacement is expressed here in m

1.14.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement on the middle of the beam [mm] -0.11905

1.14.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Dz Vertical displacement on the middle of the beam [mm] -0.119048 mm 0.00%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

63

1.15 Thin square plate fixed on one side (01-0019SDLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2451

Test status: Passed

1.15.1 Description

Verifies the first eigen modes frequencies of a thin square plate fixed on one side.

1.15.2 Background

1.15.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLS 01/89;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis;

■ Element type: planar.

Thin square plate fixed on one side Scale = 1/6

01-0019SDLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Side: a = 1 m,

■ Thickness: t = 1 m,

■ Points coordinates in m:

► A (0 ;0 ;0)

► B (1 ;0 ;0)

► C (1 ;1 ;0)

► D (0 ;1 ;0)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

64

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

■ Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Edge AD fixed.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: None.

■ Internal: None.

1.15.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies

Reference solution

M. V. Barton formula for a square plate with side "a", leads to:

fj = 2a2

1

i

2 )1(12

Et2

2

where i = 1,2, . . .

i 1 2 3 4 5 6 i 3.492 8.525 21.43 27.33 31.11 54.44

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: shell,

■ 959 nodes,

■ 900 planar elements.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

65

Eigen mode shapes

Thin square plate fixed on one side

Mode 1

Thin square plate fixed on one side

Mode 2

Thin square plate fixed on one side

Mode 3

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

66

1.15.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 8.7266

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 21.3042

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 53.5542

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 68.2984

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 77.7448

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 6 frequency [Hz] 136.0471

1.15.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 8.67 Hz -0.65%

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 21.22 Hz -0.40%

Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 53.13 Hz -0.79%

Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 67.74 Hz -0.82%

Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 77.15 Hz -0.77%

Eigen mode 6 frequency [Hz] 134.65 Hz -1.03%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

67

1.16 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 45 °) (01-0010SDLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2442

Test status: Passed

1.16.1 Description

Verifies the eigen modes frequencies for a 10 mm thick lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side, subjected to its own weight only.

1.16.2 Background

1.16.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLS 02/89;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis;

■ Element type: planar.

Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side Scale =1/10

01-0010SDLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

68

Geometry

■ Thickness: t = 0.01 m,

■ Side: a = 1 m,

■ = 45°

■ Points coordinates:

► A ( 0 ; 0 ; 0 )

► B ( a ; 0 ; 0 )

► C ( 2

2a ;

2

2 a ; 0 )

► D (2

22 a ;

2

2a ; 0 )

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

■ Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: AB side fixed,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: None,

■ Internal: None.

1.16.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies relative to the angle

Reference solution

M. V. Barton formula for a lozenge of side "a" leads to the frequencies:

fj = 2a2

1i

2 )1(12

Et2

2

where i = 1,2, or i

2 = g().

4.4502

10.56 M. V. Barton noted the sensitivity of the result relative to the mode and the angle. He acknowledged that the i values were determined with a limited development of an insufficient order, which led to consider a reference value that is based on an experimental result, verified by an average of seven software that use the finite elements calculation method.

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,

■ 961 nodes,

■ 900 surface quadrangles.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

69

Eigen mode shapes

1.16.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 11.1212

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 26.3897

1.16.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 11.28 Hz 1.43%

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 28.08 Hz 6.41%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

70

1.17 Thin circular ring hanged on an elastic element (01-0014SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2446

Test status: Passed

1.17.1 Description

Verifies the first eigen modes frequencies of a circular ring hanged on an elastic element, subjected to its self weight only.

1.17.2 Background

1.17.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 13/89;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis, plane problem;

■ Element type: linear.

Thin circular ring hang from an elastic element Scale = 1/1

01-0014SDLLB_FEM

Units

I. S.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

71

Geometry

■ Average radius of curvature: OB = R = 0.1 m,

■ Length of elastic element: AB = 0.0275 m ;

■ Straight rectangular section:

► Ring

Thickness: h = 0.005 m,

Width: b = 0.010 m,

Section: A = 5 x 10-5 m2,

Flexure moment of relative to the vertical axis: I = 1.042 x 10-10 m4,

► Elastic element

Thickness: h = 0.003 m,

Width: b = 0.010 m,

Section: A = 3 x 10-5 m2,

Flexure moment of inertia relative to the vertical axis: I = 2.25 x 10-11 m4,

■ Points coordinates:

► O ( 0 ; 0 ),

► A ( 0 ; -0.0725 ),

► B ( 0 ; -0.1 ).

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 7.2 x 1010 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

■ Density: = 2700 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed in A,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: None,

■ Internal: None.

1.17.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies

Reference solutions

The reference solution was established from experimental results of a mass manufactured aluminum ring.

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 43 nodes,

■ 43 linear elements.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

72

Eigen mode shapes

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

73

1.17.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz] 28.80

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 Symmetrical frequency [Hz] 189.30

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 3 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz] 268.80

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 4 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz] 641.00

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 5 Symmetrical frequency [Hz] 682.00

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 6 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz] 1063.00

1.17.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Eigen mode 1 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz] 28.81 Hz 0.03%

Eigen mode 2 Symmetrical frequency [Hz] 189.69 Hz 0.21%

Eigen mode 3 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz] 269.38 Hz 0.22%

Eigen mode 4 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz] 642.15 Hz 0.18%

Eigen mode 5 Symmetrical frequency [Hz] 683.9 Hz 0.28%

Eigen mode 6 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz] 1065.73 Hz 0.26%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

74

1.18 Short beam on simple supports (eccentric) (01-0018SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2450

Test status: Passed

1.18.1 Description

Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a short beam on simple supports (the supports are eccentric relative to the neutral axis).

1.18.2 Background

1.18.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 01/89;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis, (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

Short beam on simple supports (eccentric) Scale = 1/5

01-0018SDLLB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Height: h = 0.2m,

■ Length: l = 1 m,

■ Width: b = 0.1 m,

■ Section: A = 2 x 10-2 m4,

■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 6.667 x 10-5 m4.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

75

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

■ Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Hinged at A (null horizontal and vertical displacements),

► Simple support at B.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: None.

■ Internal: None.

1.18.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies

Reference solution

The problem has no analytical solution, the solution is determined by averaging several software: Timoshenko model with shear force deformation effects and rotation inertia. The bending modes and the traction-compression are coupled.

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam, imposed mesh,

■ 10 nodes,

■ 9 linear elements.

Eigen modes shape

Short beam on simple supports (eccentric)

Mode 1

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

76

Short beam on simple supports (eccentric)

Mode 2

Short beam on simple supports (eccentric)

Mode 3

Short beam on simple supports (eccentric)

Mode 4

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

77

Short beam on simple supports (eccentric)

Mode 5

1.18.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 392.8

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 902.2

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 1591.9

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 2629.2

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 3126.2

1.18.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 393.7 Hz 0.23%

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 945.35 Hz 4.78%

Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 1595.94 Hz 0.25%

Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 2526.22 Hz -3.92%

Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 3118.91 Hz -0.23%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

78

1.19 Slender beam on two fixed supports (01-0024SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2456

Test status: Passed

1.19.1 Description

A straight slender beam with fixed ends is loaded with a uniform load, several punctual loads and a torque. The shear force, bending moment, vertical displacement and horizontal reaction are verified.

1.19.2 Background

1.19.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 01/89;

■ Analysis type: linear static;

■ Element type: linear.

Slender beam on two fixed supports Scale = 1/4

01-0024SSLLB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Length: L = 1 m,

■ Beam inertia: I = 1.7 x 10-8 m4.

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

79

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed at A and B,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External:

► Uniformly distributed load from A to B: py = p = -24000 N/m,

► Punctual load at D: Fx = F1 = 30000 N,

► Torque at D: Cz = C = -3000 Nm,

► Punctual load at E: Fx = F2 = 10000 N,

► Punctual load at E: Fy = F = -20000 N.

■ Internal: None.

1.19.2.2 Shear force at G

Reference solution

Analytical solution:

■ Shear force at G: VG

VG = 0.216F – 1.26 L

C

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 5 nodes,

■ 4 linear elements.

Results shape

Slender beam on two fixed supports Scale = 1/5

Shear force

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

80

1.19.2.3 Bending moment in G

Reference solution

Analytical solution:

■ Bending moment at G: MG

MG = pL2

24 - 0.045LF – 0.3C

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 5 nodes,

■ 4 linear elements.

Results shape

Slender beam on two fixed supports Scale = 1/5

Bending moment

1.19.2.4 Vertical displacement at G

Reference solution

Analytical solution:

■ Vertical displacement at G: vG

vG = pl4

384EI + 0.003375FL3

EI + 0.015CL2

EI

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 5 nodes,

■ 4 linear elements.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

81

Results shape

Slender beam on two fixed supports Scale = 1/4

Deformed

1.19.2.5 Horizontal reaction at A

Reference solution

Analytical solution:

■ Horizontal reaction at A: HA

HA = -0.7F1 –0.3F2

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 5 nodes,

■ 4 linear elements.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

82

1.19.2.6 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Fz Shear force in point G. [N] -540

CM2 My Bending moment in point G. [Nm] -2800

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point G. [cm] -4.90

CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction in point A. [N] 24000

1.19.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Fz Shear force in point G [N] -540 N 0.00%

My Bending moment in point G [Nm] -2800 N*m 0.00%

DZ Vertical displacement in point G [cm] -4.90485 cm -0.10%

Fx Horizontal reaction in point A [N] 24000 N 0.00%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

83

1.20 Slender beam on three supports (01-0025SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2457

Test status: Passed

1.20.1 Description

A straight slender beam on three supports is loaded with two punctual loads. The bending moment, vertical displacement and reaction on the center are verified.

1.20.2 Background

1.20.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 03/89;

■ Analysis type: static (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

Slender beam on three supports Scale = 1/49

01-0025SSLLB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Length: L = 3 m,

■ Beam inertia: I = 6.3 x 10-4 m4.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

84

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Hinged at A,

► Elastic support at B (Ky = 2.1 x 106 N/m),

► Simple support at C.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: 2 punctual loads F = Fy = -42000N.

■ Internal: None.

1.20.2.2 Bending moment at B

Reference solution

The resolution of the hyperstatic system of the slender beam leads to:

k = Ky3L

EI6

■ Bending moment at B: MB

MB = ± 2

L

)k8(

F)k26(

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 5 nodes,

■ 4 linear elements.

Results shape

Slender beam on three supports Scale = 1/49

Bending moment

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

85

1.20.2.3 Reaction in B

Reference solution

■ Compression force in the spring: VB

VB = -11F8 + k

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 5 nodes,

■ 4 linear elements.

1.20.2.4 Vertical displacement at B

Reference solution

■ Deflection at the spring location: vB

vB = 11F

Ky(8 + k)

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 5 nodes,

■ 4 linear elements.

Results shape

Slender beam on three supports

Deformed

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

86

1.20.2.5 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 My Bending moment in point B. [Nm] -63000

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point B. [cm] -1.00

CM2 Fz Reaction in point B. [N] -21000

1.20.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

My Bending moment in point B [Nm] -63000 N*m 0.00%

DZ Vertical displacement in point B [cm] -1 cm 0.00%

Fz Reaction in point B [N] -21000 N 0.00%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

87

1.21 Fixed thin arc in out of plane bending (01-0028SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2460

Test status: Passed

1.21.1 Description

An arc of a circle fixed at one end is loaded with a punctual force at its free end, perpendicular to the plane. The out of plane displacement, torsion moment and bending moment are verified.

1.21.2 Background

1.21.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 07/89;

■ Analysis type: static linear;

■ Element type: linear.

Fixed thin arc in out of plane bending Scale = 1/6 01-0028SSLLB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Medium radius: R = 1 m ,

■ Circular hollow section:

► de = 0.02 m,

► di = 0.016 m,

► A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,

► Ix = 4.637 x 10-9 m4.

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

88

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed at A.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Punctual force in B perpendicular on the plane: Fz = F = 100 N.

■ Internal: None.

1.21.2.2 Displacements at B

Reference solution

Displacement out of plane at point B:

uB = FR3

EIx [

4 +

EIx KT

(34 - 2)]

where KT is the torsional rigidity for a circular section (torsion constant is 2Ix).

KT = 2GIx = EIx

1 + uB = FR3

EIx [

4 + (1 + ) (

34 - 2)]

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 46 nodes,

■ 45 linear elements.

1.21.2.3 Moments at = 15°

Reference solution

■ Torsion moment: Mx’ = Mt = FR(1 - sin)

■ Bending moment: Mz’ = Mf = -FRcos

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 46 nodes,

■ 45 linear elements.

1.21.2.4 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 D Displacement out of plane in point B [m] 0.13462

CM2 Mx Torsion moment in = 15° [Nm] 74.1180

CM2 Mz Bending moment in = 15° [Nm] -96.5925

1.21.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

D Displacement out of plane in point B [m] 0.135156 m 0.40%

Mx Torsion moment in Theta = 15° [Nm] 74.103 N*m -0.02%

Mz Bending moment in Theta = 15° [Nm] 96.5925 N*m 0.00%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

89

1.22 Double hinged thin arc in planar bending (01-0029SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2461

Test status: Passed

1.22.1 Description

Verifies the rotation about Z-axis, the vertical displacement and the horizontal displacement on several points of a double hinged thin arc in planar bending.

1.22.2 Background

1.22.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 08/89;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

Double hinged thin arc in planar bending Scale = 1/8 01-0029SSLLB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Medium radius: R = 1 m ,

■ Circular hollow section:

► de = 0.02 m,

► di = 0.016 m,

► A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,

► Ix = 4.637 x 10-9 m4.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

90

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Hinge at A,

► At B: allowed rotation along z, vertical displacement restrained along y.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Punctual load at C: Fy = F = - 100 N.

■ Internal: None.

1.22.2.2 Displacements at A, B and C

Reference solution

■ Rotation about z-axis

A = - B = ( 2 - 1)

FR22EI

■ Displacement;

Vertical at C: vC = 8

FREA + (

34 - 2)

FR3

2EI

Horizontal at B: uB = FR

2EA - FR3

2EI

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 37 nodes,

■ 36 linear elements.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

91

Displacements shape

Fixed thin arc in planar bending Scale = 1/11

Deformed

1.22.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 RY Rotation about Z-axis in point A [rad] 0.030774

CM2 RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] -0.030774

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -1.9206

CM2 DX Horizontal displacement in point B [cm] 5.3912

1.22.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

RY Rotation about Z-axis in point A [rad] 0.0307785 Rad 0.01%

RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] -0.0307785 Rad -0.01%

DZ Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -1.92019 cm 0.02%

DX Horizontal displacement in point B [cm] 5.386 cm -0.10%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

92

1.23 Bending effects of a symmetrical portal frame (01-0023SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2455

Test status: Passed

1.23.1 Description

Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a symmetrical portal frame with fixed supports.

1.23.2 Background

1.23.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 01/89;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis;

■ Element type: linear.

Bending effects of a symmetrical portal frame Scale = 1/5

01-0023SDLLB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Straight rectangular sections for beams and columns:

■ Thickness: h = 0.0048 m,

■ Width: b = 0.029 m,

■ Section: A = 1.392 x 10-4 m2,

■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 2.673 x 10-10 m4,

■ Points coordinates in m:

A B C D E F x -0.30 0.30 -0.30 0.30 -0.30 0.30 y 0 0 0.36 0.36 0.81 0.81

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

93

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

■ Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed at A and B,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: None.

■ Internal: None.

1.23.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies

Reference solution

Dynamic radius method (slender beams theory).

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 60 nodes,

■ 60 linear elements.

Deformed shape

Bending effects of a symmetrical portal frame Scale = 1/7

Mode 13

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

94

1.23.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 8.8

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 29.4

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 3 symmetric frequency [Hz] 43.8

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 4 symmetric frequency [Hz] 56.3

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 5 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 96.2

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 6 symmetric frequency [Hz] 102.6

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 7 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 147.1

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 8 symmetric frequency [Hz] 174.8

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 9 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 178.8

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 10 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 206

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 11 symmetric frequency [Hz] 266.4

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 12 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 320

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 13 symmetric frequency [Hz] 335

1.23.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Eigen mode 1 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 8.78 Hz -0.23%

Eigen mode 2 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 29.43 Hz 0.10%

Eigen mode 3 symmetric frequency [Hz] 43.85 Hz 0.11%

Eigen mode 4 symmetric frequency [Hz] 56.3 Hz 0.00%

Eigen mode 5 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 96.05 Hz -0.16%

Eigen mode 6 symmetric frequency [Hz] 102.7 Hz 0.10%

Eigen mode 7 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 147.08 Hz -0.01%

Eigen mode 8 symmetric frequency [Hz] 174.96 Hz 0.09%

Eigen mode 9 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 178.92 Hz 0.07%

Eigen mode 10 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 206.23 Hz 0.11%

Eigen mode 11 symmetric frequency [Hz] 266.62 Hz 0.08%

Eigen mode 12 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 319.95 Hz -0.02%

Eigen mode 13 symmetric frequency [Hz] 334.96 Hz -0.01%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

95

1.24 Fixed thin arc in planar bending (01-0027SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2459

Test status: Passed

1.24.1 Description

Arc of a circle fixed at one end, subjected to two punctual loads and a torque at its free end. The horizontal displacement, vertical displacement and rotation about Z-axis are verified.

1.24.2 Background

1.24.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 06/89;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

Fixed thin arc in planar bending Scale = 1/24 01-0027SSLLB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Medium radius: R = 3 m ,

■ Circular hollow section:

► de = 0.02 m,

► di = 0.016 m,

► A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,

► Ix = 4.637 x 10-9 m4.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

96

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed in A.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External:

At B:

► punctual load F1 = Fx = 10 N,

► punctual load F2 = Fy = 5 N,

► bending moment about Oz, Mz = 8 Nm.

■ Internal: None.

1.24.2.2 Displacements at B

Reference solution

At point B:

■ displacement parallel to Ox: u = R2

4EI [F1R + 2F2R + 4Mz]

■ displacement parallel to Oy: v = R2

4EI [2F1R + (3 - 8)F2R + 2( - 2)Mz]

■ rotation around Oz: = R

4EI [4F1R + 2( - 2)F2R + 2Mz]

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 31 nodes,

■ 30 linear elements.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

97

Results shape

Fixed thin arc in planar bending Scale = 1/19

Deformed

1.24.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 DX Horizontal displacement in point B [m] 0.3791

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point B [m] 0.2417

CM2 RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] -0.1654

1.24.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

DX Horizontal displacement in point B [m] 0.378914 m -0.05%

DZ Vertical displacement in point B [m] 0.241738 m 0.02%

RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] -0.165362 Rad 0.02%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

98

1.25 Beam on elastic soil, free ends (01-0032SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2464

Test status: Passed

1.25.1 Description

A beam under 3 punctual loads lays on a soil of constant linear stiffness. The bending moment, vertical displacement and rotation about z-axis on several points of the beam are verified.

1.25.2 Background

1.25.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 15/89;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

Beam on elastic soil, free ends Scale = 1/21 01-0032SSLLB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ L = ( 10 )/2,

■ I = 10-4 m4.

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

99

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Free A and B extremities,

► Constant linear stiffness of soil ky = K = 840000 N/m2.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Punctual load at A, C and B: Fy = F = - 10000 N.

■ Internal: None.

1.25.2.2 Bending moment and displacement at C

Reference solution

= 4

K/(4EI)

= L/2

= sh (2) + sin (2)

■ Bending moment:

MC = (F/(4))(ch(2) - cos (2) – 8sh()sin())/

■ Vertical displacement:

vC = - (F/(2K))( ch(2) + cos (2) + 8ch()cos() + 2)/

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 72 nodes,

■ 71 linear elements.

Bending moment diagram

Beam on elastic soil, free ends Scale = 1/20

Bending moment

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

100

1.25.2.3 Displacements at A

Reference solution

■ Vertical displacement:

vA = (2F/K)( ch()cos() + ch(2) + cos(2))/

■ Rotation about z-axis

A = (-2F2/K)( sh()cos() - sin()ch() + sh(2) - sin(2))/

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 72 nodes,

■ 71 linear elements

1.25.2.4 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 My Bending moment in point C [Nm] 5759

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.006844

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point A [m] -0.007854

CM2 RY Rotation about z-axis in point A [rad] -0.000706

1.25.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

My Bending moment in point C [Nm] 5779.54 N*m 0.36%

Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.00684369 m 0.00%

Dz Vertical displacement in point A [m] -0.00786073 m -0.09%

RY Rotation Theta about z-axis in point A [rad] -0.000707427 Rad -0.20%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

101

1.26 EDF Pylon (01-0033SFLLA_FEM)

Test ID: 2465

Test status: Passed

1.26.1 Description

Verifies the displacement at the top of an EDF Pylon and the dominating buckling results. Three punctual loads corresponding to wind loads are applied on the main arms, on the upper arm and on the lower horizontal frames of the pylon.

1.26.2 Background

1.26.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Internal GRAITEC test;

■ Analysis type: static linear, Eulerian buckling;

■ Element type: linear

Units

I. S.

Geometry

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Hinged support,

► For the modeling, a fixed restraint and 4 beams were added at the pylon supports level.

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

102

Loading

■ External:

Punctual loads corresponding to a wind load.

► FX = 165550 N, FY = - 1240 N, FZ = - 58720 N on the main arms,

► FX = 50250 N, FY = - 1080 N, FZ = - 12780 N on the upper arm,

► FX = 11760 N, FY = 0 N, FZ = 0 N on the lower horizontal frames

■ Internal: None.

1.26.2.2 Displacement of the model in the linear elastic range

Reference solution

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

103

Software ANSYS 5.3 NE/NASTRAN 7.0 Max deflection (m) 0.714 0.714 dominating mode 2.77 2.77

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,

■ 402 nodes,

■ 1034 elements.

Deformed shape

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

104

Buckling modal deformation (dominating mode)

1.26.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 D Displacement at the top of the pylon [m] 0.714

CM2 Dominating buckling - critical , mode 4 [Hz] 2.77

1.26.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

D Displacement at the top of the pylon [m] 0.71254 m -0.20%

Dominating buckling - critical Lambda - mode 4 [Hz] 2.83 Hz 2.17%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

105

1.27 Truss with hinged bars under a punctual load (01-0031SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2463

Test status: Passed

1.27.1 Description

Verifies the horizontal and the vertical displacement in several points of a truss with hinged bars, subjected to a punctual load.

1.27.2 Background

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 11/89;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

1.27.2.1 Model description

Truss with hinged bars under a punctual load Scale = 1/10

01-0031SSLLB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

Elements Length (m) Area (m2) AC 0.5 2 2 x 10-4

CB 0.5 2 2 x 10-4

CD 2.5 1 x 10-4

BD 2 1 x 10-4

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

106

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.962 x 1011 Pa.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Hinge at A and B,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Punctual force at D: Fy = F = - 9.81 x 103 N.

■ Internal: None.

1.27.2.2 Displacements at C and D

Reference solution

Displacement method.

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 4 nodes,

■ 4 linear elements.

Displacements shape

Truss with hinged bars under a punctual load Scale = 1/9 Deformed

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

107

1.27.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 DX Horizontal displacement in point C [mm] 0.26517

CM2 DX Horizontal displacement in point D [mm] 3.47902

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [mm] 0.08839

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point D [mm] -5.60084

1.27.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

DX Horizontal displacement in point C [mm] 0.264693 mm -0.18%

DX Horizontal displacement in point D [mm] 3.47531 mm -0.11%

DZ Vertical displacement in point C [mm] 0.0881705 mm -0.25%

DZ Vertical displacement in point D [mm] -5.595 mm 0.10%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

108

1.28 Annular thin plate fixed on a hub (repetitive circular structure) (01-0022SDLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2454

Test status: Passed

1.28.1 Description

Verifies the eigen mode frequencies of a thin annular plate fixed on a hub.

1.28.2 Background

1.28.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLS 04/89;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis;

■ Element type: planar element.

Annular thin plate fixed on a hub (repetitive circular structure) Scale = 1/3

01-0022SDLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Inner radius: Ri = 0.1 m,

■ Outer radius: Re = 0.2 m,

■ Thickness: t = 0.001 m.

Material properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

■ Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed on a hub at any point r = Ri.

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

109

Loading

■ External: None.

■ Internal: None.

1.28.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies

Reference solution

The solution of determining the frequency based on Bessel functions leads to the following formula:

fij = 1

2Re2 ij

2 Et2

12(1-2)

where:

i = the number of nodal diameters

j = the number of nodal circles

and ij2 such as:

j \ i 0 1 2 3 0 13.0 13.3 14.7 18.5 1 85.1 86.7 91.7 100

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate,

■ 360 nodes,

■ 288 planar elements.

1.28.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode “i" - “j” frequency, for i = 0; j = 0. [Hz] 79.26

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode “i" - “j” frequency, for i = 0; j = 1. [Hz] 518.85

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode “i" - “j” frequency, for i = 1; j = 0. [Hz] 81.09

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode “i" - “j” frequency, for i = 1; j = 1. [Hz] 528.61

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode “i" - “j” frequency, for i = 2; j = 0. [Hz] 89.63

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode “i" - “j” frequency, for i = 2; j = 1. [Hz] 559.09

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode “i" - “j” frequency, for i = 3; j = 0. [Hz] 112.79

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode “i" - “j” frequency, for i = 3; j = 1. [Hz] 609.70

1.28.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 0; j = 0 (Mode 1) [Hz] 79.05 Hz -0.26%

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 0; j = 1 (Mode 18) [Hz] 521.84 Hz 0.58%

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 1; j = 0 (Mode 2) [Hz] 80.52 Hz -0.70%

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 1; j = 1 (Mode 20) [Hz] 529.49 Hz 0.17%

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 2; j = 0 (Mode 4) [Hz] 88.43 Hz -1.34%

Eigen mode “i" - “j” frequency, for i = 2; j = 1 (Mode 22) [Hz] 552.43 Hz -1.19%

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 3; j = 0 (Mode 7) [Hz] 110.27 Hz -2.23%

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 3; j = 1 (Mode 25) [Hz] 593.83 Hz -2.60%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

110

1.29 Bimetallic: Fixed beams connected to a stiff element (01-0026SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2458

Test status: Passed

1.29.1 Description

Two beams fixed at one end and rigidly connected to an undeformable beam is loaded with a punctual load. The deflection, vertical reaction and bending moment are verified in several points.

1.29.2 Background

1.29.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 05/89;

■ Analysis type: linear static;

■ Element type: linear.

Fixed beams connected to a stiff element Scale = 1/10 01-0026SSLLB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Lengths:

► L = 2 m,

► l = 0.2 m,

■ Beams inertia moment: I = (4/3) x 10-8 m4,

■ The beam sections are squared, of side: 2 x 10-2 m.

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

111

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed in A and C,

■ Inner: The tangents to the deflection of beams AB and CD at B and D remain horizontal; practically, we restraint translations along x and z at nodes B and D.

Loading

■ External: In D: punctual load F = Fy = -1000N.

■ Internal: None.

1.29.2.2 Deflection at B and D

Reference solution

The theory of slender beams bending (Euler-Bernouilli formula) leads to a deflection at B and D:

The resolution of the hyperstatic system of the slender beam leads to:

vB = vD = FL3

24EI

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 4 nodes,

■ 3 linear elements.

Results shape

Fixed beams connected to a stiff element Scale = 1/10 Deformed

1.29.2.3 Vertical reaction at A and C

Reference solution

Analytical solution.

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 4 nodes,

■ 3 linear elements.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

112

1.29.2.4 Bending moment at A and C

Reference solution

Analytical solution.

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 4 nodes,

■ 3 linear elements

1.29.2.5 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 D Deflection in point B [m] 0.125

CM2 D Deflection in point D [m] 0.125

CM2 Fz Vertical reaction in point A [N] -500

CM2 Fz Vertical reaction in point C [N] -500

CM2 My Bending moment in point A [Nm] 500

CM2 My Bending moment in point C [Nm] 500

1.29.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

D Deflection in point B [m] 0.125376 m 0.30%

D Deflection in point D [m] 0.125376 m 0.30%

Fz Vertical reaction in point A [N] -500 N 0.00%

Fz Vertical reaction in point C [N] -500 N 0.00%

My Bending moment in point A [Nm] 500.083 N*m 0.02%

My Bending moment in point C [Nm] 500.083 N*m 0.02%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

113

1.30 Portal frame with lateral connections (01-0030SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2462

Test status: Passed

1.30.1 Description

Verifies the rotation about z-axis and the bending moment on a portal frame with lateral connections.

1.30.2 Background

1.30.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 10/89;

■ Analysis type: static linear;

■ Element type: linear.

Portal frame with lateral connections Scale = 1/21 01-0030SSLLB_FEM

Units

I. S.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

114

Geometry

Beam Length Moment of inertia AB lAB = 4 m

IAB = 643 x 10-8 m4

AC lAC = 1 m IAC =

112 x 10-8 m4

AD lAD = 1 m IAD =

112 x 10-8 m4

AE lAE = 2 m IAE =

43 x 10-8 m4

■ G is in the middle of DA.

■ The beams have square sections:

► AAB = 16 x 10-4 m

► AAD = 1 x 10-4 m

► AAC = 1 x 10-4 m

► AAE = 4 x 10-4 m

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Fixed at B, D and E,

► Hinge at C,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External:

► Punctual force at G: Fy = F = - 105 N,

► Distributed load on beam AD: p = - 103 N/m.

■ Internal: None.

1.30.2.2 Displacements at A

Reference solution

Rotation at A about z-axis:

We say: kAn = EIAn

lAn where n = B, C, D or E

K = kAB + kAD + kAE + 34 kAC

rAn = kAn

K

C1 = FlAD

8 - plAB

2

12

= C1

4K

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 6 nodes,

■ 5 linear elements.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

115

Displacements shape

Portal frame with lateral connections

Deformed

1.30.2.3 Moments in A

Reference solution

■ MAB = plAB

2

12 + rAB x C1

■ MAD = - FlAD

8 + rAD x C1

■ MAE = rAE x C1

■ MAC = rAC x C1

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 6 nodes,

■ 5 linear elements

1.30.2.4 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 RY Rotation about z-axis in point A [rad] -0.227118

CM2 My Bending moment in point A (MAB) [Nm] 11023.72

CM2 My Bending moment in point A (MAC) [Nm] 113.559

CM2 My Bending moment in point A (MAD) [Nm] 12348.588

CM2 My Bending moment in point A (MAE) [Nm] 1211.2994

1.30.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

RY Rotation Theta about z-axis in point A [rad] -0.227401 Rad -0.12%

My Bending moment in point A (Moment AB) [Nm] 11021 N*m -0.02%

My Bending moment in point A (Moment AC) [Nm] 113.704 N*m 0.13%

My Bending moment in point A (Moment AD) [Nm] 12347.5 N*m -0.01%

My Bending moment in point A (Moment AE) [Nm] 1212.77 N*m 0.12%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

116

1.31 Caisson beam in torsion (01-0037SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2468

Test status: Passed

1.31.1 Description

A torsion moment is applied on the free end of a caisson beam fixed on one end. For both ends, the displacement, the rotation about Z-axis and the stress are verified.

1.31.2 Background

1.31.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 05/89;

■ Analysis type: static linear;

■ Element type: planar.

Caisson beam in torsion Scale = 1/4 01-0037SSLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Length; L = 1m,

■ Square section of side: b = 0.1 m,

■ Thickness = 0.005 m.

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

117

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Beam fixed at end x = 0;

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Torsion moment M = 10N.m applied to the free end (for modeling, 4 forces of 50 N).

■ Internal: None.

1.31.2.2 Displacement and stress at two points

Reference solution

The reference solution is determined by averaging the results of several calculation software with implemented finite elements method.

Points coordinates:

■ A (0,0.05,0.5)

■ B (-0.05,0,0.8)

Note: point O is the origin of the coordinate system (x,y,z).

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: shell,

■ 90 nodes,

■ 88 planar elements.

Deformed shape

Caisson beam in torsion Scale = 1/4 Deformed

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

118

1.31.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 D Displacement in point A [m] -0.617 x 10-6

CM2 D Displacement in point B [m] -0.987 x 10-6

CM2 RY Rotation about Z-axis in point A [rad] 0.123 x 10-4

CM2 RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] 0.197 x 10-4

CM2 sxy_mid xy stress in point A [MPa] -0.11

CM2 sxy_mid xy stress in point B [MPa] -0.11

1.31.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

D Displacement in point A [µm] 0.615909 µm -0.18%

D Displacement in point B [µm] 0.986806 µm -0.02%

RY Rotation about Z-axis in point A [rad] -1.23211e-005 Rad -0.17%

RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] -1.97172e-005 Rad -0.09%

sxy_mid Sigma xy stress in point A [MPa] -0.100037 MPa -0.04%

sxy_mid Sigma xy stress in point B [MPa] -0.100212 MPa -0.21%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

119

1.32 Thin cylinder under a uniform radial pressure (01-0038SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2469

Test status: Passed

1.32.1 Description

Verifies the stress, the radial deformation and the longitudinal deformation of a cylinder loaded with a uniform internal pressure.

1.32.2 Background

1.32.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 06/89;

■ Analysis type: static elastic;

■ Element type: planar.

Thin cylinder under a uniform radial pressure Scale = 1/18 01-0038SSLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Length: L = 4 m,

■ Radius: R = 1 m,

■ Thickness: h = 0.02 m.

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

120

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Free conditions

► For the modeling, only ¼ of the cylinder is considered and the symmetry conditions are applied. On the other side, we restrained the displacements at a few nodes in order to make the model stable.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Uniform internal pressure: p = 10000 Pa,

■ Internal: None.

1.32.2.2 Stresses in all points

Reference solution

Stresses in the planar elements coordinate system (x axis is parallel with the length of the cylinder):

■ xx = 0

■ yy = pRh

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: shell,

■ 209 nodes,

■ 180 planar elements.

1.32.2.3 Cylinder deformation in all points

■ Radial deformation:

R = pR2Eh

■ Longitudinal deformation:

L = -pRL

Eh

1.32.2.4 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 syy_mid yy stress in all points [Pa] 500000.000000

CM2 Dz L radial deformation of the cylinder in all points [µm] 2.380000

CM2 DY L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder in all points [µm] -2.860000

1.32.3 Calculated results

Result name

Result description Value Error

syy_mid Sigma yy stress in all points [Pa] 499521 Pa -0.10%

Dz Delta R radial deformation of the cylinder in all points [µm] 2.39213 µm 0.51%

DY Delta L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder in all points [µm] -2.85445 µm 0.19%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

121

1.33 Beam on two supports considering the shear force (01-0041SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2472

Test status: Passed

1.33.1 Description

Verifies the vertical displacement on a 300 cm long beam, consisting of an I shaped profile of a total height of 20.04 cm, a 0.96 cm thick web and 20.04 cm wide / 1.46 cm thick flanges.

1.33.2 Background

1.33.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Internal GRAITEC test;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

Units

I. S.

Geometry

l = 300 cm h = 20.04 cm b= 20.04 cm tw = 1.46 cm tf = 0.96 cm Sx= 74.95 cm2 Iz = 5462 cm4 Sy = 16.43 cm2

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2285938 daN/cm2,

■ Transverse elastic modulus G = 879207 daN/cm2

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

122

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Simple support on node 11,

► For the modeling, put an hinge at node 1 (instead of a simple support).

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Vertical punctual load P = -20246 daN at node 6,

■ Internal: None.

1.33.2.2 Vertical displacement of the model in the linear elastic range

Reference solution

The reference displacement is calculated in the middle of the beam, at node 6.

cm 017.1105.0912.0

43.163.012

22859384

30020246

5462228593848

30020246

448

33

6

xx

x

xx

x

GS

Pl

EI

Plv

shear

y

flexion

z

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: S beam, imposed mesh,

■ 11 nodes,

■ 10 linear elements.

Deformed shape

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

123

1.33.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement at node 6 [cm] -1.017

1.33.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

DZ Vertical displacement at node 6 [cm] -1.01722 cm -0.02%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

124

1.34 Thin cylinder under a uniform axial load (01-0042SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2473

Test status: Passed

1.34.1 Description

Verifies the stress, the longitudinal deformation and the radial deformation of a cylinder under a uniform axial load.

1.34.2 Background

1.34.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 07/89;

■ Analysis type: static elastic;

■ Element type: planar.

Thin cylinder under a uniform axial load Scale = 1/19 01-0042SSLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Thickness: h = 0.02 m,

■ Length: L = 4 m,

■ Radius: R = 1 m.

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

125

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Null axial displacement at the left end: vz = 0,

► For the modeling, only a ¼ of the cylinder is considered.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Uniform axial load q = 10000 N/m

■ Inner: None.

1.34.2.2 Stress in all points

Reference solution

x axis of the local coordinate system of planar elements is parallel to the cylinders axis.

xx = qh

yy = 0

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,

■ 697 nodes,

■ 640 surface quadrangles.

1.34.2.3 Cylinder deformation at the free end

Reference solution

■ L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder:

L = qLEh

■ R radial deformation of the cylinder:

R = -qREh

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,

■ 697 nodes,

■ 640 surface quadrangles.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

126

Deformation shape

Thin cylinder under a uniform axial load Scale = 1/22

Deformation shape

1.34.2.4 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 sxx_mid xx stress at all points [Pa] 5 x 105

CM2 syy_mid yy stress at all points [Pa] 0

CM2 DY L longitudinal deformation at the free end [m] 9.52 x 10-6

CM2 Dz R radial deformation at the free end [m] -7.14 x 10-7

1.34.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

sxx_mid Sigma xx stress at all points [Pa] 500000 Pa 0.00%

syy_mid Sigma yy stress at all points [Pa] 1.05305e-009 Pa 0.00%

DY Delta L longitudinal deformation at the free end [mm] -0.00952381 mm -0.04%

Dz Delta R radial deformation at the free end [mm] 0.000710887 mm -0.44%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

127

1.35 Simply supported square plate (01-0036SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2467

Test status: Passed

1.35.1 Description

Verifies the vertical displacement in the center of a simply supported square plate.

1.35.2 Background

1.35.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 02/89;

■ Analysis type: static linear;

■ Element type: planar.

Simply supported square plate Scale = 1/9 01-0036SSLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Side = 1 m,

■ Thickness h = 0.01m.

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

■ Density: = 7950 kg/m3.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

128

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Simple support on the plate perimeter,

► For the modeling, we add a fixed support at B.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Self weight (gravity = 9.81 m/s2).

■ Internal: None.

1.35.2.2 Vertical displacement at O

Reference solution

According to Love- Kirchhoff hypothesis, the displacement w at a point (x,y):

w(x,y) = wmnsinmxsinny

where wmn = 192g(1 - 2)

mn(m2 + n2)6Eh2

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: shell,

■ 441 nodes,

■ 400 planar elements.

Deformed shape

Simply supported square plate Scale = 1/6 Deformed

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

129

1.35.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point O [m] -0.158

1.35.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Dz Vertical displacement in point O [µm] -0.164901 µm -4.37%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

130

1.36 Stiffen membrane (01-0040SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2471

Test status: Passed

1.36.1 Description

Verifies the horizontal displacement and the stress on a plate (8 x 12 cm) fixed in the middle on 3 supports with a punctual load at its free node.

1.36.2 Background

1.36.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Klaus-Jürgen Bathe - Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis, Example 5.13;

■ Analysis type: static linear;

■ Element type: planar (membrane).

1;1,

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Thickness: e = 0.1 cm,

■ Length: l = 8 cm,

■ Width: B = 12 cm.

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 30 x 106 N/cm2,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed on 3 sides,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Uniform load Fx = F = 6000 N at A,

■ Internal: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

131

1.36.2.2 Results of the model in the linear elastic range

Reference solution

Point B is the origin of the coordinate system used for the results positions.

MPa 96.17N/cm 1796 ;1

MPa 98.8N/cm 898 ;0

0 ;1

for 181

MPa 55.11N/cm 1155 ;1

MPa 77.5N/cm 577 ;0

0 ;1

for

MPa 49.38N/cm 3849 ;1

MPa 24.19N/cm 1924 ;0

0 ;1

for 121

3410.97510.367410.2

6000

21

1

1

2

3

2xy1

2xy1

xy1

1

2yy1

2yy1

yy1

11

2xx1

2xx1

xx1

21

466

222

b

uE

a

uE

cm

a

ES

ba

eabE

F

K

Fu

Axy

xxyy

Axx

A

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: membrane, imposed mesh,

■ 6 nodes,

■ 2 quadrangle planar elements and 1 bar.

Deformed shape

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

132

1.36.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 DX Horizontal displacement Element 1 in A [cm] 9.340000

CM2 sxx_mid xx stress Element 1 in y = 0 cm [MPa] 38.490000

CM2 sxx_mid xx stress Element 1 in y = 6 cm [MPa] 0

CM2 syy_mid yy stress Element 1 in y = 0 cm [MPa] 11.550000

CM2 syy_mid yy stress Element 1 in y = 6 cm [MPa] 0

CM2 sxy_mid xy stress Element 1 in x = 0 cm [MPa] 0

CM2 sxy_mid xy stress Element 1 in x = 4 cm [MPa] -8.980000

CM2 sxy_mid xy stress Element 1 in x = 8 cm [MPa] -17.960000

1.36.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

DX Horizontal displacement Element 1 in A [µm] 9.33999 µm 0.00%

sxx_mid Sigma xx stress Element 1 in y = 0 cm [MPa] 38.489 MPa 0.00%

sxx_mid Sigma xx stress Element 1 in y = 6 cm [MPa] 3.63798e-015 MPa 0.00%

syy_mid Sigma yy stress Element 1 in y = 0 cm [MPa] 11.5467 MPa -0.03%

syy_mid Sigma yy stress Element 1 in y = 6 cm [MPa] -9.09495e-016 MPa 0.00%

sxy_mid Sigma xy stress Element 1 in x = 0 cm [MPa] -2.96059e-015 MPa 0.00%

sxy_mid Sigma xy stress Element 1 in x = 4 cm [MPa] -8.98076 MPa -0.01%

sxy_mid Sigma xy stress Element 1 in x = 8 cm [MPa] -17.9615 MPa -0.01%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

133

1.37 Torus with uniform internal pressure (01-0045SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2476

Test status: Passed

1.37.1 Description

Verifies the stress and the radial deformation of a torus with uniform internal pressure.

1.37.2 Background

1.37.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 10/89;

■ Analysis type: static, linear elastic;

■ Element type: planar.

Torus with uniform internal pressure 01-0045SSLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Thickness: h = 0.02 m,

■ Transverse section radius: b = 1 m,

■ Average radius of curvature: a = 2 m.

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

134

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: For the modeling, only 1/8 of the cylinder is considered, so the symmetry conditions are imposed to end nodes.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Uniform internal pressure p = 10000 Pa

■ Internal: None.

1.37.2.2 Stresses

Reference solution

(See stresses description on the first scheme of the overview)

If a – b r a + b

11 = pb2h

r + ar

22 = pb2h

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,

■ 361 nodes,

■ 324 surface quadrangles.

1.37.2.3 Cylinder deformation

Reference solution

■ R radial deformation of the torus:

R = pb

2Eh (r - (r + a))

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,

■ 361 nodes,

■ 324 surface quadrangles.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

135

1.37.2.4 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 syy_mid 11 stresses for r = a - b [Pa] 7.5 x 105

CM2 syy_mid 11 stresses for r = a + b [Pa] 4.17 x 105

CM2 sxx_mid 22 stress for all r [Pa] 2.50 x 105

CM2 Dz L radial deformations of the torus for r = a - b [m] 1.19 x 10-7

CM2 Dz L radial deformations of the torus for r = a + b [m] 1.79 x 10-6

1.37.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

syy_mid Sigma 11 stresses for r = a - b [Pa] 742770 Pa -0.96%

syy_mid Sigma 11 stresses for r = a + b [Pa] 415404 Pa -0.38%

sxx_mid Sigma 22 stress for all r [Pa] 250331 Pa 0.13%

Dz Delta L radial deformations of the torus for r = a - b [mm] -0.000117352 mm 1.38%

Dz Delta L radial deformations of the torus for r = a + b [mm] 0.00180274 mm 0.71%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

136

1.38 Spherical shell under internal pressure (01-0046SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2477

Test status: Passed

1.38.1 Description

A spherical shell is subjected to a uniform internal pressure. The stress and the radial deformation are verified.

1.38.2 Background

1.38.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 14/89;

■ Analysis type: static, linear elastic;

■ Element type: planar.

Spherical shell under internal pressure 01-0046SSLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Thickness: h = 0.02 m,

■ Radius: R2 = 1 m,

■ = 90° (hemisphere).

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

137

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

Simple support (null displacement along vertical displacement) on the shell perimeter.

For modeling, we consider only half of the hemisphere, so we impose symmetry conditions (DOF restrains placed in the vertical plane xy in translation along z and in rotation along x and y). In addition, the node at the top of the shell is restrained in translation along x to assure the stability of the structure during calculation).

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Uniform internal pressure p = 10000 Pa

■ Internal: None.

1.38.2.2 Stresses

Reference solution

(See stresses description on the first scheme of the overview)

If 0° 90°

11 = 22 = pR2

2

2h

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,

■ 343 nodes,

■ 324 planar elements.

1.38.2.3 Cylinder deformation

Reference solution

■ R radial deformation of the calotte:

R = pR22 (1 - ) sin

2Eh

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,

■ 343 nodes,

■ 324 planar elements.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

138

Deformed shape

Spherical shell under internal pressure Scale = 1/11

Deformed

1.38.2.4 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 sxx_mid 11 stress for all [Pa] 2.50 x 105

CM2 syy_mid 22 stress for all [Pa] 2.50 x 105

CM2 Dz R radial deformations for = 90° [m] 8.33 x 10-7

1.38.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

sxx_mid Sigma 11 stress for all Theta [Pa] 250202 Pa 0.08%

syy_mid Sigma 22 stress for all Theta [Pa] 249907 Pa -0.04%

Dz Delta R radial deformations for Theta = 90° [mm] 0.000832794 mm -0.02%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

139

1.39 Thin cylinder under its self weight (01-0044SSLSB_MEF)

Test ID: 2475

Test status: Passed

1.39.1 Description

Verifies the stress, the longitudinal deformation and the radial deformation of a thin cylinder subjected to its self weight only.

1.39.2 Background

1.39.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 09/89;

■ Analysis type: static, linear elastic;

■ Element type: planar.

A cylinder of R radius and L length subject of self weight only.

Thin cylinder under its self weight Scale = 1/24 01-0044SSLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Thickness: h = 0.02 m,

■ Length: L = 4 m,

■ Radius: R = 1 m.

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

■ Density: = 7.85 x 104 N/m3.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

140

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Null axial displacement at z = 0,

► For the modeling, we consider only a quarter of the cylinder, so we impose the symmetry conditions on the nodes that are parallel with the cylinder’s axis.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Cylinder self weight,

■ Internal: None.

1.39.2.2 Stresses

Reference solution

x axis of the local coordinate system of planar elements is parallel to the cylinders axis.

xx = z

yy = 0

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,

■ 697 nodes,

■ 640 surface quadrangles.

1.39.2.3 Cylinder deformation

Reference solution

■ L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder:

L = z2

2E

■ R radial deformation of the cylinder:

R = -Rz

E

1.39.2.4 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 sxx_mid xx stress for z = L [Pa] -314000.000000

CM2 DY L longitudinal deformation for z = L [mm] 0.002990

CM2 Dz R radial deformation for z = L[mm] -0.000440

* To obtain this result, you must generate a calculation note “Planar elements stresses by load case in neutral fiber" with results on center.

1.39.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

sxx_mid Sigma xx stress for z = L [Pa] -309143 Pa 1.55%

DY Delta L longitudinal deformation for z = L [mm] 0.00298922 mm -0.03%

Dz Delta R radial deformation for z = L [mm] -0.000443587 mm -0.82%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

141

1.40 Beam on elastic soil, hinged ends (01-0034SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2466

Test status: Passed

1.40.1 Description

A beam under a punctual load, a distributed load and two torques lays on a soil of constant linear stiffness. The rotation around z-axis, the vertical reaction, the vertical displacement and the bending moment are verified in several points.

1.40.2 Background

1.40.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 16/89;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

Beam on elastic soil, hinged ends Scale = 1/27 01-0034SSLLB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ L = ( 10 )/2,

■ I = 10-4 m4.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

142

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Free A and B ends,

► Soil with a constant linear stiffness ky = K = 840000 N/m2.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External:

► Punctual force at D: Fy = F = - 10000 N,

► Uniformly distributed force from A to B: fy = p = - 5000 N/m,

► Torque at A: Cz = -C = -15000 Nm,

► Torque at B: Cz = C = 15000 Nm.

■ Internal: None.

1.40.2.2 Displacement and support reaction at A

Reference solution

= 4

K/(4EI)

= L/2

= ch(2) + cos(2)

■ Vertical support reaction:

VA = -p(sh(2) + sin(2)) - 2Fch()cos() + 22C(sh(2) - sin(2)) x 1

2

■ Rotation about z-axis:

A = p(sh(2) – sin(2)) + 2Fsh()sin() - 22C(sh(2) + sin(2)) x 1

(K/)

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 50 nodes,

■ 49 linear elements.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

143

Deformed shape

Beam on elastic soil, hinged ends Scale = 1/20

Deformed

1.40.2.3 Displacement and bending moment at D

Reference solution

■ Vertical displacement:

vD = 2p( - 2ch()cos()) + F(sh(2) – sin(2)) - 82Csh()sin() x 1

2K

■ Bending moment:

MD = 4psh()sin() + F(sh(2) + sin(2)) - 82Cch()cos() x 1

42

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 50 nodes,

■ 49 linear elements.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

144

Bending moment diagram

Beam on elastic soil, hinged ends Scale = 1/20

Bending moment

1.40.2.4 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 RY Rotation around z-axis in point A [rad] 0.003045

CM2 Fz Vertical reaction in point A [N] -11674

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point D [cm] -0.423326

CM2 My Bending moment in point D [Nm] -33840

1.40.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

RY Rotation around z-axis in point A [rad] 0.00304333 Rad -0.05%

Fz Vertical reaction in point A [N] -11709 N -0.30%

Dz Vertical displacement in point D [cm] -0.423297 cm 0.01%

My Bending moment in point D [Nm] -33835.9 N*m 0.01%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

145

1.41 Square plate under planar stresses (01-0039SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2470

Test status: Passed

1.41.1 Description

Verifies the vertical displacement and the stresses on a square plate of 2 x 2 m, fixed on 3 sides with a uniform surface load on its surface.

1.41.2 Background

1.41.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Internal GRAITEC test;

■ Analysis type: static linear;

■ Element type: planar (membrane).

Square plate under planar stresses Scale = 1/19 Modeling

1;1,

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Thickness: e = 1 m,

■ 4 square elements of side h = 1 m.

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

146

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed on 3 sides,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Uniform load p = -1. 108 N/ml on the upper surface,

■ Internal: None.

1.41.2.2 Displacement of the model in the linear elastic range

Reference solution

The reference displacements are calculated on nodes 7 and 9.

v9 = -6ph(3 + )(1 - 2)

E(8(3 - )2 - (3 + )2) = -0.1809 x 10-3 m,

v7 = 4(3 - )3 + v9 = -0.592 x 10-3 m,

For element 1.4:

(For the stresses calculated above, the abscissa point (x = 0; y = 0) corresponds to node 8.)

yy = E

1 - 2 (v9 - v7)

2h (1 + ) for

xx = yy for

xy = E

1 + (v9 + v7) + (v9 - v7)

4h (1 + ) for

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: membrane, imposed mesh,

■ 9 nodes,

■ 4 surface quadrangles.

= -1 ; xx = 0 = 0 ; xx = -14.23 MPa = 1 ; xx = -28.46 MPa

= -1 ; = 0 ; xy = -47.82 MPa = 0 ; = 0 ; xy = -31.21 MPa = 1 ; = 0 ; xy = -14.61 MPa

= -1 ; yy = 0 = 0 ; yy = -47.44 MPa = 1 ; yy = -94.88 MPa

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

147

Deformed shape

1.41.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement on node 7 [mm] -0.592

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement on node 5 [mm] -0.1809

CM2 sxx_mid xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0 m [MPa] 0

CM2 sxx_mid xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0.5 m [MPa] -14.23

CM2 sxx_mid xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 1 m [MPa] -28.46

CM2 syy_mid yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0 m [MPa] 0

CM2 syy_mid yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0.5 m [MPa] -47.44

CM2 syy_mid yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 1 m [MPa] -94.88

CM2 sxy_mid xy stresses on Element 1.4 in y = 0 m [MPa] -14.66

CM2 sxy_mid xy stresses on Element 1.4 in y = 1 m [MPa] -47.82

1.41.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

DZ Vertical displacement on node 7 [mm] -0.59203 mm -0.01%

DZ Vertical displacement on node 5 [mm] -0.180898 mm 0.00%

sxx_mid Sigma xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0 m [MPa] 7.45058e-015 MPa 0.00%

sxx_mid Sigma xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0.5 m [MPa] -14.2315 MPa -0.01%

sxx_mid Sigma xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 1 m [MPa] -28.463 MPa -0.01%

syy_mid Sigma yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0 m [MPa] 1.49012e-014 MPa 0.00%

syy_mid Sigma yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0.5 m [MPa] -47.4383 MPa 0.00%

syy_mid Sigma yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 1 m [MPa] -94.8767 MPa 0.00%

sxy_mid Sigma xy stresses on Element 1.4 in y = 0 m [MPa] -14.611 MPa 0.33%

sxy_mid Sigma xy stresses on Element 1.4 in y = 1 m [MPa] -47.8178 MPa 0.00%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

148

1.42 Thin cylinder under a hydrostatic pressure (01-0043SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2474

Test status: Passed

1.42.1 Description

Verifies the stress, the longitudinal deformation and the radial deformation of a thin cylinder under a hydrostatic pressure.

1.42.2 Background

1.42.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 08/89;

■ Analysis type: static, linear elastic;

■ Element type: planar.

Thin cylinder under a hydrostatic pressure Scale = 1/25 01-0043SSLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Thickness: h = 0.02 m,

■ Length: L = 4 m,

■ Radius: R = 1 m.

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

149

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: For the modeling, we consider only a quarter of the cylinder, so we impose the symmetry conditions on the nodes that are parallel with the cylinder’s axis.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Radial internal pressure varies linearly with the "p" height, p = p0 zL ,

■ Internal: None.

1.42.2.2 Stresses

Reference solution

x axis of the local coordinate system of planar elements is parallel to the cylinders axis.

xx = 0

yy = p0RzLh

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,

■ 209 nodes,

■ 180 surface quadrangles.

1.42.2.3 Cylinder deformation

Reference solution

■ L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder:

L = -p0Rz2

2ELh

■ L radial deformation of the cylinder:

R = p0R2zELh

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,

■ 209 nodes,

■ 180 surface quadrangles.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

150

Deformation shape

Thin cylinder under a hydrostatic pressure

Deformed

1.42.2.4 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 syy_mid yy stress in z = L/2 [Pa] 500000.000000

CM2 DY L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder at the inferior extremity [mm]

-0.002860

CM2 Dz L radial deformation of the cylinder in z = L/2 [mm] 0.002380

1.42.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

syy_mid Sigma yy stress in z = L/2 [Pa] 504489 Pa 0.90%

DY Delta L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder at the inferior extremity [mm]

-0.00285442 mm 0.20%

Dz Delta L radial deformation of the cylinder in z = L/2 [mm] 0.00238372 mm 0.16%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

151

1.43 Spherical dome under a uniform external pressure (01-0050SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2480

Test status: Passed

1.43.1 Description

A spherical dome of radius (a) is subjected to a uniform external pressure. The horizontal displacement and the external meridian stresses are verified.

1.43.2 Background

1.43.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 22/89;

■ Analysis type: static, linear elastic;

■ Element type: planar.

Spherical dome under a uniform external pressure 01-0050SSLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

152

Geometry

■ Radius: a = 2.54 m,

■ Thickness: h = 0.0127 m,

■ Angle: = 75°.

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 6.897 x 1010 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.2.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed on the dome perimeter,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Uniform pressure p = 0.6897 x 106 Pa,

■ Internal: None.

1.43.2.2 Horizontal displacement and exterior meridian stress

Reference solution

The reference solution is determined by averaging the results of several calculation software with implemented finite elements method. 2% uncertainty about the reference solution.

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,

■ 401 nodes,

■ 400 planar elements.

Deformed shape

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

153

1.43.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 DX Horizontal displacements in = 15° 1.73 x 10-3

CM2 DX Horizontal displacements in = 45° -1.02 x 10-3

CM2 syy_mid yy external meridian stresses in = 15° -74

CM2 sxx_mid XX external meridian stresses in = 45° -68

1.43.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

DX Horizontal displacements in Psi = 15° [mm] 1.73064 mm 0.04%

DX Horizontal displacements in Psi = 45° [mm] -1.01367 mm 0.62%

syy_mid Sigma yy external meridian stresses in Psi = 15° [MPa] -72.2609 MPa 2.35%

sxx_mid Sigma XX external meridian stresses in Psi = 45° [MPa] -68.9909 MPa -1.46%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

154

1.44 Simply supported square plate under a uniform load (01-0051SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2481

Test status: Passed

1.44.1 Description

A square plate simply supported is subjected to a uniform load. The vertical displacement and the bending moments at the plate center are verified.

1.44.2 Background

1.44.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 24/89;

■ Analysis type: static, linear elastic;

■ Element type: planar.

Simply supported square plate under a uniform load Scale = 1/9 01-0051SSLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Side: a =b = 1 m,

■ Thickness: h = 0.01 m,

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.0 x 107 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

155

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Simple support on the plate perimeter (null displacement along z-axis),

■ Inner: None

Loading

■ External: Normal pressure of plate p = pZ = -1.0 Pa,

■ Internal: None.

1.44.2.2 Vertical displacement and bending moment at the center of the plate

Reference solution

Love-Kirchhoff thin plates theory.

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,

■ 361 nodes,

■ 324 planar elements.

1.44.2.3 Theoretical result

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [m] -4.43 x 10-3

CM2 Mxx MX bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.0479

CM2 Myy MY bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.0479

1.44.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [m] -0.00435847 m 1.61%

Mxx Mx bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.0471381 N*m -1.59%

Myy My bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.0471381 N*m -1.59%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

156

1.45 Simply supported rectangular plate loaded with punctual force and moments (01-0054SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2484

Test status: Passed

1.45.1 Description

A rectangular plate simply supported is subjected to a punctual force and moments. The vertical displacement is verified.

1.45.2 Background

1.45.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 26/89;

■ Analysis type: static linear;

■ Element type: planar.

Simply supported rectangular plate loaded with punctual force and moments 01-0054SSLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Width: DA = CB = 20 m,

■ Length: AB = DC = 5 m,

■ Thickness: h = 1 m,

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E =1000 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Punctual support at A, B and D (null displacement along z-axis),

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

157

Loading

■ External:

► In A: MX = 20 Nm, MY = -10 Nm,

► In B: MX = 20 Nm, MY = 10 Nm,

► In C: FZ = -2 N, MX = -20 Nm, MY = 10 Nm,

► In D: MX = -20 Nm, MY = -10 Nm,

■ Internal: None.

1.45.2.2 Vertical displacement at C

Reference solution

Love-Kirchhoff thin plates theory.

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,

■ 867 nodes,

■ 800 surface quadrangles.

Deformed shape

Simply supported rectangular plate loaded with punctual force and moments Deformed

1.45.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -12.480

1.45.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -12.6677 m -1.50%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

158

1.46 Shear plate perpendicular to the medium surface (01-0055SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2485

Test status: Passed

1.46.1 Description

Verifies the vertical displacement of a rectangular shear plate fixed at one end, loaded with two forces.

1.46.2 Background

1.46.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 27/89;

■ Analysis type: static;

■ Element type: planar.

Shear plate Scale = 1/50 01-0055SSLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Length: L = 12 m,

■ Width: l = 1 m,

■ Thickness: h = 0.05 m,

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.0 x 107 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.25.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed AD edge,

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

159

Loading

■ External:

► At B: Fz = -1.0 N,

► At C: FZ = 1.0 N,

■ Internal: None.

1.46.2.2 Vertical displacement at C

Reference solution

Analytical solution.

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,

■ 497 nodes,

■ 420 surface quadrangles.

Deformed shape

Shear plate Scale = 1/35 Deformed

1.46.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] 35.37 x 10-3

1.46.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] 35.6655 mm 0.84%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

160

1.47 Spherical shell with holes (01-0049SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2479

Test status: Passed

1.47.1 Description

A spherical shell with holes is subjected to 4 forces, opposite 2 by 2. The horizontal displacement is verified.

1.47.2 Background

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 21/89;

■ Analysis type: static, linear elastic;

■ Element type: planar.

1.47.2.1 Model description

Spherical shell with holes 01-0049SSLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Radius: R = 10 m

■ Thickness: h = 0.04 m,

■ Opening angle of the hole: 0 = 18°.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

161

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 6.285 x 107 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: For modeling, we consider only a quarter of the shell, so we impose symmetry conditions (nodes in the vertical yz plane are restrained in translation along x and in rotation along y and z. Nodes on the vertical xy plane are restrained in translation along z and in rotation along x and y),

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Punctual loads F = 1 N, according to the diagram,

■ Internal: None.

1.47.2.2 Horizontal displacement at point A

Reference solution

The reference solution is determined by averaging the results of several calculation software with implemented finite elements method. 2% uncertainty about the reference solution.

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,

■ 99 nodes,

■ 80 surface quadrangles.

Deformed shape

Spherical shell with holes Scale = 1/79 Deformed

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

162

1.47.2.3 Theoretical background

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 DX Horizontal displacement at point A(R,0,0) [mm] 94.0

1.47.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

DX Horizontal displacement at point A(R,0,0) [mm] 92.6205 mm -1.47%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

163

1.48 Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load (01-0053SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2483

Test status: Passed

1.48.1 Description

A rectangular plate simply supported is subjected to a uniform load. The vertical displacement and the bending moments at the plate center are verified.

1.48.2 Background

1.48.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 24/89;

■ Analysis type: static, linear elastic;

■ Element type: planar.

Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load Scale = 1/25 01-0053SSLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Width: a = 1 m,

■ Length: b = 5 m,

■ Thickness: h = 0.01 m,

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.0 x 107 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Simple support on the plate perimeter (null displacement along z-axis),

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

164

Loading

■ External: Normal pressure of plate p = pZ = -1.0 Pa,

■ Internal: None.

1.48.2.2 Vertical displacement and bending moment at the center of the plate

Reference solution

Love-Kirchhoff thin plates theory.

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,

■ 793 nodes,

■ 720 surface quadrangles.

1.48.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [m] 1.416 x 10-2

CM2 Mxx MX bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.1246

CM2 Myy MY bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.0375

1.48.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [cm] -1.40141 cm 1.03%

Mxx Mx bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.124082 N*m 0.42%

Myy My bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.0375624 N*m -0.17%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

165

1.49 A plate (0.01333 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0058SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2488

Test status: Passed

1.49.1 Description

Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.01333 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure.

1.49.2 Background

1.49.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;

■ Analysis type: static;

■ Element type: planar.

Square plate of side "a", for the modeling, only a quarter of the plate is considered.

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Side: a = 1 m,

■ Thickness: h = 0.01333 m,

■ Slenderness: = ah = 75.

Materials properties

■ Reinforcement,

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

Fixed sides: AB and BD,

For the modeling, we impose symmetry conditions at the CB side (restrained displacement along x and restrained rotation around y and z) and CD side (restrained displacement along y and restrained rotation around x and z),

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

166

Loading

■ External: 1 MPa uniform pressure,

■ Internal: None.

1.49.2.2 Vertical displacement at C

Reference solution

This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these values at ± 5%.

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,

■ 289 nodes,

■ 256 surface quadrangles.

1.49.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -2.8053 x 10-2

1.49.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Dz Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -2.79502 cm 0.37%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

167

1.50 A plate (0.02 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0059SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2489

Test status: Passed

1.50.1 Description

Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.02 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure.

1.50.2 Background

1.50.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;

■ Analysis type: static;

■ Element type: planar.

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Side: a = 1 m,

■ Thickness: h = 0.02 m,

■ Slenderness: = ah = 50.

Materials properties

■ Reinforcement,

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

Fixed edges: AB and BD,

For the modeling, we impose symmetry conditions at the CB side (restrained displacement along x and restrained rotation around y and z) and CD side (restrained displacement along y and restrained rotation around x and z),

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

168

Loading

■ External: 1 MPa uniform pressure,

■ Internal: None.

1.50.2.2 Vertical displacement at C

Reference solution

This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these values at ± 5%.

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,

■ 289 nodes,

■ 256 surface quadrangles.

1.50.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.83480 x 10-2

1.50.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Dz Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -0.82559 cm 1.10%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

169

1.51 A plate (0.01 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0057SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2487

Test status: Passed

1.51.1 Description

Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.01 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure.

1.51.2 Background

1.51.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;

■ Analysis type: static;

■ Element type: planar.

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Side: a = 1 m,

■ Thickness: h = 0.01 m,

■ Slenderness: = ah = 100.

Materials properties

■ Reinforcement,

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

Fixed sides: AB and BD,

For the modeling, we impose symmetry conditions at the CB side (restrained displacement along x and restrained rotation around y and z) and CD side (restrained displacement along y and restrained rotation around x and z),

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

170

Loading

■ External: 1 MPa uniform pressure,

■ Internal: None.

1.51.2.2 Vertical displacement at C

Reference solution

This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these values at 5%.

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,

■ 289 nodes,

■ 256 surface quadrangles.

1.51.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -6.639 x 10-2

1.51.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Dz Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -6.56563 cm 1.11%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

171

1.52 Pinch cylindrical shell (01-0048SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2478

Test status: Passed

1.52.1 Description

A cylinder of length L is pinched by 2 diametrically opposite forces (F). The vertical displacement is verified.

1.52.2 Background

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 20/89;

■ Analysis type: static, linear elastic;

■ Element type: planar.

1.52.2.1 Model description

A cylinder of length L is pinched by 2 diametrically opposite forces (F).

Pinch cylindrical shell

01-0048SSLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Length: L = 10.35 m (total length),

■ Radius: R = 4.953 m,

■ Thickness: h = 0.094 m.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

172

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 10.5 x 106 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3125.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: For the modeling, we consider only half of the cylinder, so we impose symmetry conditions (nodes in the horizontal xz plane are restrained in translation along y and in rotation along x and z),

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: 2 punctual loads F = 100 N,

■ Internal: None.

1.52.2.2 Vertical displacement at point A

Reference solution

The reference solution is determined by averaging the results of several calculation software with implemented finite elements method. 2% uncertainty about the reference solution.

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,

■ 777 nodes,

■ 720 surface quadrangles.

1.52.2.3 Theoretical result

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point A [m] -113.9 x 10-3

1.52.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

DZ Vertical displacement in point A [mm] -113.3 mm 0.53%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

173

1.53 Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load (01-0052SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2482

Test status: Passed

1.53.1 Description

A rectangular plate simply supported is subjected to a uniform load. The vertical displacement and the bending moments at the plate center are verified.

1.53.2 Background

1.53.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 24/89;

■ Analysis type: static, linear elastic;

■ Element type: planar.

Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load Scale = 1/11 01-0052SSLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Width: a = 1 m,

■ Length: b = 2 m,

■ Thickness: h = 0.01 m,

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.0 x 107 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

174

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Simple support on the plate perimeter (null displacement along z-axis),

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Normal pressure of plate p = pZ = -1.0 Pa,

■ Internal: None.

1.53.2.2 Vertical displacement and bending moment at the center of the plate

Reference solution

Love-Kirchhoff thin plates theory.

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,

■ 435 nodes,

■ 392 surface quadrangles.

1.53.2.3 Theoretical background

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [m] -1.1060 x 10-2

CM2 Mxx MX bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.1017

CM2 Myy MY bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.0464

1.53.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [cm] -1.10238 cm 0.33%

Mxx Mx bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.101737 N*m -0.04%

Myy My bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.0462457 N*m 0.33%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

175

1.54 Triangulated system with hinged bars (01-0056SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2486

Test status: Passed

1.54.1 Description

A truss with hinged bars is placed on three punctual supports (subjected to imposed displacements) and is loaded with two punctual forces. A thermal load is applied to all the bars. The traction force and the vertical displacement are verified.

1.54.2 Background

1.54.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 12/89;

■ Analysis type: static (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ = 30°,

■ Section A1 = 1.41 x 10-3 m2,

■ Section A2 = 2.82 x 10-3 m2.

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E =2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Coefficient of linear expansion: = 10-5 °C-1.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Hinge at A (uA = vA = 0),

► Roller supports at B and C ( uB = v’C = 0),

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

176

Loading

■ External:

► Support displacement: vA = -0.02 m ; vB = -0.03 m ; v’C = -0.015 m ,

► Punctual loads: FE = -150 KN ; FF = -100 KN,

► Expansion effect on all bars for a temperature variation of 150° in relation with the assembly temperature (specified geometry),

■ Internal: None.

1.54.2.2 Tension force in BD bar

Reference solution

Determining the hyperstatic unknown with the section cut method.

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam, automatic mesh,

■ 11 nodes,

■ 17 S beams + 1 rigid S beam for the modeling of the simple support at C.

1.54.2.3 Vertical displacement at D

Reference solution

vD displacement was determined by several software with implemented finite elements method.

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam, automatic mesh,

■ 11 nodes,

■ 17 S beams + 1 rigid S beam for the modeling of simple support at C.

Deformed shape

Triangulated system with hinged bars 01-0056SSLLB_FEM

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

177

1.54.2.4 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Fx FX traction force on BD bar [N] 43633

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement on point D [m] -0.01618

1.54.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Fx Fx traction force on BD bar [N] 42870.9 N -1.75%

DZ Vertical displacement on point D [m] -0.0162358 m -0.34%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

178

1.55 A plate (0.01 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0062SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2492

Test status: Passed

1.55.1 Description

Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.01 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force in the center.

1.55.2 Background

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;

■ Analysis type: static;

■ Element type: planar.

1.55.2.1 Model description

Square plate of side "a".

0.01 m thick plate fixed on its perimeter Scale = 1/5

01-0062SSLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Side: a = 1 m,

■ Thickness: h = 0.01 m,

■ Slenderness: = ah = 100.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

179

Materials properties

■ Reinforcement,

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed edges,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Punctual force applied on the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,

■ Internal: None.

1.55.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C (center of the plate)

Reference solution

This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these values at ± 5%.

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,

■ 961 nodes,

■ 900 surface quadrangles.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

180

1.55.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.29579

1.55.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.292146 m 1.23%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

181

1.56 A plate (0.01333 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0063SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2493

Test status: Passed

1.56.1 Description

Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.01333 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force in the center.

1.56.2 Background

1.56.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;

■ Analysis type: static;

■ Element type: planar.

0.01333 m thick plate fixed on its perimeter Scale = 1/5

01-0063SSLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Side: a = 1 m,

■ Thickness: h = 0.01333 m,

■ Slenderness: = ah = 75.

Materials properties

■ Reinforcement,

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

182

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed sides,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Punctual force applied on the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,

■ Internal: None.

1.56.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C (the center of the plate)

Reference solution

This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these values at ± 5%.

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,

■ 961 nodes,

■ 900 surface quadrangles.

1.56.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.12525

1.56.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.124583 m 0.53%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

183

1.57 A plate (0.1 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0066SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2496

Test status: Passed

1.57.1 Description

Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.1 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force in the center.

1.57.2 Background

1.57.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;

■ Analysis type: static;

■ Element type: planar.

0.1 m thick plate fixed on its perimeter Scale = 1/5

01-0066SSLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Side: a = 1 m,

■ Thickness: h = 0.1 m,

■ Slenderness: = 10.

Materials properties

■ Reinforcement,

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

184

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed edges,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: punctual force applied in the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,

■ Internal: None.

1.57.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C (center of the plate)

Reference solution

This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these values at ± 5%.

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,

■ 961 nodes,

■ 900 surface quadrangles.

1.57.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.42995 x 10-3

1.57.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

DZ Vertical displacement in point C [mm] -0.412094 mm 4.15%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

185

1.58 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 1) (01-0067SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2497

Test status: Passed

1.58.1 Description

Verifies the eigen mode transverse frequencies for a thin piping elbow with a radius of 1 m, fixed on its ends and subjected to its self weight only.

1.58.2 Background

1.58.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 14/89;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis (space problem);

■ Element type: linear.

Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow Scale = 1/7

01-0067SDLLB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,

■ Straight circular hollow section:

■ Outer diameter: de = 0.020 m,

■ Inner diameter: di = 0.016 m,

■ Section: A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,

■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,

■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,

■ Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10-9 m4.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

186

■ Points coordinates (in m):

► O ( 0 ; 0 ; 0 )

► A ( 0 ; R ; 0 )

► B ( R ; 0 ; 0 )

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

■ Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed at points A and B,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: None,

■ Internal: None.

1.58.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies

Reference solution

The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:

■ transverse bending:

fj = i

2

2 R2 GIpA

where i = 1,2.

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 11 nodes,

■ 10 linear elements.

Eigen mode shapes

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

187

1.58.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode Transverse 1 frequency [Hz] 44.23

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode Transverse 2 frequency [Hz] 125

1.58.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Eigen mode Transverse 1 frequency [Hz] 44.12 Hz -0.25%

Eigen mode Transverse 2 frequency [Hz] 120.09 Hz -3.93%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

188

1.59 A plate (0.1 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0061SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2491

Test status: Passed

1.59.1 Description

Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.1 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure.

1.59.2 Background

1.59.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;

■ Analysis type: static;

■ Element type: planar.

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Side: a = 1 m,

■ Thickness: h = 0.1 m,

■ Slenderness: = ah = 10.

Materials properties

■ Reinforcement,

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

Fixed edges: AB and BD,

For the modeling, we impose symmetry conditions at the CB side (restrained displacement along x and restrained rotation around y and z) and CD side (restrained displacement along y and restrained rotation around x and z),

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

189

Loading

■ External: 1 MPa uniform pressure,

■ Internal: None.

1.59.2.2 Vertical displacement at C

Reference solution

This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these values at ± 5%.

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,

■ 289 nodes,

■ 256 surface quadrangles.

1.59.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.78661 x 10-4

1.59.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Dz Vertical displacement in point C [mm] -0.0781846 mm 0.61%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

190

1.60 A plate (0.05 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0065SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2495

Test status: Passed

1.60.1 Description

Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.05 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force in the center.

1.60.2 Background

1.60.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;

■ Analysis type: static;

■ Element type: planar.

0.05 m thick plate fixed on its perimeter Scale = 1/5

01-0065SSLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Side: a = 1 m,

■ Thickness: h = 0.05 m,

■ Slenderness: = 20.

Materials properties

■ Reinforcement,

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

191

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed sides,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Punctual force applied at the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,

■ Internal: None.

1.60.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C center of the plate)

Reference solution

This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these values at ± 5%.

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,

■ 961 nodes,

■ 900 surface quadrangles.

1.60.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.2595 x 10-2

1.60.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.00257232 m 0.86%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

192

1.61 Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Rafters) (01-0077SSLPB_FEM)

Test ID: 2500

Test status: Passed

1.61.1 Description

Moments and actions on supports calculation on a 2D portal frame. The purpose of this test is to verify the results of Advance Design for the M. R. study of a 2D portal frame.

1.61.2 Background

1.61.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Design and calculation of metal structures.

■ Analysis type: static linear;

■ Element type: linear.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

193

1.61.2.2 Moments and actions on supports M.R. calculation on a 2D portal frame.

RDM results, for the linear load perpendicular on the rafters, are:

2

qLVV EA H

fh3f3k²h

f5h8

32

²qLHH EA

HhMM DB fhH8

²qLMC

1.61.2.3 Theoretical results

Comparison between theoretical results and the results obtained by Advance Design for a linear load perpendicular on the chords

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Fz Vertical reaction V in A [DaN] -1000

CM2 Fz Vertical reaction V in E [DaN] -1000

CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction H in A [DaN] -332.9

CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction H in E [DaN] -332.9

CM2 My Moment in node B [DaNm] 2496.8

CM2 My Moment in node D [DaNm] -2496.8

CM2 My Moment in node C [DaNm] -1671

1.61.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Fz Vertical reaction V on node A [daN] -1000 daN 0.00%

Fz Vertical reaction V on node E [daN] -1000 daN 0.00%

Fx Horizontal reaction H on node A [daN] -332.665 daN 0.07%

Fx Horizontal reaction H on node E [daN] -332.665 daN 0.07%

My Moment in node B [daNm] 2494.99 daN*m -0.07%

My Moment in node D [daNm] -2494.99 daN*m 0.07%

My Moment in node C [daNm] -1673.35 daN*m -0.14%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

194

1.62 Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Columns) (01-0078SSLPB_FEM)

Test ID: 2501

Test status: Passed

1.62.1 Description

Moments and actions on supports calculation on a 2D portal frame. The purpose of this test is to verify the results of Advance Design for the M. R. study of a 2D portal frame.

1.62.2 Background

1.62.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Design and calculation of metal structures.

■ Analysis type: static linear;

■ Element type: linear.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

195

1.62.2.2 Moments and reactions on supports M.R. calculation on a 2D portal frame.

RDM results, for the linear load perpendicular on the column, are:

L2

²qhVV EA

fh3f3k²h

fh26kh5

16

²qhHE

qhHH EA

hHqh

M EB 2

² fhH

4

²qhM EC hHM ED

1.62.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Fz Vertical reaction V in A [DaN] 140.6

CM2 Fz Vertical reaction V in E [DaN] -140.6

CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction H in A [DaN] 579.1

CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction H in E [DaN] 170.9

CM2 My Moment in B [DaNm] -1530.8

CM2 My Moment in D [DaNm] -1281.7

CM2 My Moment in C [DaNm] 302.7

1.62.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Fz Vertical reaction V on node A [daN] 140.625 daN 0.02%

Fz Vertical reaction V on node E [daN] -140.625 daN -0.02%

Fx Horizontal reaction H on node A [daN] 579.169 daN 0.01%

Fx Horizontal reaction H on node E [daN] 170.831 daN -0.04%

My Moment in node B [daNm] -1531.27 daN*m -0.03%

My Moment in node D [daNm] -1281.23 daN*m 0.04%

My Moment in node C [daNm] 302.063 daN*m -0.21%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

196

1.63 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 3) (01-0069SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2499

Test status: Passed

1.63.1 Description

Verifies the eigen mode transverse frequencies for a thin piping elbow with a radius of 1 m, extended with two straight elements (2 m long) and subjected to its self weight only.

1.63.1.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 14/89;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis (space problem);

■ Element type: linear.

Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow Scale = 1/12

01-0069SDLLB_FEM

Units

I. S.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

197

Geometry

■ Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,

■ L = 2 m,

■ Straight circular hollow section:

■ Outer diameter: de = 0.020 m,

■ Inner diameter: di = 0.016 m,

■ Section: A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,

■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,

■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,

■ Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10-9 m4.

■ Points coordinates (in m):

► O ( 0 ; 0 ; 0 )

► A ( 0 ; R ; 0 )

► B ( R ; 0 ; 0 )

► C ( -L ; R ; 0 )

► D ( R ; -L ; 0 )

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

■ Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Fixed at points C and D

► At A: translation restraint along y and z,

► At B: translation restraint along x and z,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: None,

■ Internal: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

198

1.63.1.2 Eigen modes frequencies

Reference solution

The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:

■ transverse bending:

fj = i

2

2 R2 GIpA

where i = 1,2 with i = 1,2:

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 41 nodes,

■ 40 linear elements.

Eigen mode shapes

1.63.1.3 Theoretical results

Reference

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode Transverse 1 frequency [Hz] 17.900

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode Transverse 2 frequency [Hz] 24.800

1.63.2 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Eigen mode Transverse 1 frequency [Hz] 17.65 Hz -1.40%

Eigen mode Transverse 2 frequency [Hz] 24.43 Hz -1.49%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

199

1.64 A plate (0.05 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0060SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2490

Test status: Passed

1.64.1 Description

Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.05 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure.

1.64.2 Background

1.64.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;

■ Analysis type: static;

■ Element type: planar.

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Side: a = 1 m,

■ Thickness: h = 0.05 m,

■ Slenderness: = ah = 20.

Materials properties

■ Reinforcement,

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

Fixed edges: AB and BD,

For the modeling, we impose symmetry conditions at the CB side (restrained displacement along x and restrained rotation around y and z) and CD side (restrained displacement along y and restrained rotation around x and z),

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

200

Loading

■ External: 1 MPa uniform pressure,

■ Internal: None.

1.64.2.2 Vertical displacement at C

Reference solution

This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these values at ± 5%.

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,

■ 289 nodes,

■ 256 surface quadrangles.

1.64.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.55474 x 10-3

1.64.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Dz Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -0.0549874 cm 0.88%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

201

1.65 A plate (0.02 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0064SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2494

Test status: Passed

1.65.1 Description

Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.02 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force in the center.

1.65.2 Background

1.65.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;

■ Analysis type: static;

■ Element type: planar.

0.02 m thick plate fixed on its perimeter Scale = 1/5

01-0064SSLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Side: a = 1 m,

■ Thickness: h = 0.02 m,

■ Slenderness: = 50.

Materials properties

■ Reinforcement,

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

202

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed edges,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: punctual force applied in the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,

■ Internal: None.

1.65.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C (the center of the plate)

Reference solution

This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these values at ± 5%.

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,

■ 961 nodes,

■ 900 surface quadrangles.

1.65.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.037454

1.65.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.0369818 m 1.26%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

203

1.66 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 2) (01-0068SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2498

Test status: Passed

1.66.1 Description

Verifies the eigen mode transverse frequencies for a thin piping elbow with a radius of 1 m, extended with two straight elements (0.6 m long) and subjected to its self weight only.

1.66.2 Background

1.66.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 14/89;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis (in space);

■ Element type: linear.

Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow Scale = 1/11

01-0068SDLLB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,

■ L = 0.6 m,

■ Straight circular hollow section:

■ Outer diameter: de = 0.020 m,

■ Inner diameter: di = 0.016 m,

■ Section: A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,

■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,

■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,

■ Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10-9 m4.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

204

■ Points coordinates (in m):

► O ( 0 ; 0 ; 0 )

► A ( 0 ; R ; 0 )

► B ( R ; 0 ; 0 )

► C ( -L ; R ; 0 )

► D ( R ; -L ; 0 )

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

■ Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Fixed at points C and D

► In A: translation restraint along y and z,

► In B: translation restraint along x and z,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: None,

■ Internal: None.

1.66.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies

Reference solution

The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:

■ transverse bending:

fj = i

2

2 R2 GIpA

where i = 1,2.

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam,

■ 23 nodes,

■ 22 linear elements.

Eigen mode shapes

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

205

1.66.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode Transverse 1 frequency [Hz] 33.4

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode Transverse 2 frequency [Hz] 100

1.66.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Eigen mode Transverse 1 frequency [Hz] 33.19 Hz -0.63%

Eigen mode Transverse 2 frequency [Hz] 94.62 Hz -5.38%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

206

1.67 Slender beam of variable rectangular section (fixed-fixed) (01-0086SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2504

Test status: Passed

1.67.1 Description

Verifies the eigen modes (flexion) for a slender beam with variable rectangular section (fixed-fixed).

1.67.2 BackgroundOverview

1.67.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 10/89;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Length: L = 0.6 m,

■ Constant thickness: h = 0.01 m

■ Initial section:

► b0 = 0.03 m

► A0 = 3 x 10-4 m²

■ Section variation:

► with ( = 1)

► b = b0e-2x

► A = A0e-2x

Materials properties

■ E = 2 x 1011 Pa

■ = 0.3

■ = 7800 kg/m3

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Fixed at end x = 0,

► Fixed at end x = 0.6 m.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: None,

■ Internal: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

207

1.67.2.2 Reference results

Calculation method used to obtain the reference solution

i pulsation is given by the roots of the equation:

0rlsinslshrs2

²r²sslchrlcos1

with

0²²s;²r;EI

A 2i

si2i

2i

zo

2i04

i

Therefore, the translation components of i(x) mode, are:

))sx(rsh)rxsin(s()rlsin(s)sl(rsh

)sl(ch)rlcos(sxchrxcosex x

i

Uncertainty about the reference: analytical solution:

Reference values

Eigen mode i(x)* Eigen mode order

Frequency (Hz) x = 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6

1 143.303 0 0.237 0.703 1 0.859 0.354 0 2 396.821 0 -0.504 -0.818 0 0.943 0.752 0 3 779.425 0 0.670 0.210 -0.831 0.257 1 0 4 1289.577 0 -0.670 0.486 0 -0.594 1 0

* i(x) eigen modes* standardized to 1 at the point of maximum amplitude.

Eigen modes

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

208

1.67.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Eigen mode Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz] 143.303

CM2 Eigen mode Frequency of eigen mode 2 [Hz] 396.821

CM2 Eigen mode Frequency of eigen mode 3 [Hz] 779.425

CM2 Eigen mode Frequency of eigen mode 4 [Hz] 1289.577

1.67.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz] 145.88 Hz 1.80%

Frequency of eigen mode 2 [Hz] 400.26 Hz 0.87%

Frequency of eigen mode 3 [Hz] 783.15 Hz 0.48%

Frequency of eigen mode 4 [Hz] 1293.42 Hz 0.30%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

209

1.68 Plane portal frame with hinged supports (01-0089SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2505

Test status: Passed

1.68.1 Description

Calculation of support reactions of a 2D portal frame with hinged supports.

1.68.2 Background

1.68.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 14/89;

■ Analysis type: static linear;

■ Element type: linear.

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Length: L = 20 m,

■ I1 = 5.0 x 10-4 m4

■ a = 4 m

■ h = 8 m

■ b = 10.77 m

■ I2 = 2.5 x 10-4 m4

Materials properties

■ Isotropic linear elastic material.

■ E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

210

Boundary conditions

Hinged base plates A and B (uA = vA = 0 ; uB = vB = 0).

Loading

■ p = -3 000 N/m

■ F1 = -20 000 N

■ F2 = -10 000 N

■ M = -100 000 Nm

1.68.2.2 Calculation method used to obtain the reference solution

■ K = (I2/b)(h/I1)

■ p = a/h

■ m = 1 + p

■ B = 2(K + 1) + m

■ C = 1 + 2m

■ N = B + mC

■ VA = 3pl/8 + F1/2 – M/l + F2h/l

■ HA = pl²(3 + 5m)/(32Nh) + (F1l/(4h))(C/N) + F2(1-(B + C)/(2N)) + (3M/h)((1 + m)/(2N))

1.68.2.3 Reference values

Point Magnitudes and units Value A V, vertical reaction (N) 31 500.0 A H, horizontal reaction (N) 20 239.4 C vc (m) -0.03072

1.68.2.4 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Fz Vertical reaction V in point A [N] -31500

CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction H in point A [N] -20239.4

CM2 DZ vc displacement in point C [m] -0.03072

1.68.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Fz Vertical reaction V in point A [N] -31500 N 0.00%

Fx Horizontal reaction H in point A [N] -20239.3 N 0.00%

DZ Displacement in point C [m] -0.0307191 m 0.00%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

211

1.69 A 3D bar structure with elastic support (01-0094SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2508

Test status: Passed

1.69.1 Description

A 3D bar structure with elastic support is subjected to a vertical load of -100 kN. The V2 magnitude on node 5, the normal force magnitude, the reaction magnitude on supports and the action magnitude are verified.

1.69.1.1 Model description

■ Reference: Internal GRAITEC;

■ Analysis type: static linear;

■ Element type: linear.

Units

I. S.

Geometry

For all bars:

■ H = 3 m

■ B = 3 m

■ S = 0.02 m2

Element Node i Node j 1 (bar) 1 5 2 (bar) 2 5 3 (bar) 3 5 4 (bar) 4 5

5 (spring) 5 6

Materials properties

■ Isotropic linear elastic materials

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 E8 N/m2,

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

212

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: At node 5: K = 50000 kN/m ;

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Vertical load at node: P = -100 kN,

■ Internal: None.

1.69.1.2 Theoretical results

System solution

2

22 B

HL . Also, U1 = V1 = U5 = U6 = V6 = 0

■ Stiffness matrix of bar 1

1L

2x= where

.12

1.1

2

1)(.).1()(

jiji uuuuL

xu

L

xxu

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

213

in the local coordinate system:

)(

)(

)(

)(

0000

0101

0000

0101

)(

)(

11

11

4

1

4

14

1

4

12

=

2

2

1

2

1

2

12

1

1

1

1

101

j

j

i

i

j

i

L Te

T

v

v

u

v

u

L

ESu

u

L

ESd

L

ES

dL

ESdxBBESdVBHBke

where

)v(

)u(

)v(

)u(

0000

0101

0000

0101

L

ESk

5

5

1

1

1

The elementary matrix ek expressed in the global coordinate system XY is the following: ( angle allowing

the transition from the global base to the local base):

22

22

22

22

e

eeeT

ee

sinsincossinsincos

sincoscossincoscos

sinsincossinsincos

sincoscossincoscos

L

ESK

cossin00

sincos00

00cossin

00sincos

Ravec RkRK

Knowing that L

Hsin and

2cos

L

B, then:

2

2

22

2

22

L2

HBcossin

L

Hsin

L2

Bcos

)(

)(

)(

)(

22

2222

22

2222

:)D

H(arctan =5,1 nodes 1element for

5

5

1

1

22

22

22

22

31

V

U

V

U

HHB

HHB

HBBHBB

HHB

HHB

HBBHBB

L

ESK

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

214

■ Stiffness matrix of spring support 5

)(

)(

)(

)(

0000

0101

0000

0101

)(

)(

11

11 :system coordinate local in the

4

KKsay We

5

j

j

i

i

j

i

v

u

v

u

Ku

uKk

)(

)(

)(

)(

1010

0000

1010

0000

':90=6,5 nodes 5element for

6

6

5

5

5

V

U

V

U

KK

■ System FQK

6Y

6X

5X

1Y

1X

6

6

5

5

1

1

2

33

2

33

3

2

33

2

3

2

33

2

33

3

2

33

2

3

R

R

P

R

R

R

V

U

V

U

V

U

K0K000

000000

K0KHL

ES

2

HB

L

ESH

L

ES

2

HB

L

ES

002

HB

L

ES

2

B

L

ES

2

HB

L

ES

2

B

L

ES

00HL

ES

2

HB

L

ESH

L

ES

2

HB

L

ES

002

HB

L

ES

2

B

L

ES

2

HB

L

ES

2

B

L

ES

If U1 = V1 = U5 = U6 = V6 = 0, then:

m 001885.0

4

KH

L

ES4

P

KHL

ES4

PV

2

3

2

3

5

And

N 23563V4

KRN 1436VH

L

ESR

0RN 1015V2

HB

L

ESRN 1015V

2

HB

L

ESR

56Y52

31Y

6X535X531X

Note:

■ The values on supports specified by Advance Design correspond to the actions,

■ RY6 calculated value must be multiplied by 4 in relation to the double symmetry,

■ x1 value is similar to the one found by Advance Design by dividing this by 2

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

215

Effort in bar 1:

1759

1759

11

11 and

200

200

002

002

5

1

5

1

5

5

1

1

5

5

1

1

N

N

u

u

L

ES

V

U

V

U

L

B

L

HL

H

L

BL

B

L

HL

H

L

B

v

u

v

u

5

1

5

1

5

5

1

1

5

5

1

1

11

11 and

cossin00

sincos00

00cossin

00sincos

N

N

u

u

L

ES

V

U

V

U

v

u

v

u

Reference values

Point Magnitude Units Value

5 V2 m -1.885 10-3 All bars Normal force N -1759

Supports 1, 3, 4 and 5 Fz action N -1436 Supports 1, 3, 4 and 5 Action Fx=Fy N 7182/1015

Support 6 Fz action N 23563 x 4=94253

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam, automatic mesh,

■ 5 nodes,

■ 4 linear elements.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

216

Deformed shape

Normal forces diagram

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

217

1.69.1.3 Reference values

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 D V2 magnitude on node 5 [m] -1.885 10-3

CM2 Fx Normal force magnitude on bar 1 [N] -1759

CM2 Fx Normal force magnitude on bar 2 [N] -1759

CM2 Fx Normal force magnitude on bar 3 [N] -1759

CM2 Fx Normal force magnitude on bar 4 [N] -1759

CM2 Fz Fz reaction magnitude on support 1 [N] 1436

CM2 Fz Fz reaction magnitude on support 3 [N] 1436

CM2 Fz Fz reaction magnitude on support 4 [N] 1436

CM2 Fz Fz reaction magnitude on support 5 [N] 1436

CM2 Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 1 [N] -718

CM2 Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 3 [N] 718

CM2 Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 4 [N] 718

CM2 Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 5 [N] -718

CM2 Fy Action Fy magnitude on support 1 [N] -718

CM2 Fy Action Fy magnitude on support 3 [N] -718

CM2 Fy Action Fy magnitude on support 4 [N] 718

CM2 Fy Action Fy magnitude on support 5 [N] 718

CM2 Fz Fz reaction magnitude on support 6 [N] 23563 x 4=94253

1.69.2 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

D Displacement on node 5 [mm] 1.88508 mm 0.00%

Fx Normal force magnitude on bar 1 [N] -1759.4 N -0.02%

Fx Normal force magnitude on bar 2 [N] -1759.4 N -0.02%

Fx Normal force magnitude on bar 3 [N] -1759.4 N -0.02%

Fx Normal force magnitude on bar 4 [N] -1759.4 N -0.02%

Fy Fz reaction magnitude on support 1 [N] 1436.55 N 0.04%

Fy Fz reaction magnitude on support 2 [N] 1436.55 N 0.04%

Fy Fz reaction magnitude on support 3 [N] 1436.55 N 0.04%

Fy Fz reaction magnitude on support 4 [N] 1436.55 N 0.04%

Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 1 [N] -718.274 N -0.04%

Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 2 [N] 718.274 N 0.04%

Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 3 [N] 718.274 N 0.04%

Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 4 [N] -718.274 N -0.04%

Fz Action Fy magnitude on support 1 [N] -718.274 N -0.04%

Fz Action Fy magnitude on support 2 [N] -718.274 N -0.04%

Fz Action Fy magnitude on support 3 [N] 718.274 N 0.04%

Fz Action Fy magnitude on support 4 [N] 718.274 N 0.04%

Fy Action Fy magnitude on support 6 [N] 94253.8 N 0.00%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

218

1.70 Fixed/free slender beam with centered mass (01-0095SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2509

Test status: Passed

1.70.1 Description

Fixed/free slender beam with centered mass.

Tested functions: Eigen mode frequencies, straight slender beam, combined bending-torsion, plane bending, transverse bending, punctual mass.

1.70.2 Background

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 15/89;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis;

■ Element type: linear.

■ Tested functions: Eigen mode frequencies, straight slender beam, combined bending-torsion, plane bending, transverse bending, punctual mass.

1.70.2.1 Test data

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Outer diameter de = 0.35 m,

■ Inner diameter: di = 0.32 m,

■ Beam length: l = 10 m,

■ Area: A = 1.57865 x 10-2 m2

■ Polar inertia: IP = 4.43798 x 10-4m4

■ Inertia: Iy = Iz = 2.21899 x 10-4m4

■ Punctual mass: mc = 1000 kg

■ Beam self-weight: M

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

219

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Density: = 7800 kg/m3

■ Poisson's ratio: =0.3 (this coefficient was not specified in the AFNOR test , the value 0.3 seems to be the more appropriate to obtain the correct frequency value of mode No. 8 with NE/NASTRAN)

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed at point A, x = 0,

■ Inner: none

Loading

None for the modal analysis

1.70.2.2 Reference results

Reference frequency

For the first mode, the Rayleigh method gives the approximation formula

)M24.0m(I

EI3x2/1f

c3

z1

Mode Shape Units Reference 1 Flexion Hz 1.65 2 Flexion Hz 1.65 3 Flexion Hz 16.07 4 Flexion Hz 16.07 5 Flexion Hz 50.02 6 Flexion Hz 50.02 7 Traction Hz 76.47 8 Torsion Hz 80.47 9 Flexion Hz 103.2 10 Flexion Hz 103.2

Comment: The mass matrix associated with the beam torsion on two nodes, is expressed as:

12/1

2/11

3

Il P

And to the extent that Advance Design uses a condensed mass matrix, the value of the torsion mass inertia

introduced in the model is set to: 3

Il p

Uncertainty about the reference frequencies

■ Analytical solution mode 1

■ Other modes: 1%

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element AB: Beam

■ Beam meshing: 20 elements.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

220

Modal deformations

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

221

Observation: the deformed shape of mode No. 8 that does not really correspond to a torsion deformation, is actually the display result of the translations and not of the rotations. This is confirmed by the rotation values of the corresponding mode.

Eigen modes vector 8

Node DX DY DZ RX RY RZ 1 -3.336e-033 6.479e-031 -6.316e-031 1.055e-022 5.770e-028 5.980e-028 2 -5.030e-013 1.575e-008 -1.520e-008 1.472e-002 6.022e-008 6.243e-008 3 -1.005e-012 6.185e-008 -5.966e-008 2.944e-002 1.171e-007 1.214e-007 4 -1.505e-012 1.365e-007 -1.317e-007 4.416e-002 1.705e-007 1.769e-007 5 -2.002e-012 2.381e-007 -2.296e-007 5.887e-002 2.206e-007 2.289e-007 6 -2.495e-012 3.648e-007 -3.517e-007 7.359e-002 2.673e-007 2.774e-007 7 -2.983e-012 5.149e-007 -4.963e-007 8.831e-002 3.106e-007 3.225e-007 8 -3.464e-012 6.867e-007 -6.618e-007 1.030e-001 3.506e-007 3.641e-007 9 -3.939e-012 8.785e-007 -8.464e-007 1.177e-001 3.873e-007 4.023e-007 10 -4.406e-012 1.088e-006 -1.049e-006 1.325e-001 4.207e-007 4.371e-007 11 -4.863e-012 1.315e-006 -1.267e-006 1.472e-001 4.508e-007 4.684e-007 12 -5.310e-012 1.556e-006 -1.499e-006 1.619e-001 4.777e-007 4.964e-007 13 -5.746e-012 1.811e-006 -1.744e-006 1.766e-001 5.015e-007 5.210e-007 14 -6.169e-012 2.077e-006 -2.000e-006 1.913e-001 5.221e-007 5.423e-007 15 -6.580e-012 2.353e-006 -2.265e-006 2.061e-001 5.396e-007 5.605e-007 16 -6.976e-012 2.637e-006 -2.539e-006 2.208e-001 5.541e-007 5.755e-007 17 -7.357e-012 2.928e-006 -2.819e-006 2.355e-001 5.658e-007 5.874e-007 18 -7.723e-012 3.224e-006 -3.104e-006 2.502e-001 5.746e-007 5.965e-007 19 -8.072e-012 3.524e-006 -3.393e-006 2.649e-001 5.808e-007 6.028e-007 20 -8.403e-012 3.826e-006 -3.685e-006 2.797e-001 5.844e-007 6.065e-007 21 -8.717e-012 4.130e-006 -3.977e-006 2.944e-001 5.856e-007 6.077e-007

With NE/NASTRAN, the results associated with mode No. 8, are:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

222

1.70.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 1.65

CM2 Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 1.65

CM2 Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 16.07

CM2 Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 16.07

CM2 Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 50.02

CM2 Eigen mode 6 frequency [Hz] 50.02

CM2 Eigen mode 7 frequency [Hz] 76.47

CM2 Eigen mode 9 frequency [Hz] 103.20

CM2 Eigen mode 10 frequency [Hz] 103.20

Comment: The difference between the reference frequency of torsion mode (mode No. 8) and the one found by Advance Design may be explained by the fact that Advance Design is using a lumped mass matrix (see the corresponding description sheet).

1.70.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 1.65 Hz 0.00%

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 1.65 Hz 0.00%

Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 16.06 Hz -0.06%

Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 16.06 Hz -0.06%

Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 50 Hz -0.04%

Eigen mode 6 frequency [Hz] 50 Hz -0.04%

Eigen mode 7 frequency [Hz] 76.46 Hz -0.01%

Eigen mode 9 frequency [Hz] 103.14 Hz -0.06%

Eigen mode 10 frequency [Hz] 103.14 Hz -0.06%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

223

1.71 Slender beam of variable rectangular section with fixed-free ends (ß=5) (01-0085SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2503

Test status: Passed

1.71.1 Description

Verifies the eigen modes (bending) for a slender beam with variable rectangular section (fixed-free).

1.71.2 Background

1.71.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 09/89;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Length: L = 1 m,

■ Straight initial section:

► h0 = 0.04 m

► b0 = 0.05 m

► A0 = 2 x 10-3 m²

■ Straight final section

► h1 = 0.01 m

► b1 = 0.01 m

► A1 = 10-4 m²

Materials properties

■ E = 2 x 1011 Pa

■ = 7800 kg/m3

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Fixed at end x = 0,

► Free at end x = 1

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: None,

■ Internal: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

224

1.71.2.2 Reference results

Calculation method used to obtain the reference solution

Precise calculation by numerical integration of the differential equation of beams bending (Euler-Bernoulli theories):

²t

²A

²x

²EIz

x2

2

where Iz and A vary with the abscissa.

The result is:

12E

²l

1h,i

2

1fi with

51b

b

41h

h

1 2 3 4 5 = 5 24.308 75.56 167.21 301.9 480.4

Uncertainty about the reference: analytical solution:

Reference values

Eigen mode type Frequency (Hz) 1 56.55 2 175.79 3 389.01 4 702.36

Flexion

5 1117.63

MODE 1 Scale = 1/4

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

225

MODE 2 Scale = 1/4

MODE 3 Scale = 1/4

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

226

MODE 4 Scale = 1/4

MODE 5 Scale = 1/4

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

227

1.71.2.3 Theoretical results

Theoretical Frequency

Result name Result description Reference value

Eigen mode Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz] 56.55

Eigen mode Frequency of eigen mode 2 [Hz] 175.79

Eigen mode Frequency of eigen mode 3 [Hz] 389.01

Eigen mode Frequency of eigen mode 4 [Hz] 702.36

Eigen mode Frequency of eigen mode 5 [Hz] 1117.63

1.71.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz] 58.49 Hz 3.43%

Frequency of eigen mode 2 [Hz] 177.67 Hz 1.07%

Frequency of eigen mode 3 [Hz] 388.85 Hz -0.04%

Frequency of eigen mode 4 [Hz] 697.38 Hz -0.71%

Frequency of eigen mode 5 [Hz] 1106.31 Hz -1.01%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

228

1.72 Cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling with thermal load (01-0092HFLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2507

Test status: Passed

1.72.1 Description

Verifies the vertical displacement and the normal force on a cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling with thermal load.

1.72.2 Background

1.72.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Euler theory;

■ Analysis type: Eulerian buckling;

■ Element type: linear.

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ L= 10 m

■ S=0.01 m2

■ I = 0.0002 m4

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.0 x 1010 N/m2,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.1.

■ Coefficient of thermal expansion: = 0.00001

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed at end x = 0,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Punctual load P = -100000 N at x = L,

■ Internal: T = -50°C (Contraction equivalent to the compression force)

( 5000001.0T0005.001.010.2

100000

ES

N100

)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

229

1.72.2.2 Displacement of the model in the linear elastic range

Reference solution

The reference critical load established by Euler is:

98696.0100000

98696 98696

4P

2

2

critical N

L

EI

Observation: in this case, the thermal load has no effect over the critical coefficient

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,

■ 5 nodes,

■ 4 elements.

Deformed shape

1.72.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement v5 on Node 5 - Case 101 [cm] -1.0

CM2 Fx Normal Force on Node A - Case 101 [N] -100000

CM2 Fx Normal Force on Node A - Case 102 [N] -98696

1.72.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

DZ Vertical displacement on Node 5 [cm] -1 cm 0.00%

Fx Normal Force - Case 101 [N] -100000 N 0.00%

Fx Normal Force - Case 102 [N] -98699.3 N 0.00%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

230

1.73 Simple supported beam in free vibration (01-0098SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2512

Test status: Passed

1.73.1 Description

Simple supported beam in free vibration.

Tested functions: Shear force, eigen frequencies.

1.73.2 Background

■ Reference: NAFEMS, FV5

■ Analysis type: modal analysis;

■ Tested functions: Shear force, eigen frequencies.

1.73.2.1 Problem data

Units

I. S.

Geometry

Full square section:

■ Dimensions: a x b = 2m x 2 m

■ Area: A = 4 m2

■ Inertia: IP = 2.25 m4

Iy = Iz = 1.333 m4

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

231

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

■ Density: = 8000 kg/m3

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► x = y = z = Rx = 0 at A ;

► y = z =0 at B ;

■ Inner: None.

Loading

None for the modal analysis

1.73.2.2 Reference frequencies

Mode Shape Units Reference 1 Flexion Hz 42.649 2 Flexion Hz 42.649 3 Torsion Hz 77.542 4 Traction Hz 125.00 5 Flexion Hz 148.31 6 Flexion Hz 148.31 7 Torsion Hz 233.10 8 Flexion Hz 284.55 9 Flexion Hz 284.55

Comment: Due to the condensed (lumped) nature of the mass matrix of Advance Design, the frequencies values of 3 and 7 modes cannot be found by this software. The same modeling done with NE/NASTRAN gave respectively for mode 3 and 7: 77.2 and 224.1 Hz.

Finite elements modeling

■ Straight elements: linear element

■ Imposed mesh: 5 meshes

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

232

Modal deformations

1.73.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz] 42.649

CM2 Frequency of eigen mode 2 [Hz] 42.649

CM2 Frequency of eigen mode 3 [Hz] 77.542

CM2 Frequency of eigen mode 4 [Hz] 125.00

CM2 Frequency of eigen mode 5 [Hz] 148.31

CM2 Frequency of eigen mode 6 [Hz] 148.31

CM2 Frequency of eigen mode 7 [Hz] 233.10

Comment: The torsion modes No. 3 and 7 that are calculated with NASTRAN cannot be calculated with Advance Design CM2 solver and therefore the mode No. 3 of the Advance Design analysis corresponds to mode No. 4 of the reference. The same problem in the case of No. 7 - Advance Design, that corresponds to mode No. 8 of the reference.

1.73.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz] 43.11 Hz 1.08%

Frequency of eigen mode 2 [Hz] 43.11 Hz 1.08%

Frequency of eigen mode 3 [Hz] 124.49 Hz -0.41%

Frequency of eigen mode 4 [Hz] 149.38 Hz 0.72%

Frequency of eigen mode 5 [Hz] 149.38 Hz 0.72%

Frequency of eigen mode 6 [Hz] 269.55 Hz -5.27%

Frequency of eigen mode 7 [Hz] 269.55 Hz -5.27%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

233

1.74 Membrane with hot point (01-0099HSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2513

Test status: Passed

1.74.1 Description

Membrane with hot point.

Tested functions: Stresses.

1.74.2 Background

■ Reference: NAFEMS, Test T1

■ Analysis type: static, thermo-elastic;

■ Tested functions: Stresses.

1.74.2.1 Problem data

Observation: the units system of the initial NAFEMS test, defined in mm, was transposed in m for practical reasons. However, this has no influence on the results values.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

234

Units

I. S.

Geometry / meshing

A quarter of the structure is modeled by incorporating the terms of symmetries.

Thickness: 1 m

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

■ Elongation coefficient = 0.00001.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► For all nodes in y = 0, uy =0;

► For all nodes in x = 0, ux =0;

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: None,

■ Internal: Hot point, thermal load T = 100°C;

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

235

1.74.3 yy stress at point A:

Reference solution:

Reference value: yy = 50 MPa in A

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar elements: membranes,

■ 28 planar elements,

■ 39 nodes.

1.74.3.1 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 syy_mid yy in A [MPa] 50

Note: This value (50.87) is obtained with a vertical cross section through point A. The value represents yy at the left end of the diagram.

With CM2, it is essential to display the results with the “Smooth results on planar elements” option deactivated.

1.74.4 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

syy_mid Sigma yy in A [MPa] 50.8666 MPa 1.73%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

236

1.75 Double cross with hinged ends (01-0097SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2511

Test status: Passed

1.75.1 Description

Double cross with hinged ends.

Tested functions: Eigen frequencies, crossed beams, in plane bending.

1.75.2 Background

■ Reference: NAFEMS, FV2 test

■ Analysis type: modal analysis;

■ Tested functions: Eigen frequencies, Crossed beams, In plane bending.

1.75.2.1 Problem data

Units

I. S.

Geometry

Full square section:

■ Arm length: L = 5 m

■ Dimensions: a x b = 0.125 x 0.125

■ Area: A = 1.563 10-2 m2

■ Inertia: IP = 3.433 x 10-5m4

Iy = Iz = 2.035 x 10-5m4

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

237

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,

■ Density: = 8000 kg/m3

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H points restraint along x and y;

■ Inner: None.

Loading

None for the modal analysis

1.75.2.2 Reference frequencies

Mode Units Reference 1 Hz 11.336

2,3 Hz 17.709 4 to 8 Hz 17.709

9 Hz 45.345 10,11 Hz 57.390

12 to 16 Hz 57.390

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear elements type: Beam

■ Imposed mesh: 4 Elements / Arms

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

238

Modal deformations

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

239

1.75.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 1 [Hz] 11.336

CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 2 [Hz] 17.709

CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 3 [Hz] 17.709

CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 4 [Hz] 17.709

CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 5 [Hz] 17.709

CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 6 [Hz] 17.709

CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 7 [Hz] 17.709

CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 8 [Hz] 17.709

CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 9 [Hz] 45.345

CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 10 [Hz] 57.390

CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 11 [Hz] 57.390

CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 12 [Hz] 57.390

CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 13 [Hz] 57.390

CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 14 [Hz] 57.390

CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 15 [Hz] 57.390

CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 16 [Hz] 57.390

1.75.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Frequency of Eigen Mode 1 [Hz] 11.33 Hz -0.05%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 2 [Hz] 17.66 Hz -0.28%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 3 [Hz] 17.66 Hz -0.28%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 4 [Hz] 17.69 Hz -0.11%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 5 [Hz] 17.69 Hz -0.11%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 6 [Hz] 17.69 Hz -0.11%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 7 [Hz] 17.69 Hz -0.11%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 8 [Hz] 17.69 Hz -0.11%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 9 [Hz] 45.02 Hz -0.72%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 10 [Hz] 56.06 Hz -2.32%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 11 [Hz] 56.06 Hz -2.32%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 12 [Hz] 56.34 Hz -1.83%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 13 [Hz] 56.34 Hz -1.83%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 14 [Hz] 56.34 Hz -1.83%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 15 [Hz] 56.34 Hz -1.83%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 16 [Hz] 56.34 Hz -1.83%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

240

1.76 Short beam on two hinged supports (01-0084SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2502

Test status: Passed

1.76.1 Description

Verifies the deflection magnitude on a non-slender beam with two hinged supports.

1.76.2 Background

1.76.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 02/89

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Length: L = 1.44 m,

■ Area: A = 31 x 10-4 m²

■ Inertia: I = 2810 x 10-8 m4

■ Shearing coefficient: az = 2.42 = A/Ar

Materials properties

■ E = 2 x 1011 Pa

■ = 0.3

Boundary conditions

■ Hinge at end x = 0,

■ Hinge at end x = 1.44 m.

Loading

Uniformly distributed force of p = -1. X 105 N/m on beam AB.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

241

1.76.2.2 Reference results

Calculation method used to obtain the reference solution

The deflection on the middle of a non-slender beam considering the shear force deformations given by the Timoshenko function:

GA8

pl

EI

pl

384

5v

r

24

where 12

EG and

zr a

AA

where "Ar" is the reduced area and "az" the shear coefficient calculated on the transverse section.

Uncertainty about the reference: analytical solution:

Reference values

Point Magnitudes and units Value C V, deflection (m) -1.25926 x 10-3

1.76.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Dz Deflection magnitude in point C [m] -0.00125926

1.76.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Dz Deflection magnitude in node C [m] -0.00125926 m 0.00%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

242

1.77 Double fixed beam in Eulerian buckling with a thermal load (01-0091HFLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2506

Test status: Passed

1.77.1 Description

Verifies the normal force on the nodes of a double fixed beam in Eulerian buckling with a thermal load.

1.77.2 Background

1.77.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Euler theory;

■ Analysis type: Eulerian buckling;

■ Element type: linear.

Units

I. S.

Geometry

L= 10 m

Cross Section Sx m² Sy m² Sz m² Ix m4 Iy m4 Iz m4 Vx m3 V1y m3 V1z m3 V2y m3 V2z m3

IPE200 0.002850 0.001400 0.001799 0.0000000646 0.0000014200 0.0000194300 0.00000000 0.00002850 0.00019400 0.00002850 0.00019400

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

■ Coefficient of thermal expansion: = 0.00001

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed at end x = 0,

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

243

Loading

■ External: Punctual load FZ = 1 N at = L/2 (load that initializes the deformed shape),

■ Internal: T = 5°C corresponding to a compression force of:

kN 925.29500001.000285.011E1.2TESN

1.77.2.2 Displacement of the model in the linear elastic range

Reference solution

The reference critical load established by Euler is:

93.3724.117

925.29k 724.117

2

P 2

2

critical

N

L

EI

Observation: in this case, the thermal load has no effect over the critical coefficient

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,

■ 11 nodes,

■ 10 elements.

Deformed shape of mode 1

1.77.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Fx Normal Force on Node 6 - Case 101 [kN] -29.925

CM2 Fx Normal Force on Node 6 - Case 102 [kN] -117.724

1.77.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Fx Normal Force Fx on Node 6 - Case 101 [kN] -29.904 kN 0.07%

Fx Normal Force Fx on Node 6 - Case 102 [kN] -118.081 kN -0.30%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

244

1.78 Fixed/free slender beam with eccentric mass or inertia (01-0096SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2510

Test status: Passed

1.78.1 Description

Fixed/free slender beam with eccentric mass or inertia.

Tested functions: Eigen mode frequencies, straight slender beam, combined bending-torsion, plane bending, transverse bending, punctual mass.

1.78.2 Background

1.78.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 15/89;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis;

■ Element type: linear.

■ Tested functions: Eigen mode frequencies, straight slender beam, combined bending-torsion, plane bending, transverse bending, punctual mass..

1.78.2.2 Problem data

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Outer diameter: de= 0.35 m,

■ Inner diameter: di = 0.32 m,

■ Beam length: l = 10 m,

■ Distance BC: lBC = 1 m

■ Area: A =1.57865 x 10-2 m2

■ Inertia: Iy = Iz = 2.21899 x 10-4m4

■ Polar inertia: Ip = 4.43798 x 10-4m4

■ Punctual mass: mc = 1000 kg

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

245

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elasticity modulus of AB element: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Density of the linear element AB: = 7800 kg/m3

■ Poisson's ratio =0.3(this coefficient was not specified in the AFNOR test , the value 0.3 seems to be the more appropriate to obtain the correct frequency value of modes No. 4 and 5 with NE/NASTRAN:

■ Elastic modulus of BC element: E = 1021 Pa

■ Density of the linear element BC: = 0 kg/m3

Boundary conditions

Fixed at point A, x = 0,

Loading

None for the modal analysis

1.78.2.3 Reference frequencies

Reference solutions

The different eigen frequencies are determined using a finite elements model of Euler beam (slender beam).

fz + t0 = flexion x,z + torsion

fy + tr = flexion x,y + traction

Mode Units Reference 1 (fz + t0) Hz 1.636 2 (fy + tr) Hz 1.642 3 (fy + tr) Hz 13.460 4 (fz + t0) Hz 13.590 5 (fz + t0) Hz 28.900 6 (fy + tr) Hz 31.960 7 (fz + t0) Hz 61.610 1 (fz + t0) Hz 63.930

Uncertainty about the reference solutions

The uncertainty about the reference solutions: 1%

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element AB: Beam

■ Imposed mesh: 50 elements.

■ Linear element BC: Beam

■ Without meshing

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

246

Modal deformations

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

247

1.78.2.4 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Frequency Eigen mode 1 frequency (fz + t0) [Hz] 1.636

CM2 Frequency Eigen mode 2 frequency (fy + tr) [Hz] 1.642

CM2 Frequency Eigen mode 3 frequency (fy + tr) [Hz] 13.46

CM2 Frequency Eigen mode 4 frequency (fz + t0) [Hz] 13.59

CM2 Frequency Eigen mode 5 frequency (fz + t0) [Hz] 28.90

CM2 Frequency Eigen mode 6 frequency (fy + tr) [Hz] 31.96

CM2 Frequency Eigen mode 7 frequency (fz + t0) [Hz] 61.61

CM2 Frequency Eigen mode 8 frequency (fy + tr) [Hz] 63.93

Note:

fz + t0 = flexion x,z + torsion

fy + tr = flexion x,y + traction

Observation: because the mass matrix of Advance Design is condensed and not consistent, the torsion modes obtained are not taking into account the self rotation mass inertia of the beam.

1.78.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 1.64 Hz 0.24%

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 1.64 Hz -0.12%

Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 13.45 Hz -0.07%

Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 13.65 Hz 0.44%

Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 29.72 Hz 2.84%

Eigen mode 6 frequency [Hz] 31.96 Hz 0.00%

Eigen mode 7 frequency [Hz] 63.09 Hz 2.40%

Eigen mode 8 frequency [Hz] 63.93 Hz 0.00%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

248

1.79 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = -10000 N/m) (01-0102SSNLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2516

Test status: Passed

1.79.1 Description

Verifies the rotation, the displacement and the moment on a beam consisting of two elements of the same length and identical characteristics with 3 T/C supports (k = -10000 N/m).

1.79.2 Background

1.79.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: internal GRAITEC test;

■ Analysis type: static non linear;

■ Element type: linear, T/C.

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ L= 10 m

■ Section: IPE 200, Iz = 0.00001943 m4

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Support at node 1 restrained along x and y (x = 0),

► Support at node 2 restrained along y (x = 10 m),

► T/C ky Rigidity = -10000 N/m (the – sign corresponds to an upwards restraint),

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Vertical punctual load P = -100 N at x = 5 m,

■ Internal: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

249

1.79.2.2 References solutions

Displacements

rad 000034.0

Lk2EI3EI32

LkEI6PL

m 00058.0Lk2EI316

PL3v

rad 000106.0Lk2EI3EI16

LkEI3PL

rad 000129.0Lk2EI3EI32

LkEI2PL3

3yzz

3yz

2

3

3yz

3

3

3yzz

3yz

2

2

3yzz

3yz

2

1

Mz Moments

N.m 9.2202

MM

4

PL)m5x(M

N.m 15.58Lk2EI316

PLk3M

0M

1z2zz

3yz

4y

2z

1z

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam, automatic mesh,

■ 3 nodes,

■ 2 linear elements + 1 T/C.

Deformed shape

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

250

Moment diagram

1.79.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 RY Rotation Ry in node 1 [rad] -0.000129

CM2 RY Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad] 0.000106

CM2 DZ Displacement - node 3 [m] 0.00058

CM2 RY Rotation Ry in node 3 [rad] 0.000034

CM2 My M moment - node 1 [Nm] 0

CM2 My M moment - node 2 [Nm] -58.15

CM2 My M moment - middle span 1 [Nm] -220.9

1.79.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

RY Rotation Ry in node 1 [rad] 0.000129488 Rad 0.38%

RY Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad] -0.000105646 Rad 0.33%

DZ Displacement - node 3 [m] 0.000581169 m 0.20%

RY Rotation Ry in node 3 [rad] -3.44295e-005 Rad -1.26%

My M moment - node 1 [Nm] 1.77636e-015 N*m 0.00%

My M moment - node 2 [Nm] 58.1169 N*m -0.06%

My M moment - middle span 1 [Nm] -220.942 N*m -0.02%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

251

1.80 Linear system of truss beams (01-0103SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2517

Test status: Passed

1.80.1 Description

Verifies the displacement and the normal force for a bar system containing 4 elements of the same length and 2 diagonals.

1.80.2 Background

1.80.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: internal GRAITEC test;

■ Analysis type: static linear;

■ Element type: linear, bar.

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ L= 5 m

■ Section S = 0.005 m2

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Support at node 1 restrained along x and y,

► Support at node 2 restrained along x and y,

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

252

Loading

■ External: Horizontal punctual load P = 50000 N at node 3,

■ Internal: None.

1.80.2.2 References solutions

Displacements

m 000108.0ES11

PL5v

m 000541.0ES11

PL25u

m 000129.0ES11

PL6v

m 000649.0ES11

PL30u

4

4

3

3

N normal forces

N 32141P11

25N N 22727P

11

5N

N 38569P11

26N N 27272P

11

6N

N 22727P11

5N 0N

4243

1323

1412

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: bar, without meshing,

■ 4 nodes,

■ 6 linear elements.

Deformed shape

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

253

Normal forces

1.80.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 DX u3 displacement on Node 3 [m] 0.000649

CM2 DZ v3 displacement on Node 3 [m] -0.000129

CM2 DX u4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0.000541

CM2 DZ v4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0.000108

CM2 Fx N12 normal force on Element 1 [N] 0

CM2 Fx N23 normal force on Element 2 [N] -27272

CM2 Fx N43 normal force on Element 3 [N] 22727

CM2 Fx N14 normal force on Element 4 [N] 22727

CM2 Fx N13 normal effort on Element 5 [N] 38569

CM2 Fx N42 normal force on Element 6 [N] -32141

1.80.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

DX u3 displacement on Node 3 [m] 0.000649287 m 0.04%

DZ v3 displacement on Node 3 [m] -0.000129871 m -0.68%

DX u4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0.000541063 m 0.01%

DZ v4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0.000108224 m 0.21%

Fx N12 normal force on Element 1 [N] 0 N 0.00%

Fx N23 normal force on Element 2 [N] -27272.9 N 0.00%

Fx N43 normal force on Element 3 [N] 22727.1 N 0.00%

Fx N14 normal force on Element 4 [N] 22727.1 N 0.00%

Fx N13 normal effort on Element 5 [N] 38569.8 N 0.00%

Fx N42 normal force on Element 6 [N] -32140.9 N 0.00%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

254

1.81 Linear element in combined bending/tension - without compressed reinforcements - Partially tensioned section (02-0158SSLLB_B91)

Test ID: 2520

Test status: Passed

1.81.1 Description

Verifies the reinforcement results for a concrete beam with 8 isostatic spans subjects to uniform loads and compression normal forces.

1.81.1.1 Model description

■ Reference: J. Perchat (CHEC) reinforced concrete course

■ Analysis type: static linear;

■ Element type: planar.

Units

■ Forces: kN

■ Moment: kN.m

■ Stresses: MPa

■ Reinforcement density: cm²

Geometry

■ Beam dimensions: 0.2 x 0.5 ht

■ Length: l = 48 m in 8 spans of 6m,

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 20000 MPa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Hinged at end x = 0,

► Vertical support at the same level with all other supports

■ Inner: Hinged at each beam end (isostatic)

Loading

■ External:

► Case 1 (DL): uniform linear load g= -5kN/m (on all spans except 8)

Fx = 10 kN at x = 42m: Ng = -10 kN for spans from 6 to 7

Fx = 140 kN at x = 32m: Ng = -150 kN for span 5

Fx = -50 kN at x = 24m: Ng = -100 kN for span 4

Fx = 50 kN at x = 18m: Ng = -50 kN for span 3

Fx = 50 kN at x = 12m: Ng = -100 kN for span 2

Fx = -70 kN at x = 6m: Ng = -30 kN for span 1

► Case 10 (DL): uniform linear load g =

-5 kN/m (span 8)

Fx = 10 kN at x = 48m: Ng = -10 kN

Fx = -10 kN at x = 42m

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

255

► Case 2 to 8 (LL): uniform linear load q = -9 kN/m (on spans 1, 3 to 7)

uniform linear load q = -15 kN/m (on span 2)

Fx = 30 kN at x = 6m (case 2 span 1)

Fx = -50 kN at x = 6m (case 3 span 2)

Fx = 50 kN at x = 12m (case 3 span 2)

Fx = -40 kN at x = 12m (case 4 span 3)

Fx = 40 kN at x = 18m (case 4 span 3)

Fx = -100 kN at x = 18m (case 5 span 4)

Fx = 100 kN at x = 24m (case 5 span 4)

Fx = -150 kN at x = 24m (case 6 span 5)

Fx = 150 kN at x = 30m (case 6 span 5)

Fx = -8 kN at x = 30m (case 7 span 6)

Fx = 8 kN at x = 36m (case 7 span 6)

Fx = -8 kN at x = 36m (case 8 span 7

Fx = 8 kN at x = 42m (case 8 span 7)

► Case 9 (ACC): uniform linear load a = -25 kN/m (on 8th span)

Fx = 8 kN at x = 36m (case 9 span 8)

Fx = -8 kN at x = 42m (case 9 span 8)

Comb BAELUS: 1.35xDL+1.5xLL with duration of more than 24h (comb 101, 104 to 107)

Comb BAEULI: 1.35xDL+1.5xLL with duration between 1h and 24h (comb 102)

Comb BAELUC: 1.35xDL + 1.5xLL with duration of less than 1h (comb 103)

Comb BAELS: 1xDL + 1*LL (comb 108 to 114)

Comb BAELA: 1xDL + 1xACC with duration of less than 1h (comb 115)

■ Internal: None.

Reinforced concrete calculation hypothesis:

All concrete covers are set to 5 cm

BAEL 91 calculation (according to 99 revised version)

Span Concrete Reinforcement Application Concrete Cracking 1 B20 HA fe500 D>24h No Non

prejudicial 2 B35 Adx fe235 1h<D<24h No Non

prejudicial 3 B50 HA fe 400 D<1h Yes Non

prejudicial 4 B25 HA fe500 D>24h Yes Prejudicial 5 B25 HA fe500 D>24h No Very

prejudicial 6 B30 Adx fe235 D>24h Yes Prejudicial 7 B40 HA fe500 D>24h Yes 160 MPa 8 B45 HA fe500 D<1h Yes Non

prejudicial

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

256

1.81.1.2 Reinforcement calculation

Reference solution

Span 1 Span 2 Span 3 Span 4 Span 5 Span 6 Span 7 Span 8

fc28 20 35 50 25 25 30 40 45

ft28 1.8 2.7 3.6 2.1 2.1 2.4 3 3.3

fe 500 235 400 500 500 235 500 500

teta 1 0.9 0.85 1 1 1 1 0.85

gamb 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.15

gams 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1

h 1.6 1 1.6 1.6 1.6 1 1.6 1.6

fbu 11.33 22.04 33.33 14.17 14.17 17.00 22.67 39.13

fed 434.78 204.35 347.83 434.78 434.78 204.35 434.78 500.00

sigpreju 250.00 156.67 264.00 250.00 250.00 156.67 160.00 252.76

sigtpreju 200.00 125.33 211.20 200.00 200.00 125.33 160.00 202.21

g 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00

q 9.00 15.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 25.00

pu 20.25 29.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 30.00

pser 14.00 20.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00

G -30.00 -100.00 -50.00 -100.00 -150.00 -10.00 -10.00 -10.00

Q -30.00 -50.00 -40.00 -100.00 -100.00 -8.00 -8.00 -8.00

l 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00

Mu 91.13 131.63 91.13 91.13 91.13 91.13 91.13 135.00

Nu -85.50 -210.00 -127.50 -285.00 -352.50 -25.50 -25.50 -18.00

Mser 63.00 90.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 63.00

Nser -60.00 -150.00 -90.00 -200.00 -250.00 -18.00 -18.00

Vu 60.75 87.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 90.00

Main reinforcement calculation according to ULS

Mu/A 74.03 89.63 65.63 34.13 20.63 86.03 86.03 131.40

ubu 0.161 0.100 0.049 0.059 0.036 0.125 0.094 0.083

a 0.221 0.133 0.062 0.077 0.046 0.167 0.123 0.108

z 0.410 0.426 0.439 0.436 0.442 0.420 0.428 0.430

Au 6.12 20.57 7.97 8.35 9.18 11.27 5.21 6.46

Main reinforcement calculation with prejudicial cracking according to SLS

Mser/A 51.000 60.000 45.000 23.000 13.000 59.400 59.400 0.000

a 0.4186 0.6678 0.6303 0.4737 0.4737 0.6328 0.6923 0.6157

Mrb 87.53 220.78 302.44 121.16 121.16 182.01 258.82 267.55

A 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000

B -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000

C -0.4533 -0.8511 -0.3788 -0.2044 -0.1156 -0.8426 -0.8250 0.0000

D 0.4533 0.8511 0.3788 0.2044 0.1156 0.8426 0.8250 0.0000

alpha1 0.238 0.432 0.428

z 0.414 0.385 0.386

Aserp 10.22 10.99 10.75

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

257

Span 1 Span 2 Span 3 Span 4 Span 5 Span 6 Span 7 Span 8

Main reinforcement calculation with very prejudicial cracking according to SLS

Mser/A 51.00 60.00 45.00 23.00 13.00 59.40 59.40 0.00

a 0.47 0.72 0.68 0.53 0.53 0.68 0.69 0.67

Mrb 96.93 231.67 319.66 132.43 132.43 192.27 258.82 283.60

A 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000

B -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000

C -0.5667 -1.0638 -0.4735 -0.2556 -0.1444 -1.0532 -0.8250 0.0000

D 0.5667 1.0638 0.4735 0.2556 0.1444 1.0532 0.8250 0.0000

alpha1 0.203

z 0.420

Asertp 14.049

Transverse reinforcement calculation

tu 0.68 0.98 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68 1.00

k 0.57 0.40 0.00 -0.14 -0.41 0.00 0.00 0.00

At/st 1.87 7.08 4.31 3.90 4.77 7.34 3.45 4.44

Recapitulation

Aflex 6.12 20.57 7.97 10.22 14.05 11.27 10.75 6.46

e0 -0.95 -1.67 -1.43 -3.17 -3.97 -0.29 -0.29 -0.13

Aminfsimp 0.75 2.38 1.86 0.87 0.87 2.11 1.24 1.37

Aminfcomp 0.83 2.54 2.01 0.90 0.90 2.80 1.65 0.30

At 1.87 7.08 4.31 3.90 4.77 7.34 3.45 4.44

Atmin 1.60 3.40 2.00 1.60 1.60 3.40 1.60 1.60

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear elements: beams with imposed mesh

■ 29 nodes,

■ 28 linear elements.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

258

1.81.1.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T1 [cm2] 6.12

CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T1 [cm2] 0.75

CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T1 [cm2] 1.87

CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T2 [cm2] 20.57

CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T2 [cm2] 2.38

CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T2 [cm2] 7.08

CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T3 [cm2] 7.97

CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T3 [cm2] 1.86

CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T3 [cm2] 4.31

CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T4 [cm2] 10.22

CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T4 [cm2] 0.87

CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T4 [cm2] 3.90

CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T5 [cm2] 14.05

CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T5 [cm2] 4.20

CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T5 [cm2] 4.77

CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T6 [cm2] 11.27

CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T6 [cm2] 2.11

CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T6 [cm2] 7.34

CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T7 [cm2] 10.75

CM2 Amin Min. main. reinf. T7 [cm2] 1.24

CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T7 [cm2] 3.45

CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T8 [cm2] 6.46

CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T8 [cm2] 1.37

CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T8 [cm2] 4.44

The "Mu limit" method must be applied in order to achieve the same results.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

259

1.81.2 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Az Inf. main reinf. T1 [cm²] -6.11718 cm² 0.05%

Amin Min. main reinf. T1 [cm²] 0.7452 cm² -0.64%

Atz Trans. reinf. T1 [cm²] 1.8699 cm² -0.01%

Az Inf. main reinf. T2 [cm²] -20.5688 cm² 0.01%

Amin Min. main reinf. T2 [cm²] 2.3783 cm² -0.07%

Atz Trans. reinf. T2 [cm²] 7.07943 cm² -0.01%

Az Inf. main reinf. T3 [cm²] -7.96552 cm² 0.06%

Amin Min. main reinf. T3 [cm²] 1.863 cm² 0.16%

Atz Trans. reinf. T3 [cm²] 4.3125 cm² 0.06%

Az Inf. main reinf. T4 [cm²] -10.2301 cm² -0.10%

Amin Min. main reinf. T4 [cm²] 0.8694 cm² -0.07%

Atz Trans. reinf. T4 [cm²] 3.9008 cm² 0.02%

Az Inf. main reinf. T5 [cm²] -14.0512 cm² -0.01%

Amin Min. main reinf. T5 [cm²] 4.2 cm² 0.00%

Atz Trans. reinf. T5 [cm²] 4.7702 cm² 0.00%

Az Inf. main reinf. T6 [cm²] -11.2742 cm² -0.04%

Amin Min. main reinf. T6 [cm²] 2.11404 cm² 0.19%

Atz Trans. reinf. T6 [cm²] 7.34043 cm² 0.01%

Az Inf. main reinf. T7 [cm²] -10.7634 cm² -0.12%

Amin Min. main. reinf. T7 [cm²] 1.242 cm² 0.16%

Atz Trans. reinf. T7 [cm²] 3.45 cm² 0.00%

Az Inf. main reinf. T8 [cm²] -6.47718 cm² -0.27%

Amin Min. main reinf. T8 [cm²] 1.3662 cm² -0.28%

Atz Trans. reinf. T8 [cm²] 4.44444 cm² 0.10%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

260

1.82 Linear element in simple bending - without compressed reinforcement (02-0162SSLLB_B91)

Test ID: 2521

Test status: Passed

1.82.1 Description

Verifies the reinforcement results for a concrete beam with 8 isostatic spans subjected to uniform loads.

1.82.1.1 Model description

■ Reference: J. Perchat (CHEC) reinforced concrete course

■ Analysis type: static linear;

■ Element type: planar.

Units

■ Forces: kN

■ Moment: kN.m

■ Stresses: MPa

■ Reinforcement density: cm2

Geometry

■ Beam dimensions: 0.2 x 0.5 ht

■ Length: l = 42 m in 7 spans of 6m,

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 20000 MPa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Hinged at end x = 0,

► Vertical support at the same level with all other supports

■ Inner: Hinge z at each beam end (isostatic)

Loading

■ External:

► Case 1 (DL): uniform linear load g = -5 kN/m (on all spans except 8)

► Case 2 to 8 (LL): uniform linear load q = -9 kN/m (on spans 1, 3 to 7)

uniform linear load q = -15 kN/m (on span 2)

► Case 9 (ACC): uniform linear load a = -25 kN/m (on 8th span)

► Case 10 (DL): uniform linear load g = -5 kN/m (on 8th span)

Comb BAELUS: 1.35xDL+1.5xLL with duration of more than 24h (comb 101, 104 to 107)

Comb BAEULI: 1.35xDL+1.5xLL with duration between 1h and 24h (comb 102)

Comb BAELUC: 1.35xDL + 1.5xLL with duration of less than 1h (comb 103)

Comb BAELS: 1xDL + 1*LL (comb 108 to 114)

Comb BAELUA: 1xDL + 1xACC (comb 115)

■ Internal: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

261

Reinforced concrete calculation hypothesis:

■ All concrete covers are set to 5 cm

■ BAEL 91 calculation with the revised version 99

Span Concrete Reinforcement Application Concrete Cracking 1 B20 HA fe500 D>24h No Non

prejudicial 2 B35 Adx fe235 1h<D<24h No Non

prejudicial 3 B50 HA fe 400 D<1h Yes Non

prejudicial 4 B25 HA fe500 D>24h Yes Prejudicial 5 B60 HA fe500 D>24h No Very

prejudicial 6 B30 Adx fe235 D>24h Yes Prejudicial 7 B40 HA fe500 D>24h Yes 160 MPa 8 B45 HA fe500 D<1h Yes Non

prejudicial

1.82.1.2 Reinforcement calculation

Reference solution

Span 1 Span 2 Span 3 Span 4 Span 5 Span 6 Span 7 Span 8 fc28 20 35 50 25 60 30 40 45 ft28 1.8 2.7 3.6 2.1 4.2 2.4 3 3.3 fe 500 235 400 500 500 235 500 500

teta 1 0.9 0.85 1 1 1 1 0.85 gamb 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.15 gams 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1

h 1.6 1 1.6 1.6 1.6 1 1.6 1.6

fbu 11.33 22.04 33.33 14.17 34.00 17.00 22.67 39.13 fed 434.78 204.35 347.83 434.78 434.78 204.35 434.78 500.00

sigpreju 250.00 156.67 264.00 250.00 285.15 156.67 160.00 252.76 sigtpreju 200.00 125.33 211.20 200.00 228.12 125.33 160.00 202.21

g 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 q 9.00 15.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 25.00

pu 20.25 29.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 30.00 pser 14.00 20.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00

l 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 Mu 91.13 131.63 91.13 91.13 91.13 91.13 91.13 135.00

Mser 63.00 90.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 Vu 60.75 87.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 90.00

Longitudinal reinforcement calculation according to ELU ubu 0.199 0.147 0.068 0.159 0.066 0.132 0.099 0.085 a 0.279 0.200 0.087 0.217 0.086 0.178 0.131 0.111 z 0.400 0.414 0.434 0.411 0.435 0.418 0.426 0.430

Au 5.24 15.56 6.03 5.10 4.82 10.67 4.91 6.28 Main reinforcement calculation with prejudicial cracking according to SLS

A 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 B -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 C -0.56000 -0.89362 -0.87500 D 0.56000 0.89362 0.87500

alpha1 0.367 0.442 0.438 z 0.395 0.384 0.384

Aserp 6.38 10.48 10.25 Main reinforcement calculation with very prejudicial cracking according to SLS

A 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 B -3.00 -3.00 -3.00 -3.00 -3.00 -3.00 -3.00 -3.00 C -0.70 -1.60 -0.66 -0.70 -0.61371 -1.12 -0.88 0.00 D 0.70 1.60 0.66 0.70 0.61371 1.12 0.88 0.00

alpha1 0.381 z 0.393

Asertp 7.030

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

262

Span 1 Span 2 Span 3 Span 4 Span 5 Span 6 Span 7 Span 8 Transversal reinforcement calculation

tu 0.68 0.98 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68 1.00 k 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

At/st 0.69 1.79 4.31 3.45 3.45 7.34 3.45 4.44 Recapitulation

Aflex 5.24 15.56 6.03 6.38 7.03 10.67 10.25 6.28 Aminflex 0.75 2.38 1.86 0.87 1.74 2.11 1.24 1.37

At 0.69 1.79 4.31 3.45 3.45 7.34 3.45 4.44 Atmin 1.60 3.40 2.00 1.60 1.60 3.40 1.60 1.60

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear elements: beams with imposed mesh

■ 29 nodes,

■ 28 linear elements.

1.82.1.3 Theoretical results

Reference

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T1 [cm2] 5.24

CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T1 [cm2] 0.75

CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T1 [cm2] 0.69

CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T2 [cm2] 15.56

CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T2 [cm2] 2.38

CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T2 [cm2] 1.79

CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T3 [cm2] 6.03

CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T3 [cm2] 1.86

CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T3 [cm2] 4.31

CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T4 [cm2] 6.38

CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T4 [cm2] 0.87

CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T4 [cm2] 3.45

CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T5 [cm2] 7.03

CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T5 [cm2] 1.74

CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T5 [cm2] 3.45

CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T6 [cm2] 10.67

CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T6 [cm2] 2.11

CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T6 [cm2] 7.34

CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T7 [cm2] 10.25

CM2 Amin Min. main. reinf. T7 [cm2] 1.24

CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T7 [cm2] 3.45

CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T8 [cm2] 6.28

CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T8 [cm2] 1.37

CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T8 [cm2] 4.44

The "Mu limit" method must be applied to attain the same results.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

263

1.82.2 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Az Inf. main reinf. T1 [cm²] -5.24348 cm² -0.07%

Amin Min. main reinf. T1 [cm²] 0.7452 cm² -0.64%

Atz Trans. reinf. T1 [cm²] 0.69 cm² 0.00%

Az Inf. main reinf. T2 [cm²] -15.5613 cm² -0.01%

Amin Min. main reinf. T2 [cm²] 2.3783 cm² -0.07%

Atz Trans. reinf. T2 [cm²] 1.79433 cm² 0.24%

Az Inf. main reinf. T3 [cm²] -6.03286 cm² -0.05%

Amin Min. main reinf. T3 [cm²] 1.863 cm² 0.16%

Atz Trans. reinf. T3 [cm²] 4.3125 cm² 0.06%

Az Inf. main reinf. T4 [cm²] -6.38336 cm² -0.05%

Amin Min. main reinf. T4 [cm²] 0.8694 cm² -0.07%

Atz Trans. reinf. T4 [cm²] 3.45 cm² 0.00%

Az Inf. main reinf. T5 [cm²] -7.03527 cm² -0.07%

Amin Min. main reinf. T5 [cm²] 1.7388 cm² -0.07%

Atz Trans. reinf. T5 [cm²] 3.45 cm² 0.00%

Az Inf. main reinf. T6 [cm²] -10.6698 cm² 0.00%

Amin Min. main reinf. T6 [cm²] 2.11404 cm² 0.19%

Atz Trans. reinf. T6 [cm²] 7.34043 cm² 0.01%

Az Inf. main reinf. T7 [cm²] -10.2733 cm² -0.23%

Amin Min. main. reinf. T7 [cm²] 1.242 cm² 0.16%

Atz Trans. reinf. T7 [cm²] 3.45 cm² 0.00%

Az Inf. main reinf. T8 [cm²] -6.29338 cm² -0.21%

Amin Min. main reinf. T8 [cm²] 1.3662 cm² -0.28%

Atz Trans. reinf. T8 [cm²] 4.44444 cm² 0.10%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

264

1.83 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k -> infinite) (01-0101SSNLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2515

Test status: Passed

1.83.1 Description

Verifies the rotation, the displacement and the moment on a beam consisting of two elements of the same length and identical characteristics with 3 T/C supports (k -> infinite).

1.83.2 Background

1.83.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: internal GRAITEC test;

■ Analysis type: static non linear;

■ Element type: linear, T/C.

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ L= 10 m

■ Section: IPE 200, Iz = 0.00001943 m4

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Support at node 1 restrained along x and y (x = 0),

► Support at node 2 restrained along y (x = 10 m),

► T/C stiffness ky (1.1030N/m),

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Vertical punctual load P = -100 N at x = 5 m,

■ Internal: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

265

1.83.2.2 References solutions

ky being infinite, the non linear model behaves the same way as a beam on 3 supports.

Displacements

rad 000038.0

Lk2EI3EI32

LkEI6PL

0Lk2EI316

PL3v

rad 000077.0Lk2EI3EI16

LkEI3PL

rad 000115.0Lk2EI3EI32

LkEI2PL3

3yzz

3yz

2

3

3yz

3

3

3yzz

3yz

2

2

3yzz

3yz

2

1

Mz Moments

N.m 13.2032

MM

4

PL)m5x(M

N.m 75.93Lk2EI316

PLk3M

0M

1z2zz

3yz

4y

2z

1z

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam, automatic mesh,

■ 3 nodes,

■ 2 linear elements + 1 T/C.

Deformed shape

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

266

Moment diagram

1.83.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 RY Rotation Ry - node 1 [rad] 0.000115

CM2 RY Rotation Ry - node 2 [rad] -0.000077

CM2 DZ Displacement - node 3 [m] 0

CM2 RY Rotation Ry - node 3 [rad] 0.000038

CM2 My Moment M - node 1 [Nm] 0

CM2 My Moment M - node 2 [Nm] 93.75

CM2 My Moment M - middle span 1 [Nm] -203.13

1.83.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

RY Rotation Ry in node 1 [rad] 0.000115005 Rad 0.00%

RY Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad] -7.65875e-005 Rad 0.54%

DZ Displacement - node 3 [m] 9.36486e-030 m 0.00%

RY Rotation Ry in node 3 [rad] 3.81695e-005 Rad 0.45%

My Moment M - node 1 [Nm] 1.3145e-013 N*m 0.00%

My Moment M - node 2 [Nm] 93.6486 N*m -0.11%

My Moment M - middle span 1 [Nm] -203.176 N*m -0.02%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

267

1.84 Study of a mast subjected to an earthquake (02-0112SMLLB_P92)

Test ID: 2519

Test status: Passed

1.84.1 Description

A structure consisting of 2 beams and 2 punctual masses, subjected to a lateral earthquake along X. The frequency modes, the eigen vectors, the participation factors, the displacement at the top of the mast and the forces at the top of the mast are verified.

1.84.1.1 Model description

■ Reference: internal GRAITEC test;

■ Analysis type: modal and spectral analyses;

■ Element type: linear, mass.

1.84.1.2 Material strength model

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Length: L = 35 m,

■ Outer radius: Rext = 3.00 m

■ Inner radius: Rint = 2.80 m

■ Axial section: S= 3.644 m2

■ Polar inertia: Ip = 30.68 m4

■ Bending inertias: Ix =15.34 m4

Iy = 15.34 m4

Masses

■ M1 =203873.6 kg

■ M2 =101936.8 kg

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.962 x 1010 N/m2,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.1,

■ Density: = 25 kN/m3

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

268

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed in X = 0, Y = 0 m,

Loading

■ External: Seismic excitation on X direction

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam, automatic mesh,

1.84.1.3 Seismic hypothesis in conformity with PS92 regulation

■ Zone: Nice Sophia Antipolis (Zone II).

■ Site: S1 (Medium soil, 10m thickness).

■ Construction type class: B

■ Behavior coefficient: 3

■ Material damping: 4% (Reinforced concrete).

1.84.1.4 Modal analysis

Eigen periods reference solution

Substract the value of structure’s specific horizontal periods by solving the following equation:

0MKdet 2

2

1

3

M0

0MM

25

516

L7

EI48K

Eigen modes Units Reference 1 Hz 2.085 2 Hz 10.742

Modal vectors

For 1:

055.3

1

U

U0

U

U

M0

0M

25

516

L7

EI48

2

11

2

1

12

2

211

3

For 2:

655.0

1

U

U

2

12

Normalizing relative to the mass

3

4

110842.2

10305.9 ;

3

3

210316.1

1001.2

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

269

Modal deformations

1.84.1.5 Spectral study

Design spectrum

Nominal acceleration:

2n1 sm5411.5a 2.085Hzf

2n2 sm25.6aHz742.01f

Observation: the gap between pulses is greater than 10%, so the modal responses can be regarded as independent.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

270

Reference participation factors

Mii

séismedudirectionladedirecteurVecteur:

Eigen modes Reference 1 479.427 2 275.609

Pseudo-acceleration

iiii a in (m/s2)

4.0%5

: Damping correction factor.

: Structure damping.

8.2556

2.70261

2.4783-

3.78521

Reference modal displacement

024.814E

021.576E1

045.446E-

048.318E2

Equivalent static forces

058.415E

055.510EF1

052.526E-

057.717EF2

Displacement at the top of the mast

221 04E446.502E81.4U

Units Reference m 4.814 E-02

Shear force at the top of the mast

3

05E526.205E415.8T

22

1

3: Being the behavior coefficient of forces

Units Reference N 2.929 E+05

Moment at the base

Units Reference N.m 1.578 E+07

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

271

1.84.1.6 Theoretical results

Reference

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Frequency Frequency Mode 1 [Hz] 2.085

CM2 Frequency Frequency Mode 2 [Hz] 10.742

CM2 D Displacement at the top of the mast [cm] 4.814

CM2 Fz Forces at the top of the mast [N] 2.929E+05

1.84.2 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Frequency Mode 1 [Hz] 2.08 Hz -0.24%

Frequency Mode 2 [Hz] 10.74 Hz -0.02%

D Displacement at the top of the mast [cm] 4.81159 cm -0.05%

Fz Forces at the top of the mast [N] 292677 N -0.08%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

272

1.85 Design of a concrete floor with an opening (03-0208SSLLG_BAEL91)

Test ID: 2524

Test status: Passed

1.85.1 Description

Verifies the displacements, bending moments and reinforcement results for a 2D concrete slab with supports and punctual loads.

1.85.2 Background

1.85.2.1 Model description

■ Calculation model: 2D concrete slab.

► Slab thickness: 20 cm

► Slab length: 20m

► Slab width: 10m

► The supports (punctual and linear) are considered as hinged.

► Supports positioning (see scheme below)

► 1,50m*2,50m opening => see positioning on the following scheme

■ Materials:

► Concrete B25

► Young module: E= 36000 MPa

■ Load case:

► Permanent loads: 100 kg/m2

► Permanent loads: 200 kg/ml around the opening

► Punctual loads of 2T in permanent loads (see the following definition)

► Usage overloads: 250 kg/m2

■ Mesh density: 0.5 m

Slab geometry

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

273

Support positions

Positions of punctual loads

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

274

Global loading overview

Load Combinations

Code Numbers Type Title BAGMAX 1 Static Permanent loads + self weight

BAQ 2 Static Usage overloads BAELS 101 Comb_Lin Gmax+Q BAELU 102 Comb_Lin 1.35Gmax+1.5Q

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

275

1.85.2.2 Effel Structure Results

SLS max displacements (load combination 101)

Mx bending moment for ULS load combination

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

276

My bending moment for ULS load combination

Mxy bending moment for ULS load combination

1.85.2.3 Effel RC Expert Results

Main hypothesis

■ Top and bottom concrete covers: 3 cm

■ Slightly dangerous cracking

■ Concrete B25 => Fc28= 25 MPa

■ Reinforcement calculation according to Wood method.

■ Calculation starting from non averaged forces.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

277

Axi reinforcements

Ayi reinforcements

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

278

Axs reinforcements

Ays reinforcements

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

279

1.85.2.4 Theoretical results

Solver

Result name

Result description Reference value

CM2 D Max displacement for SLS (load combination 101) [cm] 0.176

CM2 Myy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Max(Mx) [kN.m] 25.20

CM2 Myy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Min(Mx) [kN.m] -15.71

CM2 Mxx Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Max(My) [kN.m] 31.17

CM2 Mxx Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Min(My) [kN.m] -18.79

CM2 Mxy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Max (Mxy) [kN.m] 10.26

CM2 Mxy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Min (Mxy) [kN.m] -10.14

CM2 Axi Theoretic reinforcements Axi [cm2] 3.84

CM2 Axs Theoretic reinforcements Axs [cm2] 3.55

CM2 Ayi Theoretic reinforcements Ayi [cm2] 3.75

CM2 Ays Theoretic reinforcements Ays [cm2] 4.53

These values are obtained from the maximum values from the mesh.

1.85.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

D Max displacement for SLS (load combination 101) [cm] 0.174641 cm -0.77%

Myy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Max(Mx) [kNm]

25.2594 kN*m 0.24%

Myy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Min(Mx) [kNm]

-15.6835 kN*m 0.17%

Mxx Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Max(My) [kNm]

31.2449 kN*m 0.24%

Mxx Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Min(My) [kNm]

-18.7726 kN*m 0.09%

Mxy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Max (Mxy) [kNm]

10.1558 kN*m -1.02%

Mxy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Min (Mxy) [kNm]

-10.2508 kN*m -1.09%

Axi Theoretic reinforcements Axi [cm2] 3.83063 cm² -0.24%

Axs Theoretic reinforcementsAxs [cm2] 3.629 cm² 2.23%

Ayi Theoretic reinforcements Ayi [cm2] 3.72879 cm² -0.57%

Ays Theoretic reinforcements Ays [cm2] 4.61909 cm² 1.97%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

280

1.86 Design of a 2D portal frame (03-0207SSLLG_CM66)

Test ID: 2523

Test status: Passed

1.86.1 Description

Verifies the steel calculation results (displacement at ridge, normal forces, bending moments, deflections, stresses, buckling lengths, lateral torsional buckling lengths and cross section optimization) for a 2D metallic portal frame, according to CM66.

1.86.2 Background

1.86.2.1 Model description

■ Calculation model: 2D metallic portal frame.

► Column section: IPE500

► Rafter section: IPE400

► Base plates: hinged.

► Portal frame width: 20m

► Columns height: 6m

► Portal frame height at the ridge: 7.5m

■ Load case:

► Permanent loads: 150 kg/m on the roof + elements self weight.

► Usage overloads: 800 kg/ml on the roof

■ Mesh density: 1m

Model preview

Combinations

Code Numbers Type Title CMP 1 Static Permanent load + self weight CMS 2 Static Usage overloads

CMCFN 101 Comb_Lin 1.333P CMCFN 102 Comb_Lin 1.333P+1.5S CMCFN 103 Comb_Lin P+1.5S CMCD 104 Comb_Lin P+S

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

281

1.86.2.2 Effel Structure Results

Ridge displacements (combination 104)

Diagram of normal force envelope

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

282

Envelope of bending moments diagram

1.86.2.3 Effel Expert CM results

Main hypotheses

For columns

■ Deflections: 1/150

Envelopes deflections calculation.

■ Buckling: XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes

XZ plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes

Ka-Kb Method

■ Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: no restraints

Lds imposed value: 2 m

For the rafters

■ Deflections: 1/200

Envelopes deflections calculation.

■ Buckling: XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes

XZ plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes

Ka-Kb Method

■ Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: No restraints

Lds imposed value: 1.5m

Optimization criteria

■ Work ratio optimization between 90 and 100%

■ Labels optimization (on Advance Design templates)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

283

Deflection verification

Ratio

CM Stress diagrams

Work ratio

Stresses

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

284

Buckling lengths

Lfy

Lfz

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths

Ldi

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

285

Lds

Optimization

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

286

1.86.2.4 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 D Displacement at the ridge [cm] 9.36

CM2 Fx Envelope normal forces on Columns (min) [T] -15.77

CM2 Fx Envelope normal forces on Rafters (max) [T] -1.02

CM2 My Envelope bending moments on Columns (min) [T.m] -42.41

CM2 My Envelope bending moments on Rafters (max) [T.m] 42.41

CM2 Deflection CM deflections on Columns [%] L / 438 (34%)

CM2 Deflection CM deflections on Rafters [%] L / 111 (180%)

CM2 Stress CM stresses on Columns [MPa] 230.34

CM2 Stress CM stresses on Rafters [MPa] 458.38

CM2 Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns - Lfy [m] 5.84

CM2 Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns - Lfz [m] 6

CM2 Lfy Buckling lengths on Rafters - Lfy [m] 7.08

CM2 Lfz Buckling lengths on Rafters - Lfz [m] 10.11

Warning, the local axes in Effel Structure have different orientation in Advance Design.

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 6

CM2 Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 2

CM2 Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Ldi [m] 10.11

CM2 Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Lds [m] 1.5

Solver Result name Result description Rate (%) Final section

CM2 Work ratio IPE500 columns - section optimization 98 IPE500

CM2 Work ratio IPE400 rafters - section optimization 195 IPE550

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

287

1.86.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

D Displacement at the ridge [cm] 9.36473 cm 0.05%

Fx Envelope normal forces on Columns (min) [T] -15.7798 T -0.06%

Fx Envelope normal forces on Rafters (max) [T] -1.0161 T 0.38%

My Envelope bending moments on Columns (min) [Tm] 42.4226 T*m 0.03%

My Envelope bending moments on Rafters (max) [Tm] 42.4226 T*m 0.03%

Deflection CM deflections on Columns [adm] 438.077 Adim. 0.02%

Deflection CM deflections on Rafters [adm] 111.325 Adim. 0.29%

Stress CM stresses on Columns [adm] 230.331 MPa 0.00%

Stress CM stresses on Rafters [adm] 458.367 MPa 0.00%

Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns - Lfy [m] 6 m 0.00%

Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns - Lfz [m] 5.84401 m 0.07%

Lfy Buckling lengths on Rafters - Lfy [m] 10.1119 m 0.02%

Lfz Buckling lengths on Rafters - Lfz [m] 7.07904 m -0.01%

Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 6 m 0.00%

Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 2 m 0.00%

Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Ldi [m] 10.1119 m 0.02%

Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Lds [m] 1.5 m 0.00%

Work ratio IPE500 columns - section optimization [adm] 0.980131 Adim. 0.01%

Work ratio IPE400 rafters - section optimization [adm] 1.9505 Adim. 0.03%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

288

1.87 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = 0) (01-0100SSNLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2514

Test status: Passed

1.87.1 Description

Verifies the rotation, the displacement and the moment on a beam consisting of two elements of the same length and identical characteristics with 3 T/C supports (k = 0).

1.87.2 Background

1.87.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: internal GRAITEC test;

■ Analysis type: static non linear;

■ Element type: linear, T/C.

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ L= 10 m

■ Section: IPE 200, Iz = 0.00001943 m4

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Support at node 1 restrained along x and y (x = 0),

► Support at node 2 restrained along y (x = 10 m),

► T/C stiffness ky = 0,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Vertical punctual load P = -100 N at x = 5 m,

■ Internal: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

289

1.87.2.2 References solutions

ky being null, the non linear model behaves the same way as the structure without support 3.

Displacements

rad 000153.0

Lk2EI3EI32

LkEI6PL

m 00153.0Lk2EI316

PL3v

rad 000153.0Lk2EI3EI16

LkEI3PL

rad 000153.0Lk2EI3EI32

LkEI2PL3

3yzz

3yz

2

3

3yz

3

3

3yzz

3yz

2

2

3yzz

3yz

2

1

Mz Moments

N.m 2502

MM

4

PL)m5x(M

0Lk2EI316

PLk3M

0M

1z2zz

3yz

4y

2z

1z

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam, automatic mesh,

■ 3 nodes,

■ 2 linear elements + 1 T/C.

Deformed shape

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

290

Moment diagrams

1.87.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 RY Rotation Ry in node 1 [rad] 0.000153

CM2 RY Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad] -0.000153

CM2 DZ Displacement V in node 3 [m] 0.00153

CM2 RY Rotation Ry in node 3 [rad] 0.000153

CM2 My Moment M in node 1 [Nm] 0

CM2 My Moment M - middle span 1 [Nm] -250

1.87.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

RY Rotation Ry in node 1 [rad] 0.000153175 Rad 0.11%

RY Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad] -0.000153175 Rad -0.11%

DZ Displacement V in node 3 [m] 0.00153175 m 0.11%

RY Rotation Ry in node 3 [rad] -0.000153175 Rad -0.11%

My Moment M in node 1 [Nm] 5.05771e-014 N*m 0.00%

My Moment M - middle span 1 [Nm] -250 N*m 0.00%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

291

1.88 Non linear system of truss beams (01-0104SSNLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2518

Test status: Passed

1.88.1 Description

Verifies the displacement and the normal force for a bar system containing 4 elements of the same length and 2 diagonals.

1.88.2 Background

1.88.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: internal GRAITEC test;

■ Analysis type: static non linear;

■ Element type: linear, bar, tie.

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ L= 5 m

■ Section S = 0.005 m2

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Support at node 1 restrained along x and y,

► Support at node 2 restrained along x and y,

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

292

Loading

■ External: Horizontal punctual load P = 50000 N at node 3,

■ Internal: None.

1.88.2.2 References solutions

In non linear analysis without large displacement, the introduction of ties for the diagonal bars removes bar 5 (test No. 0103SSLLB_FEM allows finding an compression force in this bar at the linear calculation).

Displacements

0v

m 000238.0ES

PLv

m 001195.0ES11

PL5uu

4

3

43

N normal forces

0N 0N

N 70711P2N N 50000PN

0N 0N

4243

1323

1412

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: bar, without meshing,

■ 4 nodes,

■ 6 linear elements.

Deformed shape

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

293

Normal forces

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

294

1.88.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 DX u3 displacement on Node 3 [m] 0.001195

CM2 DZ v3 displacement on Node 3 [m] -0.000238

CM2 DX u4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0.001195

CM2 DZ v4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0

CM2 Fx N12 normal force on Element 1 [N] 0

CM2 Fx N23 normal force on Element 2 [N] -50000

CM2 Fx N34 normal force on Element 3 [N] 0

CM2 Fx N14 normal force on Element 4 [N] 0

CM2 Fx N13 normal effort on Element 5 [N] 70711

CM2 Fx N24 normal force on Element 6 [N] 0

1.88.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

DX u3 displacement on Node 3 [m] 0.00119035 m -0.39%

DZ v3 displacement on Node 3 [m] -0.000238095 m -0.04%

DX u4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0.00119035 m -0.39%

DZ v4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 9.94686e-316 m 0.00%

Fx N12 normal force on Element 1 [N] 0 N 0.00%

Fx N23 normal force on Element 2 [N] -50000 N 0.00%

Fx N34 normal force on Element 3 [N] 0 N 0.00%

Fx N14 normal force on Element 4 [N] 2.08884e-307 N 0.00%

Fx N13 normal effort on Element 5 [N] 70710.7 N 0.00%

Fx N24 normal force on Element 6 [N] 0 N 0.00%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

295

1.89 Design of a Steel Structure according to CM66 (03-0206SSLLG_CM66)

Test ID: 2522

Test status: Passed

1.89.1 Description

Verifies the steel calculation results (maximum displacement, normal force, bending moment, deflections, buckling lengths, lateral-torsional buckling and cross section optimization) for a simple metallic framework with a concrete floor, according to CM66.

1.89.2 Background

1.89.2.1 Model description

■ Calculation model: Simple metallic framework with a concrete floor.

■ Load case:

► Permanent loads: 150 kg/m² for the floor and 25kg/m² for the roof.

► Overloads: 250 kg/m² on the floor.

► Wind loads on region II for a normal location

► Snow loads on region 2B at an altitude of 750m.

■ CM66 Combinations

Model preview

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

296

Structure’s load case

Code No. Type Title CMP 1 Static SW + Dead loads CMS 2 Static Overloads for usage CMV 3 Static Wind overloads along +X in overpressure CMV 4 Static Wind overloads along +X in depression CMV 5 Static Wind overloads along -X in overpressure CMV 6 Static Wind overloads along -X in depression CMV 7 Static Wind overloads along +Z in overpressure CMV 8 Static Wind overloads along +Z in depression CMV 9 Static Wind overloads along -Z in overpressure CMV 10 Static Wind overloads along -Z in depression CMN 11 Static Normal snow overloads

1.89.2.2 Effel Structure results

Displacement Envelope (“CMCD" load combinations)

Envelope of linear element forces D DX DY DZ

Env. Case No. Max.

location (cm) (cm) (cm) (cm) Max(D) 213 148 CENTER 12.115 0.037 12.035 -1.393 Min(D) 188 1.1 START 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

Max(DX) 204 72.1 START 3.138 3.099 0.434 0.244 Min(DX) 204 313 END 2.872 -1.872 -0.129 -2.174 Max(DY) 213 148 CENTER 12.115 0.037 12.035 -1.393 Min(DY) 213 61.5 END 9.986 -0.118 -9.985 0.046 Max(DZ) 201 371 CENTER 4.149 -0.006 -0.188 4.145 Min(DZ) 203 370 CENTER 4.124 -0.006 -0.240 -4.118

Envelope of forces on linear elements (“CMCFN” load combinations)

Envelope of linear element forces Fx Fy Fz Mx My Mz

Env. Case No. MaxSite (T) (T) (T) (T*m) (T*m) (T*m)

Max (Fx) 120 4.1 START 19.423 -4.108 -1.384 -0.003 1.505 7.551 Min (Fx) 138 98 START -41.618 -0.962 -0.192 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max(Fy) 120 57 END -13.473 16.349 -0.016 -0.003 0.002 55.744 Min(Fy) 120 60 START -15.994 -16.112 -0.006 -3E-004 6E-006 53.096 Max(Fz) 177 371 START -3.486 -0.118 2.655 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min(Fz) 187 370 START -3.666 -0.147 -2.658 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max(Mx) 120 111 END 3.933 4.840 0.278 0.028 -4E-005 11.531 Min(Mx) 120 21 END -22.324 13.785 -0.191 -0.028 -0.004 42.562 Max(My) 177 371 CENTER -3.099 -0.118 -0.323 0.000 4.403 -0.500 Min(My) 179 370 CENTER -3.283 -0.155 0.321 0.000 -4.373 -0.660 Max (Mz) 120 57 END -13.473 16.349 -0.016 -0.003 0.002 55.744 Min (Mz) 120 59.2 END -19.455 -8.969 -0.702 -0.003 -0.001 -57.105 Envelope of linear element stresses (“CMCFN” load combinations)

Envelope of linear element stresses sxxMax sxyMax sxzMax sFxx sMxxMax

Env. Case No. MaxSite (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa)

Max(sxxMax) 120 59.2 END 273.860 -14.696 -1.024 -16.453 290.312 Min(sxxMax) 120 292 START -150.743 0.000 0.000 -150.743 0.000 Max(sxyMax) 120 57 START 262.954 37.139 -0.030 -15.609 278.562 Min(sxyMax) 120 60 END 241.643 -36.595 -0.011 -18.536 260.179 Max(sxzMax) 185 371 START -2.949 -0.183 3.876 -2.949 0.000 Min(sxzMax) 179 370 START -3.104 -0.255 -3.882 -3.104 0.000 Max(sFxx) 120 293 END 161.095 9E-005 -0.002 161.095 0.000 Min(sFxx) 120 292 START -150.743 0.000 0.000 -150.743 0.000

Max(sMxxMax) 120 59.2 END 273.860 -14.696 -1.024 -16.453 290.312 Min(sMxxMax) 1 1.1 START -4.511 3.155 -0.646 -4.511 0.000

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

297

1.89.2.3 CM66 Effel Expertise results

Hypotheses

For columns

■ Deflections: 1/150

Envelopes deflections calculation.

■ Buckling XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes

XZ plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes

■ Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: hinged restraint

Lds automatic calculation: hinged restraint

For rafters

■ Deflections: 1/200

Envelopes deflections calculation.

■ Buckling: XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes

XZ plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes

■ Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: no restraint

Lds automatic calculation: hinged restraint

For columns

■ Deflections: 1/150

Envelopes deflections calculation.

■ Buckling: XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes

XZ plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes

■ Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: hinged restraint

Lds automatic calculation: hinged restraint

Optimization parameters

■ Work ratio optimization between 90 and 100%

■ All the sections from the library are available.

■ Labels optimization.

The results of the optimization given below correspond to an iteration of the finite elements calculation.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

298

Deflection verification

Ratio

Max values on the element

■ Columns: L / 168

■ Rafter: L / 96

■ Column: L / 924

CM Stress diagrams

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

299

Work ratio

Stresses

Max values on the element

■ Columns: 375.16 MPa

■ Rafter: 339.79 MPa

■ Column: 180.98 MPa

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

300

Buckling lengths

Lfy

Lfz

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

301

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths

Ldi

Lds

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

302

Optimization

1.89.2.4 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 D Maximum displacement (CMCD) [cm] 12.115

CM2 Fx Envelope normal force (CMCFN) Min (Fx) [T] -41.618

CM2 Fx Envelope normal force (CMCFN) Max (Fx) [T] 19.423

CM2 My Envelope bending moment (CMCFN) Min (Mz) [Tm] -57.105

CM2 My Envelope bending moment (CMCFN) Max (Mz) [Tm] 55.744

Warning, the Mz bending moment of Effel Structure corresponds to the My bending moment of Advance Design.

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Deflection CM deflections on Columns [adm] L / 168 (89%)

CM2 Deflection CM deflections on Rafters [adm] L / 96 (208%)

CM2 Deflection CM deflections on Columns [adm] L / 924 (16%)

CM2 Stress CM stresses on Columns [MPa] 374.67

CM2 Stress CM stresses on Rafters [MPa] 339.74

CM2 Stress CM stresses on Columns [MPa] 180.98

CM2 Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns Lfy [m] 8.02

CM2 Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns Lfz [m] 24.07

CM2 Lfy Buckling lengths on Rafters Lfy [m] 1.72

CM2 Lfz Buckling lengths on Rafters Lfz [m] 20.25

CM2C Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns Lfy [m] 4.20

CM2 Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns Lfz [m] 5.67

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

303

Warning, the local axes in Effel Structure are opposite to those in Advance Design.

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 8.5

CM2 Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 8.5

CM2 Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Ldi [m] 8.61

CM2 Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Lds [m] 1.72

CM2 Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 2

CM2 Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 2

Solver Result name Result description Rate (%) Final section

CM2 Work ratio IPE500 columns - section optimization [adm] 1.59 IPE600

CM2 Work ratio IPE400 rafters - section optimization [adm] 1.45 IPE500

CM2 Work ratio IPE400 columns - section optimization [adm] 0.77 IPE360

1.89.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

D Maximum displacement (CMCD) [cm] 12.1379 cm 0.19%

Fx Envelope normal force (CMCFN) Min (Fx) [T] -41.6547 T -0.09%

Fx Envelope normal force (CMCFN) Max (Fx) [T] 19.4819 T 0.30%

My Envelope bending moment (CMCFN) Min (Mz)[Tm] -57.1196 T*m -0.03%

My Envelope bending moment (CMCFN) Max (Mz) [Tm] 55.7697 T*m 0.05%

Deflection CM deflections on Columns [adm] 167.707 Adim. -0.17%

Deflection CM deflections on Rafters [adm] 96.1075 Adim. 0.11%

Deflection CM deflections on Columns [adm] 924.933 Adim. 0.10%

Stress CM stresses on Columns [MPa] 374.61 MPa -0.02%

Stress CM stresses on Rafters [MPa] 352.36 MPa 3.71%

Stress CM stresses on Columns [MPa] 180.693 MPa -0.16%

Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns Lfy [m] 7.96718 m -0.66%

Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns Lfz [m] 24.0693 m 0.00%

Lfy Buckling lengths on Rafters Lfy [m] 6.63414 m 0.06%

Lfz Buckling lengths on Rafters Lfz [m] 20.2452 m -0.02%

Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns Lfy [m] 4.19567 m -0.10%

Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns Lfz [m] 5.67211 m 0.04%

Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 8.5 m 0.00%

Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 8.5 m 0.00%

Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Ldi [m] 8.61187 m 0.02%

Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Lds [m] 8.61187 m 0.02%

Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 2 m 0.00%

Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 2 m 0.00%

Work ratio IPE500 columns - section optimization [adm] 1.59408 Adim. 0.26%

Work ratio IPE400 rafters - section optimization [adm] 1.4994 Adim. 3.41%

Work ratio IPE400 columns - section optimization [adm] 0.768905 Adim. -0.14%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

304

1.90 Slender beam with variable section (fixed-free) (01-0004SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2436

Test status: Passed

1.90.1 Description

Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies for a slender beam with variable section, subjected to its own weight.

1.90.2 Background

1.90.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 09/89;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis;

■ Element type: linear.

Slender beam with variable section (fixed-free) Scale =1/4

01-0004SDLLB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Beam length: l = 1 m,

■ Initial section (in A):

► Height: h1 = 0.04 m,

► Width: b1 = 0.04 m,

► Section: A1 = 1.6 x 10-3 m2,

► Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz1 = 2.1333 x 10-7 m4,

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

305

■ Final section (in B):

► Height: h2 = 0.01 m,

► Width: b2 = 0.01 m,

► Section: A2 = 10-4 m2,

► Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz2 = 8.3333 x 10-10 m4.

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,

■ Density: 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Fixed in A,

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: None,

■ Internal: None.

1.90.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies

Reference solutions

Precise calculation by numerical integration of the differential equation of beams bending (Euler-Bernoulli theories):

2

x2 (EIz 2vx2 ) = -A

2vx2 where Iz and A vary with the abscissa.

The result is: fi = 12 i

h2

l2 E

12

1 2 3 4 5

23.289 73.9 165.23 299.7 478.1

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: variable beam, imposed mesh,

■ 31 nodes,

■ 30 linear elements.

Eigen mode shapes

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

306

1.90.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 54.18

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 171.94

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 384.4

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 697.24

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 1112.28

1.90.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 54.01 Hz -0.31%

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 170.58 Hz -0.79%

Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 378.87 Hz -1.44%

Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 681.31 Hz -2.28%

Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 1075.7 Hz -3.29%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

307

1.91 Tied (sub-tensioned) beam (01-0005SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2437

Test status: Passed

1.91.1 Description

Verifies the tension force on a beam reinforced by a system of hinged bars, subjected to a uniform linear load.

1.91.2 Background

1.91.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 13/89;

■ Analysis type: static, thermoelastic (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

Tied (sub-tensioned) beam Scale =1/37

01-0005SSLLB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Length:

► AD = FB = a = 2 m,

► DF = CE = b = 4 m,

► CD = EF = c = 0.6 m,

► AC = EB = d = 2.088 m,

► Total length: L = 8 m,

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

308

■ AD, DF, FB Beams:

► Section: A = 0.01516 m2,

► Shear area: Ar = A / 2.5,

► Inertia moment: I = 2.174 x 10-4 m4,

■ CE Bar:

► Section: A1 = 4.5 x 10-3 m2,

■ AC, EB bar:

► Section: A2 = 4.5 x 10-3 m2,

■ CD, EF bars:

► Section: A3 = 3.48 x 10-3 m2.

Materials properties

■ Isotropic linear elastic material,

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Shearing module: G = 0.4x E.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Hinged in A, support connection in B (blocked vertical translation),

■ Inner: Hinged at bar ends: AC, CD, EF, EB.

Loading

■ External: Uniform linear load p = -50000 N/ml,

■ Internal: Shortening of the CE tie of = 6.52 x 10-3 m (dilatation coefficient: CE = 1 x 10-5 /°C and temperature variation T = -163°C).

1.91.2.2 Compression force in CE bar

Reference solution

The solution is established by considering the deformation effects due to the shear force and normal force:

= 1 - 43 x

aL

k = AAr

= 2.5

t = IA

= (L/c)2 x (1+ (A/A1) x (b/L) + 2 x (A/A2) x (d/a)2 x (d/L) + 2 x (A/A3) (c/a)2 x (c/L)

= k x [(2Et2) / (GaL)]

= + +

0 = 1 – (a/L)2 x (2 – a/L)

0 = 6k x (E/G) x (t/L)2 x (1 + b/L)

0 = 0 + 0

NCE = - (1/12) x (pL2/c) x (0 /) + (EI/(Lc2)) x (/) = 584584 N

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: without meshing,

■ AD, DF, FB: S beam (considering the shear force deformations),

■ AC, CD, EF, EB: bar,

■ CE: beam,

■ 6 nodes.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

309

Force diagrams

Tied (sub-tensioned) beam Scale =1/31

Compression force in CE bar

1.91.2.3 Bending moment at point H

Reference solution

MH = - (1/8) x pL2 x [1- (2/3) x (0/)] – (EI/(Lc)) x (/p) = 49249.5 N

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: without meshing,

■ AD, DF, FB: S beam (considering the shear force deformations),

■ AC, CD, EF, EB: bar,

■ CE: beam,

■ 6 nodes.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

310

Shape of the bending moment diagram

Tied (sub-tensioned) beam Scale =1/31

Mz bending moment

1.91.2.4 Vertical displacement at point D

Reference solution

The reference displacement vD provided by AFNOR is determined by averaging the results of several software with implemented finite elements method.

vD = -0.5428 x 10-3 m

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: without meshing,

► AD, DF, FB: S beam (considering the shear force deformations),

► AC, CD, EF, EB: bar,

► CE: beam,

■ 6 nodes.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

311

Deformed shape

Tied (sub-tensioned) beam Scale =1/31

Deformed

1.91.2.5 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 FX Tension force on CE bar [N] 584584

1.91.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Fx Tension force on CE bar [N] 584580 N 0.00%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

312

1.92 Circular plate under uniform load (01-0003SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2435

Test status: Passed

1.92.1 Description

On a circular plate of 5 mm thickness and 2 m diameter, an uniform load, perpendicular on the plan of the plate, is applied. The vertical displacement on the plate center is verified.

1.92.2 Background

1.92.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 03/89;

■ Analysis type: linear static;

■ Element type: planar.

Circular plate under uniform load Scale =1/10

01-0003SSLSB_FEM

Units

I. S.

Geometry

■ Circular plate radius: r = 1m,

■ Circular plate thickness: h = 0.005 m.

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

■ Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

313

Boundary conditions

■ Outer: Plate fixed on the side (in all points of its perimeter),

For the modeling, we consider only a quarter of the plate and we impose symmetry conditions on some nodes (see the following model; yz plane symmetry condition):translation restrained nodes along x and rotation restrained nodes along y and z: translation restrained nodes along x and rotation restrained nodes along y and z:

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External: Uniform loads perpendicular on the plate: pZ = -1000 Pa,

■ Internal: None.

1.92.2.2 Vertical displacement of the model at the center of the plate

Reference solution

Circular plates form:

u = pr4

64D = -1000 x 14

64 x 2404 = - 6.50 x 10-3 m

with the plate radius coefficient: D = Eh3

12(1-2) =

2.1 x 1011 x 0.0053

12(1-0.32)

D = 2404

Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,

■ 70 nodes,

■ 58 planar elements.

Circular plate under uniform load Scale =1.5

Meshing 01-0003SSLSB_FEM

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

314

Deformed shape

Circular plate under uniform load Scale =1.5

Deformed 01-0003SSLSB_FEM

1.92.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement on the plate center [mm] -6.50

1.92.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

DZ Vertical displacement on the plate center [mm] -6.47032 mm 0.46%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

315

1.93 Verifying the displacement results on linear elements for vertical seism (TTAD #11756)

Test ID: 3442

Test status: Passed

1.93.1 Description

Verifies the displacements results on an inclined steel bar for vertical seism according to Eurocodes 8 localization and generates the corresponding report.

The steel bar has a rigid support and IPE100 cross section and is subjected to self weight and seism load on Z direction (vertical).

1.94 Verifying constraints for triangular mesh on planar elements (TTAD #11447)

Test ID: 3460

Test status: Passed

1.94.1 Description

Performs the finite elements calculation, verifies the stresses for triangular mesh on a planar element and generates a report for planar elements stresses in neutral fiber.

The planar element is 20 cm thick, C20/25 material with a linear rigid support. A linear load of 30.00 kN is applied on FX direction.

1.95 Verifying forces results on concrete linear elements (TTAD #11647)

Test ID: 3551

Test status: Passed

1.95.1 Description

Verifies forces results on concrete beams consisting of a linear element and on beams consisting of two linear elements. Generates the linear elements forces by load case report.

1.96 Verifying diagrams after changing the view from standard (top, left,...) to user view (TTAD #11854)

Test ID: 3539

Test status: Passed

1.96.1 Description

Verifies the results diagrams display after changing the view from standard (top, left,...) to user view.

1.97 Verifying forces for triangular meshing on planar element (TTAD #11723)

Test ID: 3463

Test status: Passed

1.97.1 Description

Performs the finite elements calculation, verifies the forces for triangular meshing on a planar element and generates a report for planar elements forces by load case.

The planar element is a square shell (5 m) with a thickness of 20 cm, C20/25 material with a linear rigid support. A linear load of -10.00 kN is applied on FZ direction.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

316

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

317

1.98 Verifying stresses in beam with "extend into wall" property (TTAD #11680)

Test ID: 3491

Test status: Passed

1.98.1 Description

Verifies the results on two concrete beams which have the "Extend into the wall" option enabled. One of the beams is connected to 2 walls on both sides and one with a wall and a pole. Generates the linear elements forces by elements report.

1.99 Generating planar efforts before and after selecting a saved view (TTAD #11849)

Test ID: 3454

Test status: Passed

1.99.1 Description

Generates efforts for all planar elements before and after selecting the third saved view.

1.100 Verifying results on punctual supports (TTAD #11489)

Test ID: 3693

Test status: Passed

1.100.1 Description

Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the punctual supports report, containing the following tables: "Displacements of point supports by load case", "Displacements of point supports by element", "Point support actions by load case", "Point support actions by element" and "Sum of actions on supports and nodes restraints".

The structure consists of concrete, steel and timber linear elements with punctual supports.

1.101 Verifying the level mass center (TTAD #11573, TTAD #12315)

Test ID: 3609

Test status: Passed

1.101.1 Description

Performs the finite elements calculation on a model with two planar concrete elements with a linear support. Verifies the level mass center and generates the "Excited total masses" and "Level modal mass and rigidity centers" reports.

The model consists of two planar concrete elements with a linear fixed support. The loads applied on the model: self weight, a planar live load of -1 kN and seism loads according to French standards of Eurocodes 8.

1.102 Verifying diagrams for Mf Torsors on divided walls (TTAD #11557)

Test ID: 3610

Test status: Passed

1.102.1 Description

Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the results diagrams for Mf torsors on a high wall divided in 6 walls (by height).

The loads applied on the model: self weight, two live load cases and seism loads according to Eurocodes 8.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

318

1.103 Verifying Sxx results on beams (TTAD #11599)

Test ID: 3595

Test status: Passed

1.103.1 Description

Performs the finite elements calculation on a complex model with concrete, steel and timber elements. Verifies the Sxx results on beams. Generates the maximum stresses report.

The structure has 40 timber linear elements, 24 concrete linear elements, 143 steel elements. The loads applied on the structure: dead loads, live loads, snow loads, wind loads and temperature loads (according to Eurocodes).

1.104 Generating results for Torsors NZ/Group (TTAD #11633)

Test ID: 3594

Test status: Passed

1.104.1 Description

Performs the finite elements calculation on a complex concrete structure with four levels. Generates results for Torsors NZ/Group. Verifies the legend results.

The structure has 88 linear elements, 30 planar elements, 48 windwalls, etc.

1.105 Verifying nonlinear analysis results for frames with semi-rigid joints and rigid joints (TTAD #11495)

Test ID: 3795

Test status: Passed

1.105.1 Description

Verifies the nonlinear analysis results for two frames with one level. One of the frames has semi-rigid joints and the other has rigid joints.

1.106 Generating a report with torsors per level (TTAD #11421)

Test ID: 3774

Test status: Passed

1.106.1 Description

Generates a report with the torsors per level results.

1.107 Verifying tension/compression supports on nonlinear analysis (TTAD #11518)

Test ID: 4198

Test status: Passed

1.107.1 Description

Verifies the behavior of supports with several rigidities fields defined.

Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the "Displacements of linear elements by element" report.

The model consists of a vertical linear element (concrete B20, R20*30 cross section) with a rigid punctual support at the base and a T/C punctual support at the top. A value of 15000.00 kN/m is defined for the KTX and KTZ stiffeners of the T/C support. Two loads of 500.00 kN are applied.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

319

1.108 Verifying tension/compression supports on nonlinear analysis (TTAD #11518)

Test ID: 4197

Test status: Passed

1.108.1 Description

Verifies the supports behavior when the rigidity has a high value.

Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the "Displacements of linear elements by element" report.

The model consists of a vertical linear element (concrete B20, R20*30 cross section) with a rigid punctual support at the base and a T/C punctual support at the top. A large value of the KTX stiffener of the T/C support is defined. Two loads of 500.00 kN are applied.

1.109 Verifying the display of the forces results on planar supports (TTAD #11728)

Test ID: 4375

Test status: Passed

1.109.1 Description

Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the display of the forces results on a planar support. The model consists of a concrete vertical element with a planar support.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

320

1.110 Verifying results of a steel beam subjected to dynamic temporal loadings (TTAD #14586)

Test ID: 5853

Test status: Passed

1.110.1 Description

Verifies a double-end fixed steel beam subjected to harmonic concentrated loadings.

2 Hz and 3 Hz excitation frequencies are studied.

1.110.2 Background

The harmonic response of a steel beam fixed at both ends is studied. The beam contains 8 elements having the same length and identical characteristics. Harmonic concentrated loadings (a vertical load and a bending moment) are applied in the middle of the beam. Two excitation frequencies are studied: 2.0 and 3.0 Hz.

1.110.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: NE/Nastran V8;

■ Analysis type: modal analysis;

■ Element type: linear.

Units

I. S.

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Beam length: L = 16 m,

■ Square shaped cross section: b = 0.05 m,

■ Section area: A = 0.06 m2,

■ Flexion inertia moment about the y (or z) axis: I = 0.0001 m4.

Materials properties

■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,

■ Poisson coefficient: = 0.3,

■ Density: = 7850 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

■ Outer:

► Fixed support at start point (x = 0),

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

321

► Fixed s upport at end point (x = 16.00).

■ Inner: None.

Loading

■ External:

► Point load at x=8: P = Fz = -50 000 sin (2π f t) N

► Bending moment at x=8: M = My = 10000 sin (2π f t) Nm

■ Internal: None.

1.110.2.2 Harmonic response from NE/Nastran V8

Reference solution

Considering a natural frequency (modal) analysis for a double-end fixed beam, the first four natural frequencies can be determined using the following formula:

A

IE

Lf nn

2

2

2

The modal response is determined considering 14 modes.

The first four mode shapes and their frequencies are:

12 = 22.37 f1 = 2.937 Hz

22 = 61.67 f2 = 8.095 Hz

32 = 120.9 f3 = 15.871 Hz

42 = 199.8 f4 = 26.228 Hz

The vertical reference displacement is calculated in the middle of the beam at x = 8 m.

Software NE/NASTRAN 8.0

Vertical maximum displacement (f = 2 Hz) in the middle of the beam

0.155 m

Vertical maximum displacement (f = 3 Hz) in the middle of the beam

2.266 m

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

322

Response in the middle of the beam with f = 2 Hz

Response in the middle of the beam with f = 3 Hz

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: beam, imposed mesh

■ 9 nodes,

■ 8 linear elements.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

323

1.110.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Deformed – D Vertical maximum displacement in the middle of the beam (2 Hz) [m]

0.155 m

Deformed – D Vertical maximum displacement in the middle of the beam (3 Hz) [m]

2.266 m

1.110.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

D Vertical maximum displacement in the middle of the beam (2 Hz) 15.3783 cm -0.7853 %

D Vertical maximum displacement in the middle of the beam (3 Hz) 211.41 cm -6.7036 %

1.111 Verifying the main axes results on a planar element (TTAD #11725)

Test ID: 4310

Test status: Passed

1.111.1 Description

Verifies the main axes results on a planar element.

Performs the finite elements calculation for a concrete wall (20 cm thick) with a linear support. Displays the forces results on the planar element main axes.

1.112 Verifying torsors on a single story coupled walls subjected to horizontal forces

Test ID: 4804

Test status: Passed

1.112.1 Description

Verifies torsors on a single story coupled walls subjected to horizontal forces

1.113 Calculating torsors using different mesh sizes for a concrete wall subjected to a horizontal force (TTAD #13175)

Test ID: 5088

Test status: Passed

1.113.1 Description

Calculates torsors using different mesh sizes for a concrete wall subjected to a horizontal force.

1.114 Verifying the internal forces results for a simple supported steel beam

Test ID: 4533

Test status: Passed

1.114.1 Description

Performs the finite elements calculation for a horizontal element (S235 material and IPE180 cross section) with two hinge rigid supports at each end. One of the supports has translation restraints on X, Y and Z, the other support has restraints on Y and Z.

Verifies the internal forces My, Fz.

Validated according to:

Example: 3.1 - Simple beam bending without the stability loss

Publication: Steel structures members - Examples according to Eurocodes

By: F. Wald a kol.

325

1.115 Verifying forces on a linear elastic support which is defined in a user workplane (TTAD #11929)

Test ID: 4553

Test status: Passed

1.115.1 Description

Verifies forces on a linear elastic support, which is defined in a user workplane, and generates a report with forces for linear support in global and local workplane.

2 CAD, rendering and visualization

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

328

2.1 Verifying hide/show elements command (TTAD #11753)

Test ID: 3443

Test status: Passed

2.1.1 Description

Verifies the hide/show elements command for the whole structure using the right-click option.

2.2 Verifying the dimensions and position of annotations on selection when new analysis is made.(TTAD #12807)

Test ID: 6201

Test status: Passed

2.2.1 Description

Verifies the dimensions and position of annotations on selection when new analysis is made. It takes a printscreen of the loaded saved view.

2.3 Verifying the saved view of elements with annotations. (TTAD #13033)

Test ID: 6209

Test status: Passed

2.3.1 Description

Verifies the saved view of elements with annotations. It makes saved views and takes printscreens of them after switching between them.

2.4 Verifying the visualisation of supports with rotational or moving DoFs.(TTAD #13891)

Test ID: 6213

Test status: Passed

2.4.1 Description

Verifies the visualisation of supports with rotational or moving DoFs by taking a printscreen.

2.5 Verifying the annotations of a wind generated load. (TTAD #13190)

Test ID: 6210

Test status: Passed

2.5.1 Description

Verifies annotations of a wind generated load. It generates wind on the current 2 slope building( the remarks are filled) then hides all the elements, makes visible only the load with identifier 1 and takes a printscreen.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

329

2.6 System stability during section cut results verification (TTAD #11752)

Test ID: 3457

Test status: Passed

2.6.1 Description

Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the section cut results on a concrete planar element with an opening.

2.7 Generating combinations (TTAD #11721)

Test ID: 3468

Test status: Passed

2.7.1 Description

Generates combinations for three types of loads: live loads, dead loads and snow (with an altitude > 1000 m and base effect); generates the combinations description report.

2.8 Verifying the grid text position (TTAD #11704)

Test ID: 3464

Test status: Passed

2.8.1 Description

Verifies the grid text position from different views.

2.9 Verifying descriptive actors after creating analysis (TTAD #11589)

Test ID: 3579

Test status: Passed

2.9.1 Description

Generates the finite elements calculation on a complex concrete structure (C35/45 material). Verifies the descriptive actors after creating the analysis.

The structure consists of 42 linear elements, 303 planar elements, 202 supports, etc. 370 planar loads are applied: live loads, dead loads and temperature.

2.10 Verifying the coordinates system symbol (TTAD #11611)

Test ID: 3550

Test status: Passed

2.10.1 Description

Verifies the coordinates system symbol display from different views.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

330

2.11 Creating a circle (TTAD #11525)

Test ID: 3607

Test status: Passed

2.11.1 Description

Creates a circle.

2.12 Creating a camera (TTAD #11526)

Test ID: 3608

Test status: Passed

2.12.1 Description

Verifies the camera creation and visibility.

2.13 Verifying the representation of elements with HEA cross section (TTAD #11328)

Test ID: 3701

Test status: Passed

2.13.1 Description

Verifies the representation of elements with HEA340 cross section.

2.14 Verifying the snap points behavior during modeling (TTAD #11458)

Test ID: 3644

Test status: Passed

2.14.1 Description

Verifies the snap points behavior when the "Allowed deformation" function is enabled (stretch points) and when it is disabled (grip points).

2.15 Verifying the local axes of a section cut (TTAD #11681)

Test ID: 3637

Test status: Passed

2.15.1 Description

Changes the local axes of a section cut in the descriptive model and verifies if the local axes are kept in analysis model.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

331

2.16 Verifying the descriptive model display after post processing results in analysis mode (TTAD #11475)

Test ID: 3733

Test status: Passed

2.16.1 Description

Performs the finite elements calculation and displays the forces results on linear elements. Returns to the model mode to verify the descriptive model display.

2.17 Modeling using the tracking snap mode (TTAD #10979)

Test ID: 3745

Test status: Passed

2.17.1 Description

Enables the "tracking" snap mode to model structure elements.

2.18 Verifying holes in horizontal planar elements after changing the level height (TTAD #11490)

Test ID: 3740

Test status: Passed

2.18.1 Description

Verifies holes in horizontal planar elements after changing the level height.

2.19 Verifying the display of elements with compound cross sections (TTAD #11486)

Test ID: 3742

Test status: Passed

2.19.1 Description

Creates an element with compound cross section (CS1 IPE400 IPE240) and verifies the cross section display.

2.20 Moving a linear element along with the support (TTAD #12110)

Test ID: 4302

Test status: Passed

2.20.1 Description

Moves a linear element along with the element support, after selecting both elements.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

332

2.21 Turning on/off the "ghost" rendering mode (TTAD #11999)

Test ID: 4304

Test status: Passed

2.21.1 Description

Verifies the on/off function for the "ghost" rendering mode when the workplane display is disabled.

2.22 Verifying the "ghost" display after changing the display colors (TTAD #12064)

Test ID: 4349

Test status: Passed

2.22.1 Description

Verifies the "ghost" display on selected elements after changing the element display color.

2.23 Verifying the grid text position (TTAD #11657)

Test ID: 3465

Test status: Passed

2.23.1 Description

Verifies the grid text position from different views.

2.24 Verifying the "ghost display on selection" function for saved views (TTAD #12054)

Test ID: 4347

Test status: Passed

2.24.1 Description

Verifies the display of saved views which contain elements with the "ghost on selection" function enabled.

2.25 Verifying the steel connections modeling (TTAD #11698)

Test ID: 4440

Test status: Passed

2.25.1 Description

Verifies the modeling of steel connections.

2.26 Verifying the fixed load scale function (TTAD #12183).

Test ID: 4429

Test status: Passed

2.26.1 Description

Verifies the "fixed load scale" function.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

333

2.27 Verifying the saved view of elements by cross-section. (TTAD #13197)

Test ID: 6180

Test status: Passed

2.27.1 Description

Verifies the saved view of elements by cross-section. It takes a printscreen of the loaded saved view.

2.28 Verifying the annotations dimensions when new analysis is made.(TTAD #14825)

Test ID: 6199

Test status: Passed

2.28.1 Description

Verifies the annotations dimensions when new analysis is made. It takes a printscreen of the loaded saved view.

2.29 Verifying the default view.(TTAD #13248)

Test ID: 6198

Test status: Passed

2.29.1 Description

Verifies the default view to be the top view. It takes a printscreen of the loaded saved view.

2.30 Verifying the dividing of planar elements which contain openings (TTAD #12229)

Test ID: 4483

Test status: Passed

2.30.1 Description

Verifies the dividing of planar elements which contain openings.

2.31 Verifying the program behavior when trying to create lintel (TTAD #12062)

Test ID: 4507

Test status: Passed

2.31.1 Description

Verifies the program behavior when trying to create lintel on a planar element with an inappropriate opening.

2.32 Verifying the program behavior when launching the analysis on a model with overlapped loads (TTAD #11837)

Test ID: 4511

Test status: Passed

2.32.1 Description

Verifies the program behavior when launching the analysis on a model that had overlapped loads.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

334

2.33 Verifying the display of punctual loads after changing the load case number (TTAD #11958)

Test ID: 4508

Test status: Passed

2.33.1 Description

Creates a punctual load and verifies the display of the load after placing it in another load case using the load case number from the properties window.

2.34 Verifying the display of a beam with haunches (TTAD #12299)

Test ID: 4513

Test status: Passed

2.34.1 Description

Verifies the display of a beam with haunches, in the "Linear contour" rendering mode.

2.35 Creating base plate connections for non-vertical columns (TTAD #12170)

Test ID: 4534

Test status: Passed

2.35.1 Description

Creates a base plate connection on a non-vertical column.

2.36 Verifying drawing of joints in y-z plan (TTAD #12453)

Test ID: 4551

Test status: Passed

2.36.1 Description

Verifying drawing of joints in y-z plan (TTAD #12453)

2.37 Verifying rotation for steel beam with joint (TTAD #12592)

Test ID: 4560

Test status: Passed

2.37.1 Description

Verifying rotation for steel beam with joint at one end (TTAD #12592)

2.38 Verifying annotation on selection (TTAD #12700)

Test ID: 4575

Test status: Passed

2.38.1 Description

Verifying annotation on selection (TTAD #12700)

3 Climatic generator

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

336

3.1 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. (TTAD #12808)

Test ID: 4849

Test status: Passed

3.1.1 Description

Generates snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.2 EC1: wind load generation on a high building with horizontal roof using UK annex (DEV2013#4.1) (TTAD #12608)

Test ID: 5560

Test status: Passed

3.2.1 Description

Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the BS EN 1991-1-4:2005 standard.

The structure is 63m high, has 4 columns and 4 beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), rigid supports and horizontal roof.

3.3 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters (TTAD #12528)

Test ID: 4569

Test status: Passed

3.3.1 Description

Generates snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters on each slope and middle parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.4 EC1: Generating snow loads on a single slope with lateral parapets (TTAD #12606)

Test ID: 4570

Test status: Passed

3.4.1 Description

Generates snow loads on a single slope with lateral parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.5 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters (TTAD #12528)

Test ID: 4568

Test status: Passed

3.5.1 Description

Generates snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters on each slope and lateral parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

337

3.6 EC1: generating wind loads on a square based lattice structure with compound profiles and automatic calculation of "n" (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12744)

Test ID: 4580

Test status: Passed

3.6.1 Description

Generates the wind loads on a square based lattice structure with compound profiles, using automatic calculation of "n" - eigen mode frequency. The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 - French standards (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.7 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building. (TTAD #12719)

Test ID: 4847

Test status: Passed

3.7.1 Description

Generates snow loads on a model from CTCIM which contains 4 slopes with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies snow fall from higher to lower close building.

3.8 EC1: Generating snow loads on two side by side buildings with gutters (TTAD #12806)

Test ID: 4848

Test status: Passed

3.8.1 Description

Generates snow loads on two side by side buildings with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.9 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building (TTAD #12716)

Test ID: 4846

Test status: Passed

3.9.1 Description

Generates snow loads on a model from CTCIM which contains 4 slopes with gutters and lateral parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It also verifies snow fall from higher to lower close building.

3.10 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. (TTAD #12841)

Test ID: 4851

Test status: Passed

3.10.1 Description

Generates snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. The lower building is longer and has a 4 slope shed and the higher building has a 2 slope roof. The snow loads are generated according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

338

3.11 EC1: Generating wind loads on a square based structure according to UK standards (BS EN 1991-1-4:2005) (TTAD #12608)

Test ID: 4845

Test status: Passed

3.11.1 Description

Generates the wind loads on a square based structure. The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 - UK standards (BS EN 1991-1-4:2005).

3.12 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and parapets. (TTAD #12878)

Test ID: 4852

Test status: Passed

3.12.1 Description

Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and lateral parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.13 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. (TTAD #12835)

Test ID: 4850

Test status: Passed

3.13.1 Description

Generates snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. The lower building is longer. The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 - French standards (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.14 EC1: generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame with parapets (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA) (TTAD #11111)

Test ID: 4546

Test status: Passed

3.14.1 Description

Generates snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame with parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). The third slope is an extension of the roof with a different angle.

3.15 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (VT : 3.3 - Wind - Example C)

Test ID: 4523

Test status: Passed

3.15.1 Description

Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

339

3.16 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (VT : 3.1 - Wind - Example A)

Test ID: 4520

Test status: Passed

3.16.1 Description

Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.17 EC1: wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles and user defined "n" (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12276)

Test ID: 4526

Test status: Passed

3.17.1 Description

Generates wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles using user defined "n" - eigen mode frequency - (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12276).

3.18 EC1: generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with one slope roof (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (VT : 3.2 - Wind - Example B)

Test ID: 4521

Test status: Passed

3.18.1 Description

Generates wind loads on a 3D portal frame with one slope roof, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.19 EC1: generating wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles and automatic calculation of "n" (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12276)

Test ID: 4525

Test status: Passed

3.19.1 Description

Generates the wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles, using automatic calculation of "n" - eigen mode frequency (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA). The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 - French standards.

3.20 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA) (VT : 3.4 - Snow - Example A)

Test ID: 4518

Test status: Passed

3.20.1 Description

Generates snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

340

3.21 EC1: Verifying the wind loads generated on a building with protruding roof (TTAD #12071, #12278)

Test ID: 4510

Test status: Passed

3.21.1 Description

Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with protruding roof, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard. Verifies the wind loads from both directions and generates the "Description of climatic loads" report.

The structure has concrete columns and beams (R2*3 cross section and B20 material) and rigid supports.

3.22 EC1: Verifying the geometry of wind loads on an irregular shed. (TTAD #12233)

Test ID: 4478

Test status: Passed

3.22.1 Description

Verifies the geometry of wind loads on an irregular shed. The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 - French standard.

3.23 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets. (TTAD #14578)

Test ID: 6193

Test status: Passed

3.23.1 Description

Generates snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets on Y+/- sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.24 EC1: Generating 2D snow loads on a 2 slope portal with one lateral parapet. (TTAD #14530)

Test ID: 6195

Test status: Passed

3.24.1 Description

Generates 2D snow loads on a 2 slope portal with one lateral parapet, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.25 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope building. (TTAD #13663)

Test ID: 6196

Test status: Passed

3.25.1 Description

Generates wind loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

341

3.26 EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope portal. (TTAD #14531)

Test ID: 6194

Test status: Passed

3.26.1 Description

Generates 2D wind loads on a 2 slope portal, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.27 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets. (TTAD #14179)

Test ID: 6184

Test status: Passed

3.27.1 Description

Generates wind loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.28 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with different height (TTAD 13158)

Test ID: 6188

Test status: Passed

3.28.1 Description

Generates snow loads on on 2 side by side single roof compounds, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). One compound is higher than the other and the slopes have opposite sign. The model is reversed in comparison with the one from 6187 and has only the exceptional snow fall is checked.

3.29 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with different height (TTAD 13159)

Test ID: 6187

Test status: Passed

3.29.1 Description

Generates snow loads on on 2 side by side single roof compounds, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). One compound is higher than the other and the slopes have opposite sign. Exceptional snow falls and accumulations are checked.

3.30 EC1: snow load generation on double compound with gutters and parapets on all sides.(TTAD #13717)

Test ID: 6186

Test status: Passed

3.30.1 Description

Generates snow loads on a metal based double compound with gutters and parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 France. One compound is a double-roof volume and the second is a single-roof volume with the same slope as the one it is next to.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

342

3.31 EC1: snow load generation on building with 2 slopes > 60 degrees according to Czech national annex. (TTAD #14235)

Test ID: 6185

Test status: Passed

3.31.1 Description

Generates snow load on building with 2 slopes > 60 degrees, according to the Eurocodes 1 - Czech standard.

3.32 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds (TTAD #13286)

Test ID: 6177

Test status: Passed

3.32.1 Description

Generates snow loads on on 2 side by side single roof compounds, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies the normal and accidental snow loads on Y+/- wind directions.

3.33 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with parapets. (TTAD #13669)

Test ID: 6168

Test status: Passed

3.33.1 Description

Generates wind loads on a 2 slope building with lateral parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.34 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with increased height. (TTAD #13759)

Test ID: 6172

Test status: Passed

3.34.1 Description

Generates wind loads on a 2 slope building with increased height to 26m, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.35 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with custom pressure values. (TTAD #14004)

Test ID: 6176

Test status: Passed

3.35.1 Description

Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies the accidental accumulation from exceptional drifted snow when other region is selected.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

343

3.36 EC1: wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto according to Romanian national annex. (TTAD #13930w)

Test ID: 6182

Test status: Passed

3.36.1 Description

Generates wind loads on a 3 compound building according to the Eurocodes 1 Romanian standard (CR 1-1-4/2012) using auto CsCd values and CsCd min to 0.7. 2 compounds are double sloped and one is single sloped.

3.37 EC1: snow load generation on a 3 compound building according to Romanian national annex. (TTAD #13930s)

Test ID: 6183

Test status: Passed

3.37.1 Description

Generates snow load generation on a 3 compound building according to the Eurocodes 1 Romanian standard (CR 1-1-3/2012). 2 compounds are double sloped and one is single sloped. It also verifies parapet and valley accumulations.

3.38 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and lateral parapets. (TTAD #14005)

Test ID: 6181

Test status: Passed

3.38.1 Description

Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and lateral parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.39 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with parapets. (TTAD #13671)

Test ID: 6167

Test status: Passed

3.39.1 Description

Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building with lateral parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.40 EC1: snow load generation on compound with a double-roof volume close to a single-roof volume (TTAD #13559)

Test ID: 6166

Test status: Passed

3.40.1 Description

Generates snow loads on a metal based compound with a double-roof volume close to a single-roof volume according to the Eurocodes 1 France.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

344

3.41 EC1: wind load generation on multibay canopies (TTAD #11668)

Test ID: 6164

Test status: Passed

3.41.1 Description

Generates wind loads on multibay canopies, according to the Eurocodes 1 France.

3.42 EC1: wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto (TTAD #12823)

Test ID: 6165

Test status: Passed

3.42.1 Description

Generates wind loads on a 3 slope building according to the Eurocodes 1 France standard using auto CsCd values and CsCd min to 0.7.

3.43 EC1: generating wind loads on a 35m high structure according to Eurocodes 1 - French standard with CsCd min set to 0.7 and Delta to 0.15. (TTAD #11196)

Test ID: 6170

Test status: Passed

3.43.1 Description

Generates wind loads on the roof a 35m high structure, according to Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) with CsCd min set to 0.7 and Delta to 0.15.

The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

3.44 EC1: generating wind loads on a canopy according to Eurocodes 1 - French standard. (TTAD #13855)

Test ID: 6171

Test status: Passed

3.44.1 Description

Generates wind loads on a canopy, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) only for selected wind directions.

3.45 EC1: Generating wind loads on a single-roof volume compound with parapets. (TTAD #13672)

Test ID: 6169

Test status: Passed

3.45.1 Description

Generates wind loads on a single-roof volume compound with lateral parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

345

3.46 EC1: Generating snow loads on a shed with parapets. (TTAD #12494)

Test ID: 6175

Test status: Passed

3.46.1 Description

Generates snow loads on a model which contains 4 slopes with lateral parapets on X+/- direction, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies also the valley accumulation.

3.47 EC1: Generating snow loads on a shed with gutters building. (TTAD #13856)

Test ID: 6174

Test status: Passed

3.47.1 Description

Generates snow loads on a model from CTCIM which contains 4 slopes with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies also the valley accumulation.

3.48 EC1: generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame.(TTAD #13169)

Test ID: 6178

Test status: Passed

3.48.1 Description

Generates snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.49 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with parapets (TTAD #13992)

Test ID: 6179

Test status: Passed

3.49.1 Description

Generates snow loads on on 2 side by side single roof compounds with parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). One compound is much higher than the other and has the slope < 15 degrees causing the drifted snow to dissipate.

3.50 EC1: generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof with double slope (DEV2013#4.3)

Test ID: 5594

Test status: Passed

3.50.1 Description

Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard. The obstruction is different for each direction: X+ 1; X- 0.9; Y+ 0.8 and Y- 0.

The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and an isolated roof with double slope.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

346

3.51 EC1: wind load generation on a high building with double slope roof using different parameters defined per directions (DEV2013#4.2)

Test ID: 5561

Test status: Passed

3.51.1 Description

Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 FR standard using different parameters defined per directions.

The structure is 22m high, has 4 columns and 7 beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), rigid supports and a double slope roof.

3.52 EC1: generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an multibay canopy roof (DEV2013#4.3)

Test ID: 5595

Test status: Passed

3.52.1 Description

Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.

The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and a multibay canopy roof.

3.53 EC1: generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof with one slope (DEV2013#4.3)

Test ID: 5593

Test status: Passed

3.53.1 Description

Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard. The obstruction is different for each direction: X+ 1; X- 0; Y+ 0.8 and Y- 1.

The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and an isolated roof with one slope.

3.54 EC1: wind load generation on a high building with a horizontal roof using different CsCd values for each direction (DEV2013#4.4)

Test ID: 5596

Test status: Passed

3.54.1 Description

Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 France standard using different CsCd values for each direction : X+ auto; X- imposed to 0.9; Y+ auto and Y- no.

The structure is 35m high, has 4 columns and 4 beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), rigid supports and a horizontal roof.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

347

3.55 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame using the Romanian national annex (TTAD #11687)

Test ID: 4055

Test status: Passed

3.55.1 Description

Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 Romanian standards.

The structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports.

3.56 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame using the Romanian national annex (TTAD #11569)

Test ID: 4087

Test status: Passed

3.56.1 Description

Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 Romanian standards.

The structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports, with rectangular cross section (R20*30).

3.57 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11531)

Test ID: 4090

Test status: Passed

3.57.1 Description

Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 French standards - Martinique wind speed.

The structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports, with rectangular cross section (R20*30).

3.58 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame using the Romanian national annex (TTAD #11570)

Test ID: 4086

Test status: Passed

3.58.1 Description

Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 Romanian standards.

The structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports, with rectangular cross section (R20*30).

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

348

3.59 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11699)

Test ID: 4085

Test status: Passed

3.59.1 Description

Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame according to Eurocodes 1 French standards, using the "Case 1" formula for calculating the turbulence factor.

The structure consists of steel elements with hinge rigid supports.

3.60 Generating the description of climatic loads report according to EC1 Romanian standards (TTAD #11688)

Test ID: 4104

Test status: Passed

3.60.1 Description

Generates the "Description of climatic loads" report according to EC1 Romanian standards.

The model consists of a steel portal frame with rigid fixed supports. Haunches are defined at both ends of the beams. Dead loads and SR EN 1991-1-4/NB wind loads are generated.

3.61 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with roof thickness greater than the parapet height (TTAD #11943)

Test ID: 3706

Test status: Passed

3.61.1 Description

Generates snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with roof thickness greater than the parapet height, according to Eurocodes 1 French standard.

The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

3.62 EC1: verifying the snow loads generated on a monopitch frame (TTAD #11302)

Test ID: 3713

Test status: Passed

3.62.1 Description

Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a monopitch frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.

The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and B20 material) with rigid fixed supports.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

349

3.63 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with 2 fully opened windwalls (TTAD #11937)

Test ID: 3705

Test status: Passed

3.63.1 Description

Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with 2 fully opened windwalls, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standards.

The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with rigid fixed supports.

3.64 EC1: generating snow loads on two close roofs with different heights according to Czech standards (CSN EN 1991-1-3) (DEV2012 #3.18)

Test ID: 3623

Test status: Passed

3.64.1 Description

Generates snow loads on two close roofs with different heights, according to Eurocodes 1 Czech standards.

The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

3.65 EC1: generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal frame according to Czech standards (CSN EN 1991-1-4) (DEV2012 #3.18)

Test ID: 3621

Test status: Passed

3.65.1 Description

Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a double slope 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 Czech standard (CSN EN 1991-1-4).

The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material).

3.66 EC1: generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with a roof which has a small span (< 5m) and a parapet (TTAD #11735)

Test ID: 3606

Test status: Passed

3.66.1 Description

Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 3D portal frame with a roof which has a small span (< 5m) and a parapet, according to Eurocodes 1.

The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

350

3.67 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with gutter (TTAD #11113)

Test ID: 3603

Test status: Passed

3.67.1 Description

Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with gutter, according to Eurocodes 1. The structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports.

3.68 EC1: generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and gutter (TTAD #11113)

Test ID: 3604

Test status: Passed

3.68.1 Description

Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and gutter, according to Eurocodes 1.

The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

3.69 EC1: generating snow loads on duopitch multispan roofs according to German standards (DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA) (DEV2012 #3.13)

Test ID: 3613

Test status: Passed

3.69.1 Description

Generates snow loads on the windwalls of duopitch multispan roofs structure, according to Eurocodes 1 German standards.

The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

3.70 EC1: generating wind loads on a 55m high structure according to German standards (DIN EN 1991-1-4/NA) (DEV2012 #3.12)

Test ID: 3618

Test status: Passed

3.70.1 Description

Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a 55m high structure, according to Eurocodes 1 German standards.

The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

351

3.71 EC1: generating snow loads on two side by side roofs with different heights, according to German standards (DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA) (DEV2012 #3.13)

Test ID: 3615

Test status: Passed

3.71.1 Description

Generates snow loads on two side by side roofs with different heights, according to Eurocodes 1 German standards.

The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

3.72 EC1: snow on a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and parapet with height reduction (TTAD #11191)

Test ID: 3605

Test status: Passed

3.72.1 Description

Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and 2 parapets, according to Eurocodes 1. The height of one parapet is reduced.

The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

3.73 EC1: generating snow loads on monopitch multispan roofs according to German standards (DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA) (DEV2012 #3.13)

Test ID: 3614

Test status: Passed

3.73.1 Description

Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a monopitch multispan roofs structure, according to Eurocodes 1 German standards.

The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

3.74 EC1: generating wind loads on an isolated roof with two slopes (TTAD #11695)

Test ID: 3529

Test status: Passed

3.74.1 Description

Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.

The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and an isolated roof with two slopes.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

352

3.75 EC1: generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal frame with a fully opened face (DEV2012 #1.6)

Test ID: 3535

Test status: Passed

3.75.1 Description

Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.

The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), a double slope roof and a fully opened face.

3.76 EC1: generating wind loads on duopitch multispan roofs with pitch < 5 degrees (TTAD #11852)

Test ID: 3530

Test status: Passed

3.76.1 Description

Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a steel structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.

The structure has steel columns and beams (I cross section and S275 material), rigid hinge supports and multispan roofs with pitch < 5 degrees.

3.77 EC1 NF: generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with 2 slopes roof (TTAD #11932)

Test ID: 3004

Test status: Passed

3.77.1 Description

Generates the wind loads on a concrete structure according to the French Eurocodes 1 standard.

The structure has a roof with two slopes, concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material). The columns have rigid supports.

3.78 EC1: wind load generation on simple 3D portal frame with 4 slopes roof (TTAD #11604)

Test ID: 3104

Test status: Passed

3.78.1 Description

Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with 4 slopes roof, according to the Eurocodes 1 standard.

The structure has 6 concrete columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with rigid supports and C20/25 concrete walls.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

353

3.79 EC1: Generating 2D wind and snow loads on a 2 opposite slopes portal with Z down axis. (TTAD #15094)

Test ID: 6206

Test status: Passed

3.79.1 Description

Generates 2D wind and snow loads on a 2 opposite slopes portal, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA / 1991-1-3/NA), with Z down axis.

3.80 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 3 compound building. (TTAD #13190)

Test ID: 6211

Test status: Passed

3.80.1 Description

Generates wind loads on a 3 compound building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.81 EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a double slope roof with an opening. (TTAD #15328)

Test ID: 6216

Test status: Passed

3.81.1 Description

Generates 2D wind loads on a double slope roof with an opening, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.82 EC1: Generating wind loads on a double slope with 5 degrees. (TTAD #15307)

Test ID: 6217

Test status: Passed

3.82.1 Description

Generates wind loads on a double slope with 5 degrees, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.83 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 horizontal slopes building one higher that the other. (TTAD #13320)

Test ID: 6212

Test status: Passed

3.83.1 Description

Generates wind loads on a 2 horizontal slopes building one higher that the other, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

354

3.84 EC1: Generating snow loads on a custom multiple slope building. (TTAD #14285)

Test ID: 6197

Test status: Passed

3.84.1 Description

Generates wind loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.85 EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope isolated roof. (TTAD #14985)

Test ID: 6204

Test status: Passed

3.85.1 Description

Generates 2D wind loads on a 2 slope isolated roof, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA). The depth for one slope is set to 20m and for the other to 40m.

3.86 EC1: Generating 2D wind and snow loads on a 4 slope shed next to a higher one slope compound. (TTAD #15047)

Test ID: 6205

Test status: Passed

3.86.1 Description

Generates 2D wind and snow loads on a 4 slope shed next to a higher one slope compound, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA / 1991-1-3/NA).

3.87 EC1: Generating 2D snow loads on a one horizontal slope portal. (TTAD #14975)

Test ID: 6203

Test status: Passed

3.87.1 Description

Verifies the generation of 2D snow loads on a one horizontal slope portal.

3.88 EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a multiple roof portal. (TTAD #15140)

Test ID: 6208

Test status: Passed

3.88.1 Description

Generates 2D wind loads on a one slope compound next to a higher double slope compound, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.89 EC1: wind load generation on a signboard

Test ID: 3107

Test status: Passed

3.89.1 Description

Generates wind loads on the windwall of a concrete signboard, according to the Eurocodes 1 standard.

The signboard has concrete elements (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and rigid supports.

3.90 EC1: wind load generation on a building with multispan roofs

Test ID: 3106

Test status: Passed

3.90.1 Description

Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with multispan roofs, according to the Eurocodes 1 standard.

The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and rigid supports.

3.91 EC1: wind load generation on a high building with horizontal roof

Test ID: 3101

Test status: Passed

3.91.1 Description

Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 standard.

The structure is 63m high, has 4 columns and 4 beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), rigid supports and horizontal roof.

3.92 EC1: wind load generation on a simple 3D portal frame with 2 slopes roof (TTAD #11602)

Test ID: 3103

Test status: Passed

3.92.1 Description

Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with 2 slopes roof, according to the Eurocodes 1 standard.

The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and rigid supports.

3.93 EC1: wind load generation on a simple 3D structure with horizontal roof

Test ID: 3099

Test status: Passed

3.93.1 Description

Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 standard.

The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and horizontal roof.

4 Combinations

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

358

4.1 Generating combinations (TTAD #11673)

Test ID: 3471

Test status: Passed

4.1.1 Description

Generates concomitance between three types of loads applied on a structure (live loads, dead loads and seismic loads - EN 1998-1), using the quadratic combination function. Generates the combinations description report and the point support actions by element report.

4.2 Generating load combinations with unfavorable and favorable/unfavorable predominant action (TTAD #11357)

Test ID: 3751

Test status: Passed

4.2.1 Description

Generates load combinations with unfavorable and favorable/unfavorable predominant action. Predominant action is a case family with 2 static load cases.

4.3 Defining concomitance rules for two case families (TTAD #11355)

Test ID: 3749

Test status: Passed

4.3.1 Description

Generates live loads and dead loads on a steel structure. Defines the concomitance rules between the two load case families and generates the concomitance matrix.

4.4 Generating combinations for NEWEC8.cbn (TTAD #11431)

Test ID: 3746

Test status: Passed

4.4.1 Description

Generates combinations for NEWEC8.cbn.

4.5 Generating the concomitance matrix after adding a new dead load case (TTAD #11361)

Test ID: 3766

Test status: Passed

4.5.1 Description

Creates a new dead load case, after two case families were created, and generates the concomitance matrix. A report with the combinations description is generated.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

359

4.6 Generating load combinations after changing the load case number (TTAD #11359)

Test ID: 3756

Test status: Passed

4.6.1 Description

Generates load combinations with concomitance matrix after changing the load case number. A report with the combinations description is generated.

4.7 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.7 (DEV2012 #1.7)

Test ID: 4405

Test status: Passed

4.7.1 Description

Creates loads:

1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)

2 - Q (Base or Acco)

3 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)

4 - Q (Acco)

5 - Acc (Base)

Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

4.8 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.8 (DEV2012 #1.7)

Test ID: 4407

Test status: Passed

4.8.1 Description

Generates loads:

1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)

2 - Q Group(Base or Acco)

2 - Q

3 - Q

4 - Q

5 - Q (Base or Acco)

6 - Snow (Base or Acco)

Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

Un-group 2-Q Group to independent 2-Q, 3-Q, 4-Q loads.

Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

360

4.9 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.2 (DEV2012 #1.7)

Test ID: 4384

Test status: Passed

4.9.1 Description

Generates loads:

1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)

2 - Q (Base or Acco)

3 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)

3 - Q (Base)

Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

4.10 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.1 (DEV2010#1.7)

Test ID: 4382

Test status: Passed

4.10.1 Description

Generates loads:

1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)

2 - Q (Base or Acco)

3 - Q (Acco)

Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

4.11 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no. 5 (DEV2012 #1.7)

Test ID: 4394

Test status: Passed

4.11.1 Description

Generates loads:

1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)

2 - Q (Base or Acco)

3 - E (Base) - only one seismic load !

4 - Q (Base or Acco)

Set value "0" (exclusive) between seismic and all Q loads (seism only combination).

Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

361

4.12 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.6 (DEV2012 #1.7)

Test ID: 4397

Test status: Passed

4.12.1 Description

Generates loads:

1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)

2 - Q (Base or Acco)

3 - E (Base) - only one seismic load

Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

4.13 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.4 (DEV2012 #1.7)

Test ID: 4391

Test status: Passed

4.13.1 Description

Generates loads:

1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)

2 - Q (Base)

3 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)

4 - Q (Base)

Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

4.14 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.9 (DEV2012 #1.7)

Test ID: 4408

Test status: Passed

4.14.1 Description

Generates loads:

1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)

2 - Q (Base or Acco)

3 - E Group (Base)

3 - EX

4 - EY

5 - EZ

Un-group 3 - E Group to independent loads : 3 - EX 4 - EY 5 - EZ

Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

362

4.15 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.10 (DEV2012 #1.7)

Test ID: 4409

Test status: Passed

4.15.1 Description

Generates loads:

1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)

2 - Q (Base or Acco)

3 - E Group (Base)

3 - EX

4 - EY

5 - EZ

Defines the seismic group type as "Quadratic".

Generates the corresponding combinations and the combinations report.

Resets the combination set. Defines the seismic group type as "Newmark".

Generates the corresponding combinations and the combinations report.

4.16 Generating a set of combinations with different Q "Base" types (TTAD #11806)

Test ID: 4357

Test status: Passed

4.16.1 Description

Generates a set of combinations with different Q "Base" types

1 - G

2 - Q - Base

3 - G

4 - Q -Base or acco

Generates the first set of combinations and the first combinations report.

1 - G

2 - Q - Base

3 - G

4 - Q -Base

Generates the second set of combinations and the second combinations report.

363

4.17 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.3 (DEV2012 #1.7)

Test ID: 4386

Test status: Passed

4.17.1 Description

Generates loads:

1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)

2 - Q (Base or Acco)

3 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)

4 - Q (Base or Acco)

Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

4.18 Generating a set of combinations with Q group of loads (TTAD #11960)

Test ID: 4353

Test status: Passed

4.18.1 Description

Generates a set of combinations with Q group of loads.

4.19 Generating the concomitance matrix after switching back the effect for live load (TTAD #11806)

Test ID: 4219

Test status: Passed

4.19.1 Description

Generates the concomitance matrix and the combinations description reports after switching back the effect for live load.

4.20 Generating a set of combinations with seismic group of loads (TTAD #11889)

Test ID: 4350

Test status: Passed

4.20.1 Description

Generates a set of combinations with seismic group of loads.

4.21 Verifying combinations for CZ localization (TTAD #12542)

Test ID: 4550

Test status: Passed

4.21.1 Description

Verifies simplified combinations for CZ localization.

5 Concrete Design

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

366

5.1 EC2: Verifying the transverse reinforcement area for a beam subjected to linear loads

Test ID: 4555

Test status: Passed

5.1.1 Description

Verifies the transverse reinforcement area for a beam subjected to linear loads. The verification is made according to EC2 norm with French Annex.

5.2 EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - bilinear stress-strain diagram

Test ID: 4541

Test status: Passed

5.2.1 Description

Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a simply supported beam under a linear load - bilinear stress-strain diagram.

Verification is done according to Eurocodes 2 norm with French Annex.

5.3 Modifying the "Design experts" properties for concrete linear elements (TTAD #12498)

Test ID: 4542

Test status: Passed

5.3.1 Description

Defines the "Design experts" properties for a concrete (EC2) linear element in analysis model and verifies properties from descriptive model.

5.4 EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - horizontal level behavior law

Test ID: 4557

Test status: Passed

5.4.1 Description

Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under self-weight and linear loads - horizontal level behavior law. The verification is made according to EC2 norm with French Annex.

5.5 EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - inclined stress strain behavior law

Test ID: 4522

Test status: Passed

5.5.1 Description

Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - inclined stress strain behavior law.

Verification is done according to Eurocodes 2 norm with French Annex.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

367

5.6 EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area for a beam subjected to point loads

Test ID: 4527

Test status: Passed

5.6.1 Description

Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area for a beam subjected to point loads (applied at the middle of the beam).

The verification is performed according to EC2 norm with French Annex.

5.7 EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load

Test ID: 4519

Test status: Passed

5.7.1 Description

Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load (horizontal level behavior law).

Verification is done with Eurocodes 2 norm French Annex.

5.8 EC2: Verifying the minimum reinforcement area for a simply supported beam

Test ID: 4517

Test status: Passed

5.8.1 Description

Verifies the minimum reinforcement area for a simply supported concrete beam subjected to self weight. The verification is made with Eurocodes 2 - French annex.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

368

5.9 EC2 Test 2: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram

Test ID: 4970

Test status: Passed

5.9.1 Description

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.9.2 Background

Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.9.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 15 kN/m + dead load,

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 20kN/m,

■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

■ Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

Simply supported beam

Units

Metric System

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

369

Geometry

Beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.60 m,

■ Width: b = 0.25 m,

■ Length: L = 5.80 m,

■ Section area: A = 0.15 m2 ,

■ Concrete cover: c=4.5cm

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.519m; d’=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

■ Exposure class XD1

■ Concrete density: 25kN/m3

■ Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram

■ Cracking calculation required

■ Concrete C25/30: MPa,,

ff

c

ckcd 6716

51

25

γ

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

■ MPa.*.f*.f //ckctm 56225300300 3232

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

■ Steel S500 : MPa,,

ff

s

ykyd 78434

151

500

γ

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

■ MPa*f

*E..

ckcm 31476

10

82522000

10

822000

3030

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

370

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Permanent loads:

G’=0.25*0.6*2.5=3.75kN/ml

■ Load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(15+3.75)+1.5*20=55.31kN/ml

Characteristic combination of actions:

CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=15+3.75+20=38.75kN/ml

Quasi-permanent combination of actions:

CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=15+3.75+0.3*20=24.75kN/ml

■ Load calculations:

mkNMEd .59,2328

²80,5*31,55

mkNMEcq .94,1628

²80,5*75,38

mkNMEqp .07,1048

²80,5*75,24

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

371

5.9.2.2 Reference results in calculating the equivalent coefficient

To determine the equivalence coefficient, we must first estimate the creep coefficient, related to elastic deformation at 28 days and 50% humidity:

)t(*)f(*)t,( cmRH 00 ββ

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.2

9252825

816816β .

.

f

.)f(

cmcm

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.4

48802810

1

10

2002000

0 ..t.

)t(..

at t0=28 days

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.5

The value of the φRH coefficient depends of the concrete quality:

213

0

αα10

1001

1 **h*.

RH

RH

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.3a

1αα 21 if MPafCM 35

If not:

70

135

α.

cmf

and

20

235

α.

cmf

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.8c

In this case: 1αα338 21 MpaMpaff ckcm

8914717610

100

501

1471766002502

6002502230 .

.*.mm.

)(*

**

u

Ac*h RH

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.6

70248809252891ββ 00 ..*.*.)t(*)f(*)t,( cmRH

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Ecar

Eqp

cm

se

M

M*)t,(

EE

01

α

Defined earlier:

m.kN,²,*,

MEcar 941628

8057538

m.kN,²,*,

MEqp 071048

8057524

This gives:

32.17

94.162

07.104*70.21

31476200000

e

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

372

5.9.2.3 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit

Due to exposure class XD1, we will verify the section having non-compressed steel reinforcement, determining the reduced moment limit, using the formula defined by Jeans Roux in his book “Practice of EC2”:

This value can be determined by the next formula if MPafck 50 valid for a constitutive law to horizontal plateau:

)*..(f*)*..(

f*)(K

ck

ckeluc γ207690159γ701694

αμ

24 αα10α eee *c*ba*K

The values of the coefficients "a", "b" and "c" are defined in the following table:

Diagram for inclined tier Diagram for horizontal plateau

a 8,189*3,75 ckf 108*2,71 ckf

b 5,874*6,5 ckf 4,847*2,5 ckf

c 13*04,0 ckf 5,12*03,0 ckf

This gives us:

■ 188810825*2,71 a

■ 4.7174,84725*2,5 b

■ 75.115,1225*03,0 c

■ 079.1²27.17*75.1127.17*4.717188810 4 eK

Then:

■ 43,194,162

58,232

■ 2504.0)*20.7690.159(*)*70.169.4(

).(

ck

ckeluc f

fK

Reference reinforcement calculation at SLU:

The calculation of the reinforcement is detailed below:

■ Effective height: d=0.9*h=0.53m

■ Calculation of reduced moment:

207,067,16*²519,0*25,0

233,0

*²*

cdw

Edcu fdb

M

■ Calculation of the lever arm zc:

mdz uc 458,0)294,0*4,01(*519,0)*4,01(*

■ Calculation of the reinforcement area:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

373

Reference reinforcement calculation at SLS:

We will also conduct a SLS design to ensure that we do not get an upper section of longitudinal reinforcement.

We must determine the position of the neutral axis by calculating (position corresponding to the state of maximum

stress on the concrete and reinforcement).

■ 3940400153217

153217

σσα

σαα1 ,

*.

*.

*

*

sce

ce

rbcqser MkNmM 163, there in no compressed steel reinforcement. This confirms what we previously

found by determining the critical moment limit depending on the coefficient of equivalence and .

Then we calculate the reinforcement resulted from the SLS efforts (assuming the maximum constrain is reached on steel and concrete):

■ Neutral axes position : 394,01

■ Lever arm : mdzc 451.03

394.01*519.0

31* 1

■ Reinforcement section : ²03.9400*451.0

163.0

*,1 cmz

MA

sc

Ecqsers

This shows that the tensile reinforcement obtained in SLS are not dimensioning compared to SLU.

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area

The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

d*b*.

d*b*f

f*.

MaxA

w

wyk

eff,ct

min,s

00130

260

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2

Where:

MPa.ff ctmeff,ct 562 from cracking conditions

Therefore:

²cm.

²m*..*.*.

²m*..*.*.

*.maxA min,s 731

10701519025000130

107315190250500

562260

4

4

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 7 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

374

ULS and SLS load combinations(kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 232.59kNm)

SLS (reference value: 162.94kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: 11.68cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: 1.73cm2)

5.9.2.4 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

My,ULS My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 232.59 kNm

My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 162.94 kNm

Az Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 11.68 cm2

Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm2] 1.73 cm2

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

375

5.9.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

My My USL -232.578 kN*m -0.0001 %

My My SLS -162.936 kN*m 0.0001 %

Az Az -11.6779 cm² 0.0004 %

Amin Amin -1.73058 cm² -0.0001 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

376

5.10 EC2 Test 4 I: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot A efforts – Inclined stress-strain diagram

Test ID: 4977

Test status: Passed

5.10.1 Description

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for Pivot A efforts. For these tests, the constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied.

The objective is to verify:

- The stresses results

- The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class A reinforcement steel ductility

- The minimum reinforcement percentage

5.10.2 Background

This test performs the verification of the value (hence the position of the neutral axis) to determine the Pivot efforts (A or B) to be considered for the calculations.

The distinction between the Pivot A and Pivot B efforts is from the following diagram:

ddd

x

cuud

cuu

cuud

cuu .. x 2

2

2

2

The limit for depends of the ductility class:

■ For a Class A steel: 13460α5022ε .. uud

■ For a Class B steel: 0720α45ε .uud

■ For a Class C steel: 0490α5067ε .. uud

The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for Pivot A efforts. For these tests, it will be used the constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram.

MPaAS susu 454.38,95271,432500

MPaBS susu 466.27,72771,432500

MPaCS susu 493.52,89571,432500

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

377

The Pivot efforts types are described below:

■ Pivot A: Simple traction and simple bending or combined

■ Pivot B: Simple or combined bending

■ Pivot C: Combined bending with compression and simple compression

5.10.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 25 kN/m+ dead load,

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 50kN/m,

■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

■ There will be considered a Class A reinforcement steel

■ The calculation will be made considering inclined stress-strain diagram

The objective is to verify:

■ The stresses results

■ The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class A reinforcement steel ductility

■ The minimum reinforcement percentage

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

378

Simply supported beam

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.90 m,

■ Width: b = 0.50 m,

■ Length: L = 5.80 m,

■ Section area: A = 0.45 m2 ,

■ Concrete cover: c = 4.00 cm

■ Effective height: d = h - (0.6 * h + ebz)=0.806 m; d’ = ebz = 0.040 m

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

■ Exposure class XC1

■ Concrete density: 25kN/m3

■ There will be considered a Class A reinforcement steel ductility

■ The calculation will be made considering inclined stress-strain diagram

■ Cracking calculation required

■ Concrete C25/30: MPa,,

ff

c

ckcd 6716

51

25

γ

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

■ MPa.*.f*.f //ckctm 56225300300 3232

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

■ Steel S500 : MPa,,

ff

s

ykyd 78434

151

500

γ

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 5.8) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

379

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Dead load:

G’=0.9*0.5*2.5=11.25 kN/ml

Load combinations:

■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(25+11.25)+1.5*50=123.94 kN/ml

■ Characteristic combination of actions:

CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=25+11.25+50=86.25kN/ml

■ Load calculations:

kNmMEd 16.5218

²80.5*94.123

kNmMEcq 68.3628

²80.5*25.86

5.10.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit

For a S500B reinforcement steel, we have 372.0lu (since we consider no limit on the compression concrete to

SLS).

Reference reinforcement calculation:

The calculation of the reinforcement is detailed below:

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.806 m

■ Calculation of reduced moment:

096,067,16*²806.0*50,0

10*52116.0

*²* 2

3

MPamm

Nm

fdb

M

cdw

Edcu

■ The α value:

■ The condition: 13460αα .ucu is satisfied, therefore the Pivot A effort conditions are true

There will be a design in simple bending, by considering an extension on the reinforced steel tension equal to

5022ε .ud

, which gives the following available stress:

■ MPa.,,AS su 454022503895271432σ500

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

380

The calculation of the concrete shortening:

27.3

127.01

127.0*50.22

1*

cu

cusucu

It is therefore quite correct to consider a design stress of concrete equal to cdf .

mdz cuc 765.0)127.0*4.01(*806.0)*4,01(*

²00.15454*765.0

52116.0

*cm

fz

MA

ydc

Edu

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area

The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

db

dbf

f

MaxA

w

wyk

effct

s

**0013.0

***26.0 ,

min,

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2

Where:

MPaff ctmeffct 56.2, from cracking conditions

Therefore:

²38.5²10*24.5806.0*50.0*0013.0

²10*38.5806.0*50.0*500

56.2*26.0

max4

4

min, cmm

mAs

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 7 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

381

ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 521.16kNm)

SLS (reference value: 362.68kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)

For Class A reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=15.00cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: 5.38cm2)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

382

5.10.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

My,ULS My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 521.16 kNm

My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 362.68 kNm

Az Theoretical reinforcement area (Class A) [cm2] 15.00 cm2

Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm2] 5.38 cm2

5.10.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

My My USL -521.125 kN*m 0.0000 %

My My SLS -362.657 kN*m -0.0001 %

Az Az Class A -14.9973 cm² -0.0001 %

Az Az Class B -14.9973 cm² 0.7491 %

Amin Amin -5.37514 cm² 0.0000 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

383

5.11 EC2 Test 6: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram

Test ID: 4979

Test status: Passed

5.11.1 Description

The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for the My resulted stresses for the USL load combination and for the results of the theoretical reinforcement area Az.

5.11.2 Background

This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

5.11.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 45 kN/m

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 37.4kN/m,

■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

■ ■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B

■ The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram

The objective is to verify:

■ The theoretical reinforcement area results

Simply supported beam

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

384

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Beam cross section characteristics:

■ Beam length: 8m

■ Concrete cover: c=3.50 cm

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.435 m; d’=ebz=0.035m

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

■ Exposure class XC1

■ Concrete density: 25kN/m3

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B

■ The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram

■ Concrete C25/30: MPaf

fc

ckcd 67.10

5,1

25

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

■ MPaff ckctm 56.225*30.0*30.0 3/23/2

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

■ Steel S500B : MPaf

fs

ykyd 78.434

15,1

500

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

385

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*45+1.5*37.4=116.85kN/ml

Characteristic combination of actions:

CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=45+34.7=79.7kN/ml

■ Load calculations:

kNmMEd 8.9348

²8*85.116

5.11.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam moment

At first it will be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section only:

kNmfh

dhbM cdf

feffbtu 967.16*2

15.0435.0*15.0*00.1*

2**

Comparing Mbtu with MEd:

Therefore, the concrete section is not entirely compressed;

Therefore, the calculations considering the T section are required.

5.11.2.3 Reference reinforcement calculation:

Theoretical section 2:

The moment corresponding to this section is:

kNm

hdfhbbM f

cdfweffEd

720

2

15.0435.0*67.16*15.0*)20.01(

2***)(2

According to this value, the steel section is:

²00.468.347*

2

15.0435.0

720.0

*2

22 cm

fh

d

MA

ydf

Ed

Theoretical section 1:

The theoretical section 1 corresponds to a calculation for a rectangular shape beam section.

kNmMMM EdEdEd 21572093521

341.067.16*²435.0*20.0

215.0

*²*1

cdw

Edcu Fdb

M

kNmMkNmM Edbtu 8.934900

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

386

For a S500B reinforcement and for a XC1 exposure class, there will be a: 3720μμ .lucu , therefore there will be no

compressed reinforcement (the compression concrete limit is not exceeded because of the exposure class)

There will be a calculation without considering compressed reinforcement:

544.0341.0*211*25.1)*21(1*25.1 cuu

mdz uc 340.0)544.0*40.01(*435.0)*4.01(*1

²52.1478.347*340.0

215.0

*1

11 cm

fz

MA

ydc

Ed

Theoretical section 1:

In conclusion, the entire reinforcement steel area is A=A1+A2=46+14.52=60.52cm2

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 9 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ULS load combinations(kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

For Class B reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=60.52cm2)

5.11.2.4 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Az (Class B) Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 60.52 cm2

5.11.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Az Az -60.5167 cm² 0.0001 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

387

5.12 EC2 Test 5: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram

Test ID: 4978

Test status: Passed

5.12.1 Description

Verifies a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram.

The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the USL load combination and the results of the theoretical reinforcement area Az.

The objective is to verify:

- The stresses results

- The theoretical reinforcement area results

5.12.2 Background

This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

5.12.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 52.3 kN/m

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 13kN/m,

■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B

■ The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram

The objective is to verify:

■ The stresses results

■ The theoretical reinforcement area results

Simply supported beam

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

388

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Beam cross section characteristics:

■ Beam length: 7m

■ Concrete cover: c=3.50 cm

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.595 m; d’=ebz=0.035m

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete C16/20 and S400B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

■ Exposure class XC1

■ Concrete density: 16kN/m3

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A

■ The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram

■ Concrete C16/20: MPaf

fc

ckcd 67.10

5,1

16

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

■ MPa.*.f*.f //ckctm 90116300300 3232

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

■ Steel S400B : MPaf

fs

ykyd 8.347

15,1

400

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 7) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

389

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*352.3+1.5*13=90.105kN/ml

Characteristic combination of actions:

CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=52.3+13=65.3kN/ml

Load calculations:

kNmMEd 89.5518

²7*105.70

kNmMEcq 96.3998

²7*3.65

5.12.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam moment

At first, it will be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section only:

kNm,*,

,*,*,f*h

d*h*bM cdf

feffbtu 52367102

100595010090

2

Comparing Mbtu with MEd:

Therefore the concrete section is not entirely compressed;

Therefore, calculations considering the T section are required.

5.12.2.3 Reference reinforcement calculation:

Theoretical section 2:

■ The moment corresponding to this section is:

MNm

hdfhbbM f

cdfweffEd

418.0

2

1.00595*67.10*1.0*)18.09.0(

2***)(2

■ According to this value, the steel section is:

²08.228.347*

2

1.0595.0

418.0

*2

22 cm

fh

d

MA

ydf

Ed

kNmMkNmM Edbtu 89.551523

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

390

Theoretical section 1:

The theoretical section 1 corresponds to a calculation for a rectangular shape beam section

kNmMMM EdEdEd 133418.0552.021

197.067.10*²595.0*18.0

133.0

*²*1

cdw

Edcu Fdb

M

For a S400B reinforcement and for a XC1 exposure class, there will be a: 3720μμ .lucu , therefore there will be no

compressed reinforcement.

There will be a calculation without compressed reinforcement:

276.0197.0*211*25.1)*21(1*25.1 cuu

mdz uc 529.0)276.0*40.01(*595.0)*4.01(*1

²25.78.347*529.0

133.0

*1

11 cm

fz

MA

ydc

Ed

Theoretical section 1:

In conclusion the entire reinforcement steel area is A=A1+A2=7.25+22.08=29.33cm2

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 8 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ULS and SLS load combinations(kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 552kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

For Class B reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=29.33cm2)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

391

5.12.2.4 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

My,ULS My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 552 kNm

Az (Class B) Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 29.33 cm2

5.12.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

My My USL -551.893 kN*m -0.0000 %

Az Az -29.3334 cm² 0.0002 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

392

5.13 EC2 Test 8: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam without compressed reinforcement – Inclined stress-strain diagram

Test ID: 4981

Test status: Passed

5.13.1 Description

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

The purpose of the test is to verify the results using a constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram.

The objective is to verify:

- The stresses results

- The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class A reinforcement steel ductility

- The minimum reinforcement percentage

5.13.2 Background

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. During this test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for using a constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram.

5.13.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 25 kN/m (including the dead load)

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 30kN/m,

■ ■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

■ Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q

■ Reinforcement steel: Class A

■ The calculation is performed considering inclined stress-strain diagram

■ Cracking calculation required

The objective is to verify:

■ The stresses results

■ The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to doth Class A reinforcement steel ductility

■ The minimum reinforcement percentage

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

393

Simply supported beam

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.65 m,

■ Width: b = 0.28 m,

■ Length: L = 6.40 m,

■ Section area: A = 0.182 m2 ,

■ Concrete cover: c=4.50 cm

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.806 m; d’=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete C30/37 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

■ Exposure class XD3

■ Concrete density: 25kN/m3

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A

■ The calculation is performed considering inclined stress-strain diagram

■ Cracking calculation required

■ Concrete C25/30: MPaf

fc

ckcd 20

5,1

30

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

■ MPaff ckctm 90.230*30.0*30.0 3/23/2

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

■ MPa*f

*E..

ckcm 32837

10

83022000

10

822000

3030

■ Steel S500 : MPa,,

ff

s

ykyd 78434

151

500

γ

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

394

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 6.40) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(25)+1.5*30=78.75kN/ml

Characteristic combination of actions:

CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=25+30=55kN/ml

Quasi-permanent combination of actions:

CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q=25+0.6*30=43kNm

■ Load calculations:

kNmMEd 20.4038

²40.6*75.78

kNmMEcq 60.2818

²40.6*55

kNmMEqp 16.2208

²40.6*43

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

395

5.13.2.2 Reference results in calculating the equivalent coefficient

To determine the equivalence coefficient, we must first estimate the creep coefficient, related to elastic deformation at 28 days and 50% humidity:

)(*)(*),( 00 tft cmRH

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.2

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.4

at t0=28 days

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.5

The value of the φRH coefficient depends of the concrete quality:

213

0

αα10

1001

1 **h*.

RH

RH

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.3a

1αα 21 if MPafCM 35

If not:

70

135

α.

cmf

and

20

235

α.

cmf

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.8c

In this case, MpaMpaff ckcm 388

944038

3535α

7070

1 .f

..

cm

984038

3535α

2020

2 .f

..

cm

7819840719510

100

501

171956502802

6502802230 ..*

.*.mm.

)(*

**

u

Ac*h RH

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.6

3724880732781ββ 00 ..*.*.)t(*)f(*)t,( cmRH

The coefficient of equivalence is determined using the following formula:

4017

60281

162203721

32837200000

1

α

0

.

.

.*.

M

M*)t,(

EE

Ecar

Eqp

cm

se

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

396

5.13.2.3 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit

Due to exposure class XD3, we will verify the section having non-compressed steel reinforcement, determining the reduced moment limit, using the formula defined by Jeans Roux in his book “Practice of EC2”:

This value can be determined by the next formula if MPafck 50 and valid for a constitutive law considering

inclined stress-strain diagram:

)*62.7969.165(*)*66.162.4(*)(

ck

ckeluc f

fK

24 ***10 eee cbaK

The values of the coefficients "a", "b" and "c" are defined in the following table:

Diagram for inclined stress-strain diagram Diagram for bilinear stress-strain diagram

a 8,189*3,75 ckf 108*2,71 ckf

b 5,874*6,5 ckf 4,847*2,5 ckf

c 13*04,0 ckf 5,12*03,0 ckf

This gives us:

22069818925375 ..*.a

570658743025 ..*,b

8111330040 .*,c

087.1²60.17*80.1160.17*5.7062.206910 4 eK

Then:

425,12.307

76.437

272.0)*62.7969.165(*)*66.162.4(

).(

ck

ckeluc f

fK

Calculation of reduced moment:

225,020*²566.0*50,0

10*403.0

*²* 2

3

MPamm

Nm

fdb

M

cdw

Edcu

272.0225.0 luccu therefore, there is no compressed reinforcement

Reference reinforcement calculation at SLS:

The calculation of the reinforcement is detailed below:

■ Effective height: d = 0.566m

■ Calculation of reduced moment:

225.0cu

■ Calculation of the lever arm zc:

mdz uc 493,0)323,0*4,01(*566,0)*4,01(*

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

397

■ Calculation of the reinforcement area:

²68,11²10*68,1178,434*458,0

233,0

*4 cmm

fz

MA

ydc

Edu

■ Calculation of the stresses from the tensioned reinforcement:

Reinforcement steel elongation:

35.75.3*323,0

323,01*

12

cu

u

usu

Tensioned reinforcement efforts:

MPaMPasusu 45471.43900735.0*38,95271,432*38,95271,432

■ Reinforcement section calculation:

²60.18²10*60.1871.439*493.0

403.0

*4 cmm

fz

MA

ydc

Edu

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area

The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

d*b*.

d*b*f

f*.

MaxA

w

wyk

eff,ct

min,s

00130

260

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2

Where:

MPa.ff ctmeff,ct 902 from cracking conditions

Therefore:

²39.2²10*06.2566.0*28.0*0013.0

²10*39.2566.0*28.0*500

90.2*26.0

max4

4

min, cmm

mAs

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 7 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

398

ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 403.20kNm)

SLS (reference value: 281.60kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

For Class A reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=18.60cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: 2.39cm2)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

399

5.13.2.4 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

My,ULS My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 403.20 kNm

My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 281.60 kNm

Az (Class A) Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 18.60 cm2

Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm2] 2.39 cm2

5.13.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

My My USL -403.2 kN*m 0.0000 %

My My SLS -281.6 kN*m 0.0000 %

Az Az -18.6006 cm² -0.0001 %

Amin Amin -2.38697 cm² 0.0001 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

400

5.14 EC2 Test 9: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam with compressed reinforcement – Inclined stress-strain diagram

Test ID: 4982

Test status: Passed

5.14.1 Description

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

For these tests, the constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied.

This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms the presence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

5.14.2 Background

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this test, the calculation of stresses, the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage are performed.

For these tests, the constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied.

This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms the presence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

5.14.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Linear loadings :

Loadings from the structure: G = 55 kN/m+ dead load,

Live loads: Q=60kN/m

■ Point loads:

Loadings from the structure: G = 35kN;

Live loads: Q=25kN

■ 8,02

■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

■ Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A

■ The calculation is performed considering inclined stress-strain diagram

The objective is to verify:

■ The stresses results

■ The longitudinal reinforcement

■ The minimum reinforcement percentage

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

401

Simply supported beam

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.80 m,

■ Width: b = 0.40 m,

■ Length: L = 6.30 m,

■ Section area: A = 0.32 m2 ,

■ Concrete cover: c=4.50 cm

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.707 m; d’=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

■ Exposure class XD1

■ Concrete density: 25kN/m3

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A

■ The calculation is performed considering inclined stress-strain diagram

■ Cracking calculation required

■ Concrete C25/30:

MPa,,

ff

c

ckcd 6716

51

25

γ

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

MPaf

E ckcm 31476

10

82522000

10

822000

3.03.0

■ Steel S500 :

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

402

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 6.3) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Dead load:

G’=0.4*0.8*2.5=8.00 kN/ml

■ Linear load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(55+8)+1.5*60=175.05 kN/ml

Characteristic combination of actions:

CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=55+8+60=123 kN/ml

Quasi-permanent combination of actions:

CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q=55+8+0.8*60=111 kN/m

■ Point load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*35+1.5*25=84.75 kN

Characteristic combination of actions:

CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=35+25=60 kN

Quasi-permanent combination of actions:

CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q=35+0.8*25=55 kN

■ Load calculations:

kNmMEd 10024

30.6*75.184

8

²30.6*05.175

kNmMEcq 7054

30.6*60

8

²30.6*123

kNmMEqp 6374

30.6*55

8

²30.6*111

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

403

5.14.2.2 Reference results in calculating the equivalent coefficient

To determine the equivalence coefficient, we must first estimate the creep coefficient, related to elastic deformation at 28 days and 50% humidity:

)(*)(*),( 00 tft cmRH

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.2

925.2825

8.168.16)(

cm

cmf

f

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.4

at t0 = 28 days

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.5

The value of the φRH coefficient depends of the concrete quality:

2130

***1.0100

11

h

RH

RH

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.3a

121 if MPafCM 35

If not:

7.0

1

35

cmf and

2.0

2

35

cmf

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.8c

In this case,

MpaMpaff ckcm 338

121

78.167.266*1.0

100

501

167.266)800400(*2

800*400*2*230

RHmm

u

Ach

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.6

54.2488.0*92.2*78.1)(*)(*),( 00 tft cmRH

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

94.20

705

637*54..21

31476200000

*),(1 0

Ecar

Eqp

cm

se

M

Mt

EE

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

404

5.14.2.3 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit

Due to exposure class XD3, we will verify the section having non-compressed steel reinforcement, determining the reduced moment limit, using the formula defined by Jeans Roux in his book “Practice of EC2”:

This value can be determined by the next formula if MPafck 50 valid for a constitutive law to horizontal plateau:

)*62.7969.165(*)*66.162.4(*)(

ck

ckeluc f

fK

24 ***10 eee cbaK

Where:

7.16928,18925*3,75 a

5.7345,87425*6,5 b

121325*04,0 c

181.1²94.20*1294.20*5.7347.1692*10 4 eK

Then:

422,1705

1002

271.0)*62.7969.165(*)*66.162.4(

*)(

ck

ckeluc f

fK

Calculation of reduced moment:

301.067.16*²707.0*40.0

002.1

*²*

cdw

Edcu fdb

M

271.0301.0 luccu therefore the compressed reinforcement is present in the beam section

Reference reinforcement calculation at SLU:

The calculation will be divided for theoretical sections:

Calculation of the tension steel section (Section A1):

The calculation of tensioned steel section must be conducted with the corresponding moment of lu :

NmfdbM cdwluEd6

1 10*902.067.16*²707.0*40.0*271.0*²**

■ The α value:

404.0)271.0*21(1*25.1)*21(1*25.1 lulu

■ Calculation of the lever arm zc:

mdz lulu 593.0)404.0*4.01(*707.0)*4.01(*

■ Tensioned reinforcement elongation calculation:

17.55.3*404.0

404.01*

12

cu

u

usu

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

405

■ Tensioned reinforcement efforts calculation(S500A):

MPasusu 454*38,95271,432

MpaMPasu 45463.43700517.0*38,95271,432

■ Calculation of the reinforcement area:

²76.3463.437*593.0

10*902.0

.

61

1 cmMPam

Nm

fz

MA

ydlu

Ed

Compressed steel reinforcement reduction (Section As2):

Reduction coefficient:

9572045070704040707040401000

53α

α1000

53ε ...*.

.*.*

.)'dd*(

d**

,lu

lusc ‰

MPascydsc 52.43500295.0*38.95271.43200217.000295.0

Compressed reinforcement calculation:

²47.352.435*)045.0707.0(

902.0002.1

)'(1

2 cmdd

MMA

sc

EdEds

The steel reinforcement condition:

²48.364.437

52.435*47.3.22 cm

fAA

yd

scs

Total area to be implemented:

■ In the lower part: As1=A1+A2=38.24 cm2 (tensioned reinforcement)

■ In the top part: As2=3.47 cm2 (compressed reinforcement)

Reference reinforcement calculation at SLS:

The concrete beam design at SLS will be made considering a limitation of the characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days, at 0.6*fck

The assumptions are:

■ The SLS moment: kNmMEcq 705

■ The equivalence coefficient: 9420α .e

■ The stress on the concrete will be limited at 0.6*fck=15Mpa and the stress on steel at 0.8*fyk, or 400MPa

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

406

Calculation of the resistance moment MRd for detecting the presence of the compressed reinforcement:

mdxsce

ce 311.0707.0*40015*94.20

15*94.20*

*

*1

NxbF cwc6

1 10*933.015311.0*40.0*2

1***

2

1

mx

dzc 603.03

311.0707.0

31

NmzFM ccrb66 10*563.0603.0*10*933.0*

Therefore the compressed reinforced established earlier was correct.

Theoretical section 1 (tensioned reinforcement only)

NmMM rb6

1 10*563.0

440.0707.0

311.011

d

x

mx

dzc 603.03

311.0707.0

31

²34.23400603.0

563.011 cm

z

MA

sc

Theoretical section 2 (compressed reinforcement and complementary tensioned reinforcement)

NmMMM rbcqser66

,2 10*142.010*)591.0705.0(

Compressed reinforcement stresses:

d

ddcesc *

'***

1

1

MPasc 66.268707.0*440.0

045.0707.0*440.0*15*94.20

Compressed reinforcement area:

²98.766.268*045.0707.0

142.0

*)'(' 2 cm

dd

MA

sc

Complementary tensioned reinforcement area:

²36.5400

66.268*98.7*' cmAA

s

scs

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

407

Section area:

Tensioned reinforcement: 23.34+5.36=28.7 cm2

Compressed reinforcement: 7.98 cm2

Considering an envelope calculation of ULS and SLS, it will be obtained:

Tensioned reinforcement ULS: A=38.24cm2

Compressed reinforcement SLS: A=7.98cm2

To optimize the reinforcement area, it is preferable a third iteration by recalculating with SLS as a baseline amount of tensioned reinforcement (after ULS: Au=38.24cm2)

Reference reinforcement third calculation at SLS:

For this third iteration, the calculation will begin considering the section of the tensile reinforcement found when calculating for ULS: Au=38.24cm2

From this value, it will be calculated the stress obtained in the tensioned reinforcement:

MPaA

As

ELU

ELSs 21.300400*

24.38

70.28*

Calculating the moment resistance Mrb for detecting the presence of compressed steel reinforcement:

mdxsce

ce 361.0707.0*21.30015*94.20

15*94.20*

*

*1

NxbF cwc6

1 10*083.115361.0*40.0*2

1***

2

1

mx

dzc 587.03

361.0707.0

31

NmzFM ccrb66 10*636.0587.0*10*083.1*

Therefore the compressed reinforced established earlier was correct.

Theoretical section 1 (tensioned reinforcement only)

NmMM rb6

1 10*636.0

511.0707.0

361.011

d

x

mx

dzc 587.03

361.0707.0

31

²09.36400*578.0

36.0

*1

1 cmz

MA

sc

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

408

Theoretical section 2 (compressed reinforcement and complementary tensioned reinforcement)

NmMMM rbcqser66

,2 10*069.010*)636.0705.0(

Compressed reinforcement stresses:

MPad

ddcesc 275

707.0*511.0

045.0707.0*511.0*15*94.20

*

'***

1

1

Compressed reinforcement area:

²79.3275*045.0707.0

069.0

*)'(' 2 cm

dd

MA

sc

Complementary tensioned reinforcement area:

²47.321.300

275*79.3*' cmAA

s

scs

Section area:

Tensioned reinforcement: 36.09+3.47=39.56 cm2

Compressed reinforcement: 3.79 cm2

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area

The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

db

dbf

f

MaxA

w

wyk

effct

s

**0013.0

***26.0 ,

min,

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2

Where:

MPaff ctmeffct 56.2, from cracking conditions

Therefore:

²77.3²10*68.3707.0*40.0*0013.0

²10*77.3707.0*40.0*500

56.2*26.0

max4

4

min, cmm

mAs

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 9 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

409

ULS and SLS load combinations(kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 1002kNm)

SLS (reference value: 705kNm)

SLS –Quasi-permanent (reference value: 637kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

For Class A reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=39.56cm2 and A’=3.79cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: 3.77cm2)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

410

5.14.2.4 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

My,ULS My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 1001 kNm

My,SLS,cq My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 705 kNm

My,SLS,qp My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 637 cm2

Az (Class A) Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 39.56 cm2

Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm2] 3.77 cm2

5.14.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

My My USL -1001.92 kN*m -0.0001 %

My My SLS cq -704.714 kN*m 0.0000 %

My My SLS qp -637.304 kN*m 0.0001 %

Az Az -39.5904 cm² -0.0001 %

Amin Amin 3.77193 cm² 0.0001 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

411

5.15 EC2 Test 3: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to uniformly distributed load, with compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram

Test ID: 4976

Test status: Passed

5.15.1 Description

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

The objective is to verify:

- The stresses results

- The longitudinal reinforcement

- The verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage

5.15.2 Background

Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.15.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combinations are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 70 kN/m,

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 80kN/m,

■ ■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

■ Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

The objective is to verify:

■ The stresses results

■ The longitudinal reinforcement

■ The verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

412

Simply supported beam

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 1.25 m,

■ Width: b = 0.65 m,

■ Length: L = 14 m,

■ Section area: A = 0.8125 m2 ,

■ Concrete cover: c = 4.50 cm

■ Effective height: d = h-(0.6*h+ebz) = 1.130 m; d’ = ebz = 0.045m

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

■ Exposure class XD1

■ Concrete density: 25kN/m3

■ Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram

■ Cracking calculation required

■ Concrete C25/30: MPa,,

ff

c

ckcd 6716

51

25

γ

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

■ MPa.*.f*.f //ckctm 56225300300 3232

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

■ Steel S500 : MPa,,

ff

s

ykyd 78434

151

500

γ

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

■ MPa*f

*E..

ckcm 31476

10

82522000

10

822000

3030

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

413

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 14) restrained in translation along Z.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*70+1.5*80=214.5*103 N/ml

Characteristic combination of actions:

CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=70+80=150*103 N/ml

Quasi-permanent combination of actions:

CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=70+0.3*80=94*103 N/ml

■ Load calculations:

Nm*.²*.

MEd6102555

8

145214

Nm*.²*

MEcq6106753

8

14150150

Nm*.²*

MEqp6103032

8

1494

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

414

5.15.2.2 Reference results in calculating the equivalent coefficient

To determine the equivalence coefficient, we must first estimate the creep coefficient, related to elastic deformation at 28 days and 50% humidity:

■ )t(*)f(*)t,( cmRH 00 ββ

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.2

■ 9252825

816816β .

.

f

.)f(

cmcm

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.4

■ 48802810

1

10

2002000

0 ..t.

)t(..

at t0=28 days

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.5

The value of the φRH coefficient depends of the concrete quality:

■ 213

0

αα10

1001

1 **h*.

RH

RH

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.3a

■ 121 if MPafcm 35

■ If not:

70

135

α.

cmf

and

20

235

α.

cmf

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.8c

■ In our case we have: 1338 21 MpaMpaff ckcm

■ 6616342710

100

501

16342712506502

12506502230 .

.*.mm.

)(*

**

u

Ac*h RH

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.6

■ 375248809252661ββ 00 ..*.*.)t(*)f(*)t,( cmRH

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Ecar

Eqp

cm

se

M

M*)t,(

EE

01

α

Defined earlier:

NmMEcar310*3675

NmMEqp310*2303

This gives:

8215

103975

1023037021

31476200000

α

3

3

.

*

**.

e

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

415

5.15.2.3 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit

For the calculation of steel ULS, we consider the moment reduced limit of 372.0lu for a steel grade 500Mpa.

Therefore, make sure to enable the option "limit )500/372.0( S " in Advance Design.

Reference reinforcement calculation at SLU:

The calculation of the reinforcement is detailed below:

■ Effective height: d=0.9*h=1.125 m

■ Calculation of reduced moment:

383,067,16*²125.1*65,0

10*25.5255

*²* 2

3

MPamm

Nm

fdb

M

cdw

Edcu

372.0383.0 lucu therefore the compressed reinforced must be resized and then the concrete section

must be adjusted.

Calculation of the tension steel section (Section A1):

The calculation of tensioned steel section must be conducted with the corresponding moment of :

NmfdbM cdwluEd6

1 10*10.567.16*²125.1*65.0*372.0*²**

■ The α value: 61803720211251μ211251α .).*(*.)*(*. lulu

■ Calculation of the lever arm zc: m.).*.(*.)*.(*dz lulu 851061804011301α401

■ Calculation of the reinforcement area:

²35.13778.434*851.0

10*10.5

.

61

1 cmMPam

Nm

fz

MA

ydlu

Ed

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

416

Compressed steel reinforcement reduction (Section As2):

Reduction coefficient:

00327.0045.0130.1*618.0130.1*618.0*1000

5.3)'*(

**1000

5,3 dd

d lulu

sc

MPaf ydscydsc 78.43400217.000327.0

Compressed reinforcement calculation:

²32.278.434)045.0130.1(

15.5255.5

)'(1

2 cmdd

MMA

sc

EdEds

The steel reinforcement condition:

²32.2.22 cmf

AAyd

scs

Total area to be implemented:

In the lower part: As1=A1+A2=142.42 cm2

In the top part: As2=2.32 cm2

Reference reinforcement calculation at SLS:

The concrete beam design at SLS will be made considering a limitation of the characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days, at 0.6*fck

The assumptions are:

■ The SLS moment: Nm*.²*

MEcq6106753

8

14150150

■ The equivalence coefficient: 8215α .e

■ The stress on the concrete will be limited at 0.6*fck=15Mpa and the stress on steel at 0.8*fyk, or 400MPa

Calculation of the resistance moment MRd for detecting the presence of the compressed reinforcement:

m..*.

*.d.

*

*x

sce

ce 41901251400158215

158215

σσα

σα1

N*..*.**x*b*F cwc6

1 100421541906502

2

1

m..

.x

dzc 98503

41901251

31

Nm*..**.z*FM ccrb66 10012985010042

Therefore the compressed reinforced established earlier was correct.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

417

Theoretical section 1 (tensioned reinforcement only)

NmMM rb6

1 10*01.2

372.0125.1

419.011

d

x

mx

dzc 985.03

419.0125.1

31

²01.51400985.0

01.211 cm

z

MA

sc

Theoretical section 2 (compressed reinforcement and complementary tensioned reinforcement)

NmMMM rbcqser66

,2 10*665.110*)01.2675.3(

Compressed reinforcement stresses:

d

ddcesc *

'***

1

1

MPasc 78.211125.1*372.0

045.0125.1*372.0*15*82.15

Compressed reinforcement area:

²92.7178.211*045.0125.1

645.1

*)'(' 2 cm

dd

MA

sc

Complementary tensioned reinforcement area:

²08.38400

78.211*92.71*' cmAA

s

scs

Section area:

Tensioned reinforcement: 51.01+38.08=89.09 cm2

Compressed reinforcement: 71.92 cm2

Considering an envelope calculation of ULS and SLS, it will be obtained:

Tensioned reinforcement ULS: A=141.42cm2

Compressed reinforcement SLS: A=71.92cm2

To optimize the reinforcement area, it is preferable a third iteration by recalculating with SLS as a baseline amount of tensioned reinforcement (after ULS: Au=141.44cm2)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

418

Reference reinforcement additional iteration for calculation at SLS:

For this iteration the calculation will be started from the section of the tensioned reinforcement found when calculating the SLS: Au=141.44cm2.

For this particular value, it will be calculated the resistance obtained for tensioned reinforcement:

MPaA

As

ELU

ELSs 252400

42.141

18.89

This is a SLS calculation, considering this limitation:

Calculating the moment resistance MRb for detecting the presence of compressed steel reinforcement:

mdxsce

ce 55.0130.1*25215*82.15

15*82.15*

*

*1

NxbF cwc6

1 10*67.215*55.0*65.0*2

1***

2

1

mx

dzc 94.03

55.0125.1

31

Nmx

dxbzFM cwccrb61

1 10*52.23

55.0125.1*15*55.0*65.0*

2

1

3****

2

1*

According to the calculation above Mser,cq is grater then Mrb the compressed steel reinforcement is set.

Theoretical section 1 (tensioned reinforcement only)

NmMM rb6

1 10*52.2

488.0125.1

55.011 d

x

mx

dzc 94.03

548.0125.1

31

²38.10625294.0

52.211 cmz

MA

sc

Theoretical section 2 (compressed reinforcement and complementary tensioned reinforcement)

NmMMM rbcqser66

,2 10*155.110*)52.2675.3(

Compressed reinforcement stresses:

d

ddcesc *

'***

1

1

MPasc 73.217125.1*485.0

045.0125.1*485.0*15*82.15

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

419

Compressed reinforcement area:

²12.4973.217*045.0125.1

155.1

*)'(' 2 cm

dd

MA

sc

Complementary tensioned reinforcement area:

²44.42252

73.217*12.49*' cmAA

s

scs

Section area:

Tensioned reinforcement: 106.38+42.44=148.82 cm2

Compressed reinforcement: 49.12 cm2

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area

The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

db

dbf

f

MaxA

w

wyk

effct

s

**0013.0

***26.0 ,

min,

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2

Where:

MPaff ctmeffct 56.2, from cracking conditions

Therefore:

²73.9²10*51.9125.1*65.0*0013.0

²10*73.9125.1*65.0*500

56.2*26.0

max4

4

min, cmm

mAs

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 15 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

420

ULS and SLS load combinations(kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 5255kNm)

SLS –Characteristic (reference value: 3675kNm)

SLS –Quasi-permanent (reference value: 2303kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: A’=148.82cm2 A=49.12cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: 9.73cm2)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

421

5.15.2.4 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

My,ULS My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 5255 kNm

My,SLS,c My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 3675 kNm

My,SLS,q My corresponding to the 103 combination (SLS) [kNm] 2303 kNm

Az (A’) Tensioned theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 148.82 cm2

Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm2] 9.73 cm2

5.15.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

My My USL -5255.25 kN*m 0.0000 %

My My SLS cq -3675 kN*m 0.0000 %

My My SLS pq -2303 kN*m 0.0000 %

Az Az -147.617 cm² -0.0003 %

Amin Amin 9.79662 cm² 0.0000 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

422

5.16 EC2 Test 7: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram

Test ID: 4980

Test status: Passed

5.16.1 Description

The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the USL load combination and the results of the theoretical reinforcement area Az.

This test performs verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

5.16.2 Background

Verifies the theoretical reinforcement area for a T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

5.16.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 0 kN/m (the dead load is not taken into account)

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 18.2kN/m,

■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

■ ■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B

■ The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram

The objective is to test:

■ The theoretical reinforcement area

Simply supported beam

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

423

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Beam cross section characteristics:

■ Beam length: 8m

■ Concrete cover: c=3.50 cm

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.482 m; d’=ebz=0.035m

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S400B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

■ Exposure class XC1

■ Concrete density: 25kN/m3

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B

■ The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram

■ Concrete C25/30: MPaf

fc

ckcd 67.10

5,1

25

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

■ MPaff ckctm 56.225*30.0*30.0 3/23/2

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

■ Steel S400B : MPaf

fs

ykyd 83.347

15,1

400

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

424

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*0+1.5*18.2=27.3kN/ml

Characteristic combination of actions:

CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=0+18.2=18.2kN/ml

■ Load calculations:

kNmMEd 40.2188

²8*3.27

kNmMEcq 60.1458

²8*20.18

5.16.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam moment

At first it will be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section only:

kNmfh

dhbM cdf

feffbtu 92867.16*2

12.0482.0*12.0*10.1*

2**

Comparing Mbtu with MEd:

Therefore, the concrete section is not entirely compressed; This requires a calculation considering a rectangular section of b=110cm and d=48.2cm.

Reference longitudinal reinforcement calculation:

051.067.16*²482.0*10.1

218.0

*²*1

cdw

Edcu Fdb

M

066.0051.0*211*25.1)*21(1*25.1 cuu

mdz uc 469.0)066.0*40.01(*482.0)*4.01(*

²38.1383.347*469.0

218.0

*cm

fz

MA

ydc

Ed

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 9 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

kNmMkNmM btuEd 92840.218

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

425

ULS load combinations(kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

For Class B reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=13.38cm2)

5.16.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Az (Class B) Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 13.38 cm2

5.16.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Az Az -13.3793 cm² 0.0002 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

426

5.17 EC2 Test 12: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD3)

Test ID: 4985

Test status: Passed

5.17.1 Description

Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. The verification of the bending stresses at service limit state is performed.

During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.17.2 Background

Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit

Verify the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. During this test, the calculation of stresses, the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage are performed.

5.17.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 25 kN/m (including dead load),

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 15kN/m,

■ ■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

■ Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

Simply supported beam

Units

Metric System

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

427

Geometry

Beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.65 m,

■ Width: b = 0.28 m,

■ Length: L = 6.40 m,

■ Section area: A = 0.182 m2 ,

■ Concrete cover: c = 4.5 cm

■ Effective height: d = h-(0.6*h+ebz) = 0.57m; d’ = ebz = 0.045 m

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete C30/37 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

■ Exposure class XD3

■ Concrete density: 25 kN/m3

■ Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram

■ The concrete age t0 = 28 days

■ Humidity 50%

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load combinations:

Characteristic combination of actions:

CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q = 25 + 15 = 40 kN/ml

Quasi-permanent combination of actions:

CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q = 25 + 0.3*15 = 29.5 kN/ml

■ Load calculations:

kNm².*)(

MEcq 2058

4061525

kNm².*)*.(

MEqp 1518

406153025

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

428

5.17.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

)()(),( 00 tft cmRH

Where:

MPaf

fcm

cm 725.2830

8.168.16)(

488.0281.0

1

1.0

1)(

20.020.00

0

t

t

t0 : concrete age t0=28days

21

03

***1.0100

11

h

RH

RH

121 if Mpafcm 35

If not 70

135

α.

cmf

and

20

235

α.

cmf

In this case therefore

944.038

35357.07.0

1

cmf

984.038

35352.02.0

2

cmf

In this case:

Humidity RH = 50 %

mmu

Ach 70.195

650280*2

650*280*220

37.2488.0*73.2*78.1)(*)(*),(78.1984.0*70.195*1.0

100

501

1 003

tft cmRHRH

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

429

Calculating the equivalence coefficient:

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Ecar

Eqp

cm

se

M

Mt

EE

*),(1 0

Where:

MPaf

E ckcm 32837

10

830*22

10

8*22

3.03.0

MPaEs 200000

75.2205

151*37.21*),(1 0

Ecar

Eqp

M

Mt

76.16

205

151*37.21

32837200000

*),(1 0

Ecar

Eqp

cm

se

M

Mt

EE

Material characteristics:

The maximum compression on the concrete is: Mpafckbc 1830*6,0*6,0

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit Mpaf yks 400*8,0

Neutral axis position calculation:

The position of the neutral axis must be determined by calculating 1 (position corresponding to the state of

maximum stress on the concrete and reinforcement):

430.040018*76.16

15*76.16

*

*1

sce

ce

Moment resistance calculation:

Knowing the 1α value, it can be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section, using the following

formulas:

243057004300α11 ..*.d*x m

MNm..

.**.*.*.x

d**x*b*M cwrb 29703

2430570018243028050

2

1 11

Where:

Utile height : d = h – (0.06h + ebz) = 0.57 m

The moment resistance Mrb = 297 KNm

Because kNmMkNmM rbEcq 297205 the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is correct.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

430

Calculation of reinforcement area with max constraint on steel and concrete

The reinforcement area is calculated using the SLS load combination

Neutral axis position: 4300α1 ,

Lever arm: m..

*.*dzc 48503

43001570

3

α1 1

Reinforcement section: ²cm.*.

.

*z

MA

sc

serser,s 5610

4004850

2050

σ1

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area

The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

d*b*.

d*b*f

f*.

MaxA

w

wyk

eff,ct

min,s

00130

260

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2

Where:

MPa.ff ctmeff,ct 8962 from cracking conditions

Therefore:

²cm.

²m*..*.*.

²m*..*.*.

.maxA min,s 402

1007257028000130

10402570280500

8962260

4

4

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 7 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

431

ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: 205kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)

(reference value: 10.50cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area (cm2)

(reference value: 2.40cm2)

5.17.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 205 kNm

Az Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 10.50 cm2

Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm2] 2.39 cm2

5.17.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

My My SLS -204.8 kN*m 0.0000 %

Az Az -10.3489 cm² -0.0001 %

Amin Amin -2.38697 cm² 0.0001 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

432

5.18 EC2 Test 13: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)

Test ID: 4986

Test status: Passed

5.18.1 Description

Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit - Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending.

During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

The verification of the bending stresses at service limit state is performed.

5.18.2 Background

Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.18.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 25 kN/m (including dead load),

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 30kN/m,

■ ■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

■ Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

Simply supported beam

Units

Metric System

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

433

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.60 m,

■ Width: b = 0.25 m,

■ Length: L = 5.80 m,

■ Section area: A = 0.150 m2 ,

■ Concrete cover: c=4.5cm

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.519m; d’=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

■ Exposure class XD1

■ Concrete density: 25kN/m3

■ Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram

■ The concrete age t0=28 days

■ Humidity RH=50%

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load combinations:

Characteristic combination of actions:

CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q = 25 + 30 = 55 kN/ml

Quasi-permanent combination of actions:

CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q = 25 + 0.3*30 = 34 kN/ml

■ Load calculations:

kNmMEcq 28.2318

²80.5*)3025(

kNmMEqp 97.1428

²80.5*)30*3.025(

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

434

5.18.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

)()(),( 00 tft cmRH

Where:

MPaf

fcm

cm 92.2825

8.168.16)(

488.0281.0

1

1.0

1)(

20.020.00

0

t

t

t0 : concrete age t0 = 28 days

21

03

***1.0100

11

h

RH

RH

121 if Mpafcm 35

If not

7.0

1

35

cmf

and

2.0

2

35

cmf

In this case, therefore:

121

In this case:

Humidity RH = 50 %

mmu

Ach 176

600250*2

600*250*220

70.2488.0*92.2*89.1)(*)(*),(89.1176*1.0

100

501

1 003

tft cmRHRH

Calculating the equivalence coefficient:

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Ecar

Eqp

cm

se

M

Mt

EE

*),(1 0

Where:

MPaf

E ckcm 31476

10

825*22

10

8*22

3.03.0

MPaEs 200000

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

435

67.2231

143*69.21*),(1 0

Ecar

Eqp

M

Mt

97.16

231

143*69.21

31476200000

*),(1 0

Ecar

Eqp

cm

se

M

Mt

EE

Material characteristics:

The maximum compression on the concrete is: Mpafckbc 1515*6,0*6,0

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit Mpaf yks 400*8,0

Neutral axis position calculation:

The position of the neutral axis must be determined by calculating 1 (position corresponding to the state of

maximum stress on the concrete and reinforcement):

389.040018*97.16

15*97.16

*

*1

sce

ce

Moment resistance calculation:

Knowing the 1α value, it can be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section, using the following

formulas:

202051903890α11 ..*.d*x m

MNmx

dxbM cwrb 171.03

202.0519.0*15*202.0*25.0*5.0)

3(****

2

1 11

Where:

Utile height : d = h – (0.06h + ebz) = 0.519m

The moment resistance Mrb = 171KNm

Because kNmMkNmM rbEcq 171231 , the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is

incorrect.

The calculation of the tension reinforcement theoretical section A1

mx

dzc 452.03

202.0519.0

31

²46.9400*452.0

171.0

*1 cmz

MA

sc

rb

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

436

Stress calculation for steel reinforcement σsc:

087.0

519.0

045.0'' d

d

MPacesc 75.197389.0

087.0389.0*15*97.16

'**

1

1

Calculation of the steel compressed reinforcement A’:

²44.675.197*)045.0519.0(

171.0231.0

*)'(' cm

dd

MMA

sc

rbser

Calculation of the steel tensioned reinforcement A2:

²18.3400

75.197*44.6'*2 cmAA

s

sc

Calculation of the steel reinforcement:

²64.1218.346.921 cmAAA

²44.6' cmA

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area

The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2

Where:

MPa.ff ctmeff,ct 8962 from cracking conditions

Therefore:

²73.1²10*69.1519.0*25.0*0013.0

²10*73.1519.0*25.0*500

56.2*26.0

max4

4

min, cmm

mAs

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 6 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

437

ULS and SLS load combinations(kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: 231.28kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: As=12.64cm2; A’=6.44cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: 1.73cm2)

5.18.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 231.28 kNm

Az Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 12.64 cm2

Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm2] 1.73 cm2

5.18.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

My My SLS -231.275 kN*m -0.0000 %

Az Az -12.6425 cm² -0.0002 %

Amin Amin -1.73058 cm² -0.0001 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

438

5.19 EC2 Test 16: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram

Test ID: 4999

Test status: Passed

5.19.1 Description

Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit

The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the SLS load combination and the results of the theoretical reinforcement area Az and of the minimum reinforcement percentage. This test performs verification for the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

5.19.2 Background

This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

5.19.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 40 kN/m (including the dead load)

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 10kN/m,

■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

■ Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A

■ The calculation is performed considering bilinear stress-strain diagram

The objective is to verify:

■ The stresses results

■ The theoretical reinforcement area

■ The minimum reinforcement percentage

Simply supported beam

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

439

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Beam cross section characteristics:

■ Beam length: 8m

■ Beam height: h=0.67m

■ Concrete cover: c=4.50 cm

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.585 m; d’=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete C20/25 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

■ Exposure class XD1

■ Concrete: fck = 20MPa

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A

■ The calculation is performed considering bilinear stress-strain diagram

■ The concrete age t0=28 days

■ Humidity RH=50%

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 7) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load combinations:

Characteristic combination of actions:

CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=40+10=50kN/ml

Quasi-permanent combination of actions:

CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=40+0.3*10=43kN/ml

■ Load calculations:

kNm

²*M cq,ser 400

8

81040

kNm

²**.M qp,ser 344

8

8103040

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

440

5.19.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

)()(),( 00 tft cmRH

Where:

MPaf

fcm

cm 17.3820

8.168.16)(

488.0281.0

1

1.0

1)(

20.020.00

0

t

t

t0 : concrete age t0=28days

21

03

***1.0100

11

h

RH

RH

if

If not

7.0

1

35

cmf and

2.0

2

35

cmf

In this case,

therefore:

121

In this case:

Humidity RH=50 %

mmu

Ach 123

3140

192600*220

11.3488.0*17.3*2)(*)(*),(2123*1.0

100

501

1 003

tft cmRHRH

Calculating the equivalence coefficient:

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Ecar

Eqp

cm

se

M

M*)t,(

EE

01

α

Where:

MPa*f

*E..

ckcm 29962

10

82022

10

822

3030

MPaEs 200000

683400

34411311 0 .*.

M

M*)t,(

Ecar

Eqp

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

441

54.24

400

344*11.31

29962200000

*),(1 0

Ecar

Eqp

cm

se

M

Mt

EE

Material characteristics:

The maximum compression on the concrete is:

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit

Mpaf yks 400*8,0

Neutral axis position calculation; Calculation of Mtser:

MNmhbhd

hd

M fefff

f

e

stser 083,010,0*90.10*

10,0585,03

10,0585,0

*54.24*2

400**3*

*222

kNmMkNmM tserser 83400 the neutral axes is on the beam body

Concrete compressive stresses

MPah

dhb

M

ffeff

serm 31.8

)2

10,0585,0(*10,0*90.0

400,0

)2

(**

MPah

d

de

s

f

e

sm

c 61.1054.24

400

2

10,0585,0

54.24

40031.8

*585,0

2

*

MPaMPa cc 1261.10 => there is no compressed reinforcement

The calculation of the tension reinforcement theoretical section As1

and

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

442

Calculation of the steel compressed reinforcement As2:

mhxx f 1306,010,02306,012

MPax

xcc 01.6

2306,0

1306,0*61.1*

1

22

MNxbbN cweffc 282,0

2

01.6*1306,0*)18,090.0(

2*)( 2

22

MNmzNM cc 125,0441,0*282,0* 222

with mzc 441,03

1306,010,0585,02

²06.7400*441,0

125,0

*2

22 cm

z

MA

sc

s

Notions of serviceability moment M0 :

Theoretical steel reinforcement section :

²83.18435,0

400,0*46.20*

0

0 cmM

MAA serss

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area

The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

db

dbf

f

MaxA

w

wyk

effct

s

**0013.0

***26.0 ,

min,

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2

Where:

MPaff ctmeffct 21.2, from cracking conditions

Therefore:

²37.1²10*37.1585.0*18.0*0013.0

²10*21.1585.0*18.0*500

21.2*26.0

max4

4

min, cmm

mAs

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 9 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

443

SLS load combinations(kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: 400kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: As=18.83cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: 1.37cm2)

5.19.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 400 kNm

Az Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 18.83 cm2

Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm2] 1.37 cm2

5.19.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

My My SLS -400 kN*m 0.0000 %

Az Az -18.8948 cm² 0.0001 %

Amin Amin -1.36843 cm² -0.0001 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

444

5.20 EC2 Test 17: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)

Test ID: 5000

Test status: Passed

5.20.1 Description

Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C20/25 to resist simple bending. During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of compressing stresses in concrete section and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section.

5.20.2 Background

Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C20/25 to resist simple bending. During this test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section σc and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs.

5.20.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 9.375 kN/m (including the dead load),

■ Mfq = Mcar = Mqp = 75 kNm

■ Structural class: S4

■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B

The objective is to verify:

■ The stresses results

■ The compressing stresses in concrete section σc

■ The compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs.

Simply supported beam

Units

Metric System

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

445

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.50 m,

■ Width: b = 0.20 m,

■ Length: L = 8.00 m,

■ Section area: A = 0.10 m2 ,

■ Concrete cover: c=4.5cm

■ Effective height: d=44cm;

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete C20/25 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

■ Exposure class XD1

■ Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Inclined stress-strain diagram

■ The concrete age t0=28 days

■ Humidity RH=50%

■ Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: Mpafck 20

■ Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: Mpaf yk 400

■ ²42,9 cmAst for 3 HA20

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z

■ Inner: None.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Characteristic combination of actions:

CCQ = 1.0 x G =9.375kN/ml

■ Load calculations:

Mfq = Mcar = Mqp = 75 kNm

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

446

5.20.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

)()(),( 00 tft cmRH

Where:

MPaf

fcm

cm 17.3820

8.168.16)(

488.0281.0

1

1.0

1)(

20.020.00

0

t

t

t0 : concrete age t0=28days

21

03

***1.0100

11

h

RH

RH

121 if Mpafcm 35

If not,

7.0

1

35

cmf and

2.0

2

35

cmf

In this case,

Therefore 121

In this case:

Humidity RH=50 %

mmu

Ach 86.142

500200*2

500*200*220

03.3488.0*17.3*96.1)(*)(*),(96.186.142*1.0

100

501

1 003

tft cmRHRH

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Ecar

Eqp

cm

se

M

Mt

EE

*),(1 0

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

447

Where:

MPaf

E ckcm 29962

10

820*22

10

8*22

3.03.0

MPaEs 200000

03.41*03.31*),(1 0 Ecar

Eqp

M

Mt

90.26

1*03.31

29962200000

*),(1 0

Ecar

Eqp

cm

se

M

Mt

EE

Material characteristics:

The maximum compression on the concrete is: Mpa*,f, ckbc 15256060σ

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit Mpaf*, yks 32080σ

Checking inertia cracked or not:

Before computing the constraints, check whether the section is cracked or not. For this, we determine the cracking moment which corresponds to a tensile stress on the concrete equal to

ctmf :

v

IfM ctm

cr

*

Where:

433

00208,012

50,0*20,0

12

*m

hbI

mh

v 25,02

The average stress in concrete is:

Mpaff ckctm 21,220*30.0*30.0 3

2

3

2

The critical moment of cracking is therefore:

MNmv

IfM ctm

cr 018,025,0

00208,0*21,2*

The servility limit state moment is 0.075MNm therefore the cracking inertia is present.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

448

Neutral axis position calculation:

Neutral axis equation: 0)'(**)(**²**2

1111 dxAxdAxb escestw

w

stscewstscestsce

b

AdAdbAAAAx

)*'*(***2)²(*)(* 2

1

By simplifying the previous equation, by considering 0scA , it will be obtained:

w

stewsteste

b

AdbAAx

)****2²*)(* 2

1

cmx 04,2320

)42,9/44(*90,26*20*2²42,9*²90.2642,9*90.261

Calculating the second moment:

443

1

31 001929,0)²230,044,0(*90.26*10*42,9

3

230,0*20,0)²(**

3

*mxdA

xbI est

w

Stresses calculation:

MpaMpaxI

Mc

serc 1294,8230,0*

001929,0

075,0* 1

MpaMpax

xdscest 32057.219

230,0

230,044,0*94,8*90.26**

1

1

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 9 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

449

SLS load combinations (kNm) and stresses (MPa)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: Mscq=75kNm)

Compressing stresses in concrete section σc

(reference value: σc =8.94MPa )

Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs

(reference value: σs=218.57MPa)

5.20.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

My,SLS My corresponding to the 103 combination (SLS) [kNm] 75 kNm

σc Compressing stresses in concrete section σc (MPa) 8.94 MPa

σs Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs (MPa) 219.67 MPa

5.20.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

My My SLS -75 kN*m -0.0000 %

Sc CQ Sc CQ 8.99322 MPa 0.0359 %

Ss CQ Ss CQ -219.639 MPa 0.0006 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

450

5.21 EC2 Test 20: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)

Test ID: 5034

Test status: Passed

5.21.1 Description

Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of compressing stresses in concrete section and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section; the maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings are verified.

5.21.2 Background

Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section σc and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs; maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings.

5.21.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 30 kN/m (including the dead load)

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 37.5 kN/m,

■ Structural class: S4

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B

The objective is to verify:

■ The stresses results

■ The compressing stresses in concrete section σc

■ The compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs.

■ The maximum spacing of cracks

■ The crack opening

Simply supported beam

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

451

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.80 m,

■ Width: b = 0.40 m,

■ Length: L = 8.00 m,

■ Section area: A = 0.32 m2 ,

■ Concrete cover: c=4.5cm

■ Effective height: d=71cm;

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

■ Exposure class XD1

■ Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram

■ The concrete age t0=28 days

■ Humidity RH=50%

■ Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: Mpafck 25

■ Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: Mpafyk 500

■ ²cm.Ast 1630 for 3 beds of 5HA16

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z

■ Inner: None.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load calculations:

► M0Ed = 774 kNm

► Mcar = 540 kNm

► Mfq = 390 kNm

► Mqp = 330 kNm

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

452

5.21.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

)()(),( 00 tft cmRH

Where:

MPaf

fcm

cm 92.2825

8.168.16)(

488.0281.0

1

1.0

1)(

20.020.00

0

t

t

t0 : concrete age t0=28days

21

03

***1.0100

11

h

RH

RH

If Mpafcm 35 ,

121

If not,

7.0

1

35

cmf

and

2.0

2

35

cmf

In this case,

, therefore 121

In this case:

Humidity RH=50 %

mmu

Ach 67.266

800400*2

800*400*220

55.2488.0*92.2*78.1)(*)(*),(78.167.266*1.0

100

501

1 003

tft cmRHRH

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Under quasi-permanent combinations:

),(1 0t

EE

cm

se

Where:

MPaf

E ckcm 31476

10

825*22

10

8*22

3.03.0

MPaEs 200000

55.2),( 0 t

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

453

56.22

55.21

31476200000

),(1 0

t

EE

cm

se

Material characteristics:

The maximum compression on the concrete is: Mpafckbc 1525*6,06,0

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit Mpaf yks 400*8,0

Neutral axis position calculation:

Neutral axis equation: 0αα2

1111 )'dx(**A)xd(**A²x*b* escestw

w

stscewstscestsce

b

)A*dA'*d(**b*)²AA(*)AA(*x

α2αα 2

1

By simplifying the previous equation, by considering 0scA , it will be obtained:

cm.**.**².*²..*.

b

)A*d**b*²A*A*x stewsteste

3540

16307156224021630562216305622

α2αα 2

1

Calculating the second moment:

443

11

31

01450350071056221016303

350040

αα3

m.)²..(*.**,.*.

)²'dx(**A)²xd(**Ax*b

I escestw

Stresses calculation:

MpaxI

Mserc 96.7350,0*

0145,0

330,0* 1

MpaMpax

xdscest 4007.184

350,0

350,071,0*96.7*56.22**

1

1

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

454

Maximum spacing of cracks:

Bottom reinforcement 3HA20+3HA16=15.46cm2

2, 06.015.0*4.0

4.02

8.0

15.03

)350.08.0(255.0)71.08.0(*5.2

min*40.0

2

3

)()(*5.2

min* m

h

xhdh

bA effc

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(2); Figure 7.1

0500.006.0

10*16.30 4

,,

effc

seffp A

A

mmnn

nneq 16

**

**

2211

222

211

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(3)

effpr

kkcks

,

213max,

***425.0*

Where:

c=0.051m

113.251

25*4.3

25*4.3

3/23/2

3

c

k

Therefore:

mmkk

ckseffp

r 162050.0

)10*16(*5.0*8.0*425.0051.0*113.2

***425.0*

3

,

213max,

Calculation of average strain:

41.631187

200000

cm

se E

E

44

,,

,

10*54.5*6,010*88.7200000

)050.0*41.61(*050.0

56.2*4.071.184).1(**

s

s

s

effpeeffp

effctts

cmsm EE

fk

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(2)

Calculation of crack widths:

mmsw cmsmrk 128.0)1088.7(*162.0)(* 4max,

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(1)

For an exposure class XD1, using the French national annex, we retained an opening crack of 0.20mm max.

This criterion is satisfied.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

455

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 11 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

SLS load combinations (kNm) and stresses (MPa)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: MEd=774kNm)

SLS characteristic (reference value: Mser-cq=540kNm)

SLS quasi-permanent (reference value: Mser-qp=330kNm)

Compressing stresses in concrete section σc-qp

(reference value: σc-qp =7.96MPa )

Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs-qp

(reference value: σs-qp=185MPa)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

456

Maximum cracking space Sr,max

(reference value: Sr,max=162mm)

Maximum crack opening Wk

(reference value: Wk=0.128mm)

5.21.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

MEd My corresponding to 102 combination (ULS) [kNm] 774 kNm

Mser-cq My corresponding to104 combination (SLS) [kNm] 540 kNm

Mser-qp My corresponding to 108 combination (SLS) [kNm] 330 kNm

σc Compressing stresses in concrete section σc [MPa] 7.96 MPa

σs Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs [MPa] 185 Mpa

Sr,max Maximum cracking space Sr,max [cm] 16.2 cm

Wk Maximum crack opening Wk [cm] 0.0128 cm

5.21.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

My My ULS -774 kN*m 0.0000 %

My My SLS cq -540 kN*m 0.0000 %

My My SLS qp -330 kN*m 0.0000 %

Sc QP Sc QP 7.76924 MPa 0.0000 %

Ss QP Ss QP -181.698 MPa 0.0001 %

Sr,max Sr,max 16.1577 cm -0.0003 %

wk Wk -0.0125137 cm 0.0000 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

457

5.22 EC2 Test 23: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Test ID: 5053

Test status: Passed

5.22.1 Description

Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) will be determined, along with the cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement (Asw) calculation.

5.22.2 Background

Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) will be determined, along with the cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement (Asw) calculation.

5.22.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Concrete C25/30

■ Reinforcement steel: S500B

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure:

The dead load family is be considered from three loads: two point loads of 55kN and 65kN and one linear load of 25kN/m, placed along the beam as described in the picture:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

458

■ Exploitation loadings:

The live load will consist of three loads: two point loads of 40kN and 35kN and one linear load of 20kN/m, placed along the beam as described in the picture:

■ Structural class: S1

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B

■ The reinforcement will be displayed like in the picture below:

The objective is to verify:

■ The shear stresses results

■ The cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw

■ The theoretical reinforcement value

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.70 m,

■ Width: b = 0.30 m,

■ Length: L = 5.30 m,

■ Concrete cover: c=3.5cm

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.623m; d’=ehz=0.0335m

■ Stirrup slope: = 90°

■ Stirrup slope: 45˚

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

459

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 5.30) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X

■ Inner: None.

Loading

The maximum shear stresses from the concrete beam:

Using the software structure calculation the following values were obtained:

x = 0m => KNVEd 406

x = 0.50m (for the first point load) => KN.VEd 76373 and KN.VEd 51239

x = 0.95m (for the second point load) => KN.VEd 82210 and KN.VEd 5770

x = 2.06m the shear force is null => KNVEd 0

Note: In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an unreduced shear that will be used for further calculations.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

460

5.22.2.2 Reference results in calculating the maximum design shear resistance

21max, cot1

cotcot*****

wucdcwRd bzfV

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 6.2.3.(3)

Where:

1cw coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and

2501*6,01

ckfv

When the transverse frames are vertical, the above formula simplifies to:

cot

***1max,

tg

bzfvV wucdRd

In this case:

45 and 90

1v strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear

54.0250

251*6.0

2501*6,01

ckfv

mdzu 561.0623.0*9.0*9.0

MNVRd 757.02

30.0*561.0*67.16*54.0max,

MNVMNV RdEd 757.0406.0 max,

Calculation of transversal reinforcement:

Is determined by considering the transverse reinforcement steels vertical ( = 90°) and connecting rods inclined at 45 °, at different points of the beam.

Before the first point load:

mlcmtg

fz

tgV

s

A

ywdu

Edsw /²65,16

15,1

500*561,0

45*406,0

*

*.

Between the first and the second point load:

mlcmtg

s

Asw /²82,9

15,1

500*561,0

45*23951,0

It also calculates the required reinforcement area to the right side of the beam:

mlcmtg

s

Asw /²48,8

15,1

500*561,0

45*20674,0

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

461

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 7 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

Advance Design gives the following results for Atz (cm2/ml)

Note: after the second point load, the minimum transverse reinforcement is set (noted with Atmin in ADVANCE Design) (in cm²/ml):

The reinforcement theoretical value is calculated using the formula:

mlcmbf

fb

s

Aw

yk

ckww

sw /²4.290sin*30.0*500

25*08,0sin**

*08,0sin**min,

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

462

5.22.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Fz Fz corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) x=0m [kN] 405.63 kN

Fz Fz corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) x=0.5m [kN] 373.76 kN

Fz Fz corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) x=0.501m [kN] 239.51 kN

Fz Fz corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) x=0.95m [kN] 210.82 kN

Fz Fz corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) x=0.9501m [kN] 70.57 kN

Atz Transversal reinforcement area x=0m [cm2/ml] 16,65 cm2/ml

Atz Transversal reinforcement area x=0.501m [cm2/ml] 9.82 cm2/ml

Atz Transversal reinforcement area x=5.3m [cm2/ml] 8.84 cm2/ml

At,min,z Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2/ml] 2.40 cm2/ml

5.22.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Fz Fz,0 -405.633 kN -0.0001 %

Fz Fz,1 -373.758 kN -0.0001 %

Fz Fz,1' -239.445 kN 0.0002 %

Fz Fz,2 -210.821 kN 0.0001 %

Fz Fz,2' -70.5644 kN -0.0001 %

Atz Atz,0 16.6391 cm² 0.0002 %

Atz Atz,1 9.82205 cm² 0.0000 %

Atz Atz,r 8.48058 cm² -0.0000 %

Atminz At,min,z 2.4 cm² 0.0000 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

463

5.23 EC2 Test 10: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram

Test ID: 4984

Test status: Passed

5.23.1 Description

Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State - The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the ULS load combination, the results of the theoretical reinforcement area, "Az" and the minimum reinforcement percentage, "Amin".

This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

5.23.2 Background

Verifies the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

5.23.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 500 kN/m

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 300kN/m,

■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

■ Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

■ 30ψ2 ,

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B

■ The calculation is performed considering inclined stress-strain diagram

The objective is to verify:

■ The stresses results

■ The theoretical reinforcement area

■ The reinforcement minimum percentage area

Simply supported beam

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

464

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Beam length: 6m

■ Concrete cover: c=4.00 cm

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.900 m; d’=ebz=0.04m

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete C30/37 and S500B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

■ Exposure class XC2

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B

■ The calculation is made considering the inclined stress-strain diagram

■ Concrete C16/20:

MPa,

ff

c

ckcd 20

51

30

γ

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

MPa.*.f*.f //ckctm 90230300300 3232

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

■ Steel S400B :

MPa.,

ff

s

ykyd 78434

151

500

γ

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 7) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

465

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*500+1.5*300=1125 kN/m

Characteristic combination of actions:

CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=500+300=800 kN/m

Quasi-permanent combination of actions

CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=500+0.3*300=590 kN/m

Load calculations:

kNm.²*

MEd 550628

61125

kNm²*

MEcq 36008

6800

kNm²*

MEqp 26558

6590

5.23.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam moment

At first it will be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section only:

kNm*.*,

,*,*.f*h

d*h*bM cdf

feffbtu310480420

2

20090200401

2

Comparing Mbtu with MEd:

Therefore the concrete section is not entirely compressed;

There are required calculations considering the T section.

Reference reinforcement calculation:

For those calculations, the beam section will be divided in two theoretical section:

Section 1: For the calculation of the concrete only

Section 2: For the calculation of the compressed reinforcement

Theoretical section 2:

The moment corresponding to this section is:

kNm*.

..**.*)..(

hd*f*h*)bb(M f

cdfweffEd

3

2

1023

2

20090020200400401

2

Stress from the compressed steel reinforcement considering a steel grade S500B:

MPa*,, susu 466ε2772771432σ

In order to determine the suε , the neutral axis position must be determined:

kNm*.*)..(MMM EdEdEd33

21 1086311020030635

28702090400

8631μ 1 .

*².*.

.

F*²d*b

M

cdw

Edcu

kNm*.MkNm*.M Edbtu33 1006255104804

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

466

43502870211251μ211251α ..**.)*(*. cuu

Depending of uα , the neutral axis position can be established:

5545034350

43501ε

α

α1ε 2 ..*

.

.* cu

u

usu

Then we calculate the stress in the tensioned steel reinforcement:

MPaMPa,.,,su 466024360045502772771432σ

According to those above, the theoretical reinforcement can be calculated:

²cm.

.*.

.

.

F*h

d

MA

ydf

Ed 7491

024362

20090

2003

2

22

Theoretical section 1:

The theoretical section 1 corresponds to a calculation for a rectangular shape beam section

kNm*.*)..(MMM EdEdEd33

21 1086311020030635

3720μ28702090400

8631μ 1 ..

*².*.

.

F*²d*b

Mlu

cdw

Edcu

For a S500B reinforcement and for a XC2 exposure class, there will be a: 3720μ2870μ .. lucu , therefore there will be

no compressed reinforcement.

There will be a calculation without compressed reinforcement:

43502870211251μ211251α ..**.)*(*. cuu

m.).*.(*.)*.(*dz uc 74304350400190α4011

²cm..*.

.

f*z

MA

ydc

Ed 4657024367430

8631

1

11

Theoretical section 1:

In conclusion the entire reinforcement steel area is A=A1+A2=91.74+57.46=149.20cm2

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area

The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

d*b*.

d*b*f

f*.

MaxA

w

wyk

eff,ct

min,s

00130

260

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2

Where:

MPa.ff ctmeff,ct 902 from cracking conditions

Therefore:

²cm.

²m*..*.*.

²m*..*.*.

*.maxA min,s 425

1068490040000130

10425900400500

902260

4

4

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 7 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

467

ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 5062.5kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

For Class B reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=149.20cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: 5.42cm2)

5.23.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

My,ULS My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 5062.5 kNm

Az (Class B) Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 149.20 cm2

Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm2] 5.42 cm2

5.23.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

My My USL -5062.5 kN*m 0.0000 %

Az Az -149.031 cm² 0.0001 %

Amin Amin -5.42219 cm² 0.0000 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

468

5.24 EC2 Test 15: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram

Test ID: 4998

Test status: Passed

5.24.1 Description

Simple Bending Design for Service Limit State

The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the SLS load combination and the results of the theoretical reinforcement area Az and of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.24.2 Background

This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for a T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

5.24.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 20 kN/m (including the dead load)

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 10kN/m,

■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

■ Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A

■ The calculation is performed considering bilinear stress-strain diagram

The objective is to verify:

■ The stresses results

■ The theoretical reinforcement area

■ The minimum reinforcement percentage

Simply supported beam

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

469

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Beam cross section characteristics:

■ Beam length: 8m

■ Beam height: h=0.76m

■ Concrete cover: c=4.50 cm

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.669 m; d’=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete C20/25 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

■ Exposure class XD1

■ Concrete density: 16kN/m3

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A

■ The calculation is performed considering bilinear stress-strain diagram

■ The concrete age t0=28 days

■ Humidity RH=50%

■ Concrete: fck = 20MPa

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 7) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load combinations:

Characteristic combination of actions:

CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=20+10=30kN/ml

Quasi-permanent combination of actions:

CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=20+0.3*10=23kN/ml

■ Load calculations:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

470

kNmM cqser 240

8

²8*1020,

kNmM qpser 184

8

²8*10*3.020,

5.24.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of the creep coefficient

)()(),( 00 tft cmRH

Where:

MPaf

fcm

cm 17.3820

8.168.16)(

488.0281.0

1

1.0

1)( 20.020.0

0

0

t

t

t0 : concrete age t0=28days

21

03

***1.0100

11

h

RH

RH

121 if Mpafcm 35

If not

7.0

1

35

cmf and

2.0

2

35

cmf

In this case MpaMpaMpaff ckcm 35288 therefore

121

In this case:

Humidity RH=50 %

mmu

Ach 24.162

3920

318000*220

97.2488.0*17.3*92.1)(*)(*),(92.124.162*1.0

100

501

1 003

tft cmRHRH

Calculating the equivalence coefficient:

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Ecar

Eqp

cm

se

M

Mt

EE

*),(1 0

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

471

Where:

MPaf

E ckcm 29962

10

820*22

10

8*22

3.03.0

MPaEs 200000

28.3240

184*97.21*),(1 0

Ecar

Eqp

M

Mt

89.21

240

184*97.21

2962200000

*),(1 0

Ecar

Eqp

cm

se

M

Mt

EE

Material characteristics:

The maximum compression on the concrete is: Mpafckbc 1220*6,0*6,0

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit Mpaf yks 400*8,0

Neutral axis position calculation; Calculation of Mtser:

MNmhbhd

hd

M fefff

f

e

stser 122,010,0*20,1*

10,0669,03

10,0669,0

*77.43

400**3*

*222

kNmMkNmM tserser 122240 the neutral axes is on the beam body

Concrete compressive stresses

MPah

dhb

M

ffeff

serm 23,3

)2

10,0669,0(*10,0*20,1

240,0

)2

(**

MPah

d

de

s

f

e

sm

c 96,489.21

400

2

10,0669,0

89.21

40023,3

*669,0

2

*

MPaMPa cc 1296.4 => there is no compressed reinforcement

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

472

The calculation of the tension reinforcement theoretical section As1

cmdxsce

ce 30.14669,0*40096,4*89.21

96,4*89.21

*

*1

MNxbN ceffc 426,0

2

96,4*1430,0*20,1

2** 11

m.MN,,*,z*NM cc 265062204260111 and m,,

,zc 62203

1430066901

²65,10400*622,0

265,0

*1

11 cmz

MA

sc

s

Calculation of the steel compressed reinforcement As2:

m,,,hxx f 043001001430012

MPa,,

,*,

x

x*cc 491

14300

04300964σσ

1

22

MN,,

*,*),,(x*)bb(N cweffc 0290

2

4910430030201

2

σ 222

MNm,,*,z*NM cc 016055500290222

with m,,

,,zc 55503

0430010066902

²cm,*,

,

*z

MA

scs 720

4005550

0160

σ2

22

Notions of serviceability moment M0 :

²cm...AAA sss 9397206510210

m.MN,,,MMM 249001602650210

Theoretical steel reinforcement section :

²cm,,

,*,

M

M*AA sers

s 5892490

2400939

0

0

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area

The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

d*b*.

d*b*f

f*.

MaxA

w

wyk

eff,ct

min,s

00130

260

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2

Where:

MPa.ff ctmeff,ct 212 from cracking conditions

Therefore:

²cm.

²m*..*.*.

²m*..*.*.

*.maxA min,s 612

10612669030000130

103126690300500

212260

4

4

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

473

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 9 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

SLS load combinations(kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: 240kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)

(reference value: As=9.58cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area (cm2)

(reference value: 2.57cm2)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

474

5.24.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 240 kNm

Az Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 9.58 cm2

Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm2] 2.57 cm2

5.24.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

My My SLS -240 kN*m 0.0000 %

Az Az -9.64217 cm² -0.6490 %

Amin Amin -2.574 cm² -0.0000 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

475

5.25 EC2 Test 19: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)

Test ID: 5033

Test status: Passed

5.25.1 Description

Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of compressing stresses in concrete section and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section; the maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings are verified.

5.25.2 Background

Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section σc and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs; maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings.

5.25.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 15 kN/m + dead load,

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 20 kN/m,

■ Structural class: S4

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B

The objective is to verify:

■ The stresses results

■ The compressing stresses in concrete section σc

■ The compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs.

■ The maximum spacing of cracks

■ The crack opening

Simply supported beam

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

476

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.60 m,

■ Width: b = 0.20 m,

■ Length: L = 5.80 m,

■ Section area: A = 0.12 m2 ,

■ Concrete cover: c=4.5cm

■ Effective height: d=53cm;

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

■ Exposure class XD1

■ Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram

■ The concrete age t0=28 days

■ Humidity RH=50%

■ Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: Mpafck 25

■ Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: Mpafyk 500

■ ²cm.Ast 4615 for 3 HA20+3 HA16

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z

■ Inner: None.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load calculations:

► M0Ed = 228 kNm

► Mcar = 160 kNm

► Mfq = 118 kNm

► Mqp = 101 kNm

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

477

5.25.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

)()(),( 00 tft cmRH

Where:

MPaf

fcm

cm 92.2825

8.168.16)(

488.0281.0

1

1.0

1)(

20.020.00

0

t

t

t0 : concrete age t0=28days

21

03

***1.0100

11

h

RH

RH

121 if Mpafcm 35

If not

7.0

1

35

cmf

and

2.0

2

35

cmf

In this case,

, therefore:

In this case:

Humidity RH=50 %

mmu

Ach 150

600200*2

600*200*220

77.2488.0*92.2*94.1)(*)(*),(94.1150*1.0

100

501

1 003

tft cmRHRH

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Ecar

Eqp

cm

se

M

Mt

EE

*),(1 0

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

478

Where:

MPaf

E ckcm 31476

10

825*22

10

8*22

3.03.0

MPaEs 200000

75.2160

101*77.21*),(1 0

Ecar

Eqp

M

Mt

75.2

160

101*77.21

31476200000

*),(1 0

Ecar

Eqp

cm

se

M

Mt

EE

Material characteristics:

The maximum compression on the concrete is: Mpafckbc 1525*6,06,0

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit Mpaf yks 320*8,0

Neutral axis position calculation:

Neutral axis equation: 0αα2

1111 )'dx(**A)xd(**A²x*b* escestw

w

stscewstscestsce

b

)A*dA'*d(**b*)²AA(*)AA(*x

α2αα 2

1

By simplifying the previous equation, by considering 0scA , it will be obtained:

cm..**.**².*²..*.

b

)A*d**b*²A*A*x stewsteste

672620

46155347172024615471746154717

α2αα 2

1

Calculating the second moment:

443

11

31

003140267053047171046153

267020

αα3

m.)²..(*.**,.*.

)²'dx(**A)²xd(**Ax*b

I escestw

Stresses calculation:

MpaxI

Mserc 59.8267,0*

00314,0

101,0* 1

MpaMpax

xdscest 40082.147

267,0

267,053,0*59.8*47.17**

1

1

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

479

Maximum spacing of cracks:

Bottom reinforcement 3HA20+3HA16=15.46cm2

2, 0222.0111.0*2.0

3.02

6.0

111.03

)267.06.0(175.0)53.06.0(*5.2

min*20.0

2

3

)()(*5.2

min* m

h

xhdh

bA effc

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(2); Figure 7.1

070.00222.0

10*46.15 4

,,

effc

seffp A

A

mmnn

nneq 22.18

**

**

2211

222

211

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(3)

effpr

kkcks

,

213max,

***425.0*

Where:

c=0.051m

114.251

25*4.3

25*4.3

3/23/2

3

c

k

Therefore:

mmkk

ckseffp

r 15207.0

)10*22.18(*5.0*8.0*425.0051.0*114.2

***425.0*

3

,

213max,

Calculation of average strain:

35.631476

200000

cm

se E

E

44

,,

,

10*43.4*6,010*33.6200000

)07.0*35.61(*07.0

56.2*4.082.147).1(**

s

s

s

effpeeffp

effctts

cmsm EE

fk

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(2)

Calculation of crack widths:

mmsw cmsmrk 096.0)1033.6(*152)(* 4max,

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(1)

For an exposure class XD1, using the French national annex, we retained an opening crack of 0.20mm max. This criterion is satisfied.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

480

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 11 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

SLS load combinations (kNm) and stresses (MPa)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: Mscq=160kNm)

Compressing stresses in concrete section σc

(reference value: σc =8.59MPa )

Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs

(reference value: σs=148MPa)

Maximum cracking space Sr,max

(reference value: Sr,max=152mm)

Maximum crack opening Wk

(reference value: Wk=0.096mm)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

481

5.25.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Mser-cq My corresponding to the 104 combination (SLS) [kNm] 160 kNm

σc Compressing stresses in concrete section σc [MPa] 8.50 MPa

σs Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs [MPa] 148 MPa

Sr,max Maximum cracking space Sr,max [cm] 15.2 cm

Wk Maximum crack opening Wk [cm] 0.0096 cm

5.25.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

My My SLS cq -159.546 kN*m -0.0001 %

Sc QP Sc QP 8.50328 MPa -0.0000 %

Ss QP Ss QP -147.055 MPa 0.0003 %

Sr,max Sr,max 15.3633 cm 0.9139 %

wk Wk -0.00966483 cm -0.9138 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

482

5.26 EC2 Test 11: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)

Test ID: 4983

Test status: Passed

5.26.1 Description

Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.26.2 Background

Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.26.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 15 kN/m + dead load,

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 20kN/m,

■ ■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

■ Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

Simply supported beam

Units

Metric System

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

483

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.60 m,

■ Width: b = 0.25 m,

■ Length: L = 5.80 m,

■ Section area: A = 0.15 m2 ,

■ Concrete cover: c=4.5cm

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.519m; d’=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

■ Exposure class XD1

■ Concrete density: 25kN/m3

■ Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram

■ The concrete age t0 =28 days

■ Cracking calculation required

■ Concrete C25/30:

MPa,,

ff

c

ckcd 6716

51

25

γ

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

MPa.*.f*.f //ckctm 56225300300 3232

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

■ Steel S500 :

MPa,,

ff

s

ykyd 78434

151

500

γ

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

MPaf

E ckcm 31476

10

825*22000

10

8*22000

3.03.0

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

484

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Permanent loads:

G’=0.25*0.6*2.5=3.75kN/ml

■ Load combinations:

Characteristic combination of actions:

CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=15+3.75+20=38.75kN/ml

Quasi-permanent combination of actions:

CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=15+3.75+0.3*20=24.75kN/ml

■ Load calculations:

kNmMEcq 94,1628

²80,5*75,38

kNmMEqp 7.1048

²80,5*75.24

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

485

5.26.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

)()(),( 00 tft cmRH

Where:

MPa..

f

.)f(

cmcm 9252

825

816816β

488.0281.0

1

1.0

1)(

20.020.00

0

t

t

t0 : concrete age t0 = 28days

21

03

***1.0100

11

h

RH

RH

1αα 21 if Mpafcm 35

If not, 70

135

α.

cmf

and

20

235

α.

cmf

In this case,

, therefore 1αα 21

In this case,

Humidity RH=50 %

mm.*

**

u

Ach 47176

6002502

600250220

70248809252891ββ8914717610

100

501

1 003..*.*.)t(*)f(*)t,(.

.*.cmRHRH

Therefore:

73.2163

104*70.21*),(1 0

Ecar

Eqp

M

Mt

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

32.17

163

104*70.21

31476200000

*),(1 0

Ecar

Eqp

cm

se

M

Mt

EE

Material characteristics:

The maximum compression on the concrete is: Mpafckbc 1525*6,06,0

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit Mpaf yks 400*8,0

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

486

Neutral axis position calculation:

The position of the neutral axis must be determined by calculating 1 (position corresponding to the state of

maximum stress on the concrete and reinforcement):

394.040015*32.17

15*32.17

*

*1

sce

ce

Moment resistance calculation:

Knowing the 1 value, it can be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section, using the following

formulas:

204051903940α11 ..*.d*x m

MNm..

.**.*.*.)x

d(**x*b*M cwrb 17303

2040519015204025050

2

1 11

Where:

Utile height : d = h – (0.06h + ebz) = 0.519m

The moment resistance Mrb = 173KNm

Because kNmMkNmM rbEcq 17394.162 the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is

correct.

Calculation of reinforcement area with max constraint on steel and concrete

The reinforcement area is calculated using the SLS load combination

Neutral axis position: 394,01

Lever arm: m..

*.*dzc 45103

394015190

3

α1 1

Reinforcement section: ²03.9400*451.0

163.0

*,1 cmz

MA

sc

sersers

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area

The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

db

dbf

f

MaxA

w

wyk

effct

s

**0013.0

***26.0 ,

min,

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2

Where:

MPaff ctmeffct 56.2, from cracking conditions

Therefore:

²73.1²10*69.1519.0*25.0*0013.0

²10*73.1519.0*25.0*500

56.226.0

max4

4

min, cmm

mAs

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

487

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 11 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: 162.94kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: 9.03cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: 1.73cm2)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

488

5.26.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 162.94 kNm

Az Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 9.03 cm2

Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm2] 1.73 cm2

5.26.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

My My USL -162.936 kN*m 0.0001 %

Az Az -9.02822 cm² -0.0000 %

Amin Amin -1.73058 cm² -0.0001 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

489

5.27 EC2 Test 14: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, with compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)

Test ID: 4987

Test status: Passed

5.27.1 Description

Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit - Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending.

During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

The verification of the bending stresses at service limit state is performed.

5.27.2 Background

Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.27.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Linear loads:

Loadings from the structure: G = 50 kN/m + dead load,

Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 60kN/m,

■ Punctual loads

G=30kN

Q=25kN

3,02

Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

Simply supported beam

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

490

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.80 m,

■ Width: b = 0.40 m,

■ Length: L = 6.30 m,

■ Section area: A = 0.320 m2 ,

■ Concrete cover: c=4.5cm

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.707m; d’=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

■ Exposure class XD1

■ Concrete density: 25kN/m3

■ Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram

■ The concrete age t0=28 days

■ Humidity RH=50%

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Dead load:

0.40*0.80*25 = 8kN/ml

■ Load combinations:

Characteristic combination of actions:

CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=8+50+60=118kN/ml

Quasi-permanent combination of actions:

CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=8+50+0.3*60=76kN/ml

■ Load calculations:

mkNM cqser .05.672

8

²3.6*60508

4

3.6*2530,

mkNM qpser .11.436

8

²3.660*3.0508

4

3.6*25*3.030,

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

491

5.27.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

)()(),( 00 tft cmRH

Where:

MPaf

fcm

cm 92.2825

8.168.16)(

488.0281.0

1

1.0

1)(

20.020.00

0

t

t

t0 : concrete age t0=28days

21

03

***1.0100

11

h

RH

RH

121 if Mpafcm 35

If not

7.0

1

35

cmf and

2.0

2

35

cmf

In this case therefore

121

In this case:

Humidity RH=50 %

mmu

Ach 267

800400*2

800*400*220

54.2488.0*92.2*78.1)(*)(*),(78.1267*1.0

100

501

1 003

tft cmRHRH

Calculating the equivalence coefficient:

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Ecar

Eqp

cm

se

M

Mt

EE

*),(1 0

Where:

MPaf

E ckcm 31476

10

825*22

10

8*22

3.03.0

MPaEs 200000

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

492

65.2672

435*54.21*),(1 0

Ecar

Eqp

M

Mt

82.16

672

435*54.21

31476200000

*),(1 0

Ecar

Eqp

cm

se

M

Mt

EE

Material characteristics:

The maximum compression on the concrete is: Mpafckbc 1515*6,0*6,0

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit Mpaf yks 400*8,0

Neutral axis position calculation:

The position of the neutral axis must be determined by calculating (position corresponding to the state of maximum stress on the concrete and reinforcement):

387.040018*82.16

15*82.16

*

*1

sce

ce

Moment resistance calculation:

Knowing the 1α value, it can be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section, using the following

formulas:

273.0707.0*387.0*11 dx m

MNmx

dxbM cwrb 505.03

273.0707.0*15*273.0*4.0*5.0)

3(****

2

1 11

Where:

Utile height : d = h – (0.06h + ebz) = 0.707m

The moment resistance Mrb = 505KNm

Because kNmMkNmM rbEcq 505672 , the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is

incorrect.

The calculation of the tension reinforcement theoretical section A1

mx

dzc 616.03

273.0707.0

31

²51.20400*616.0

505.0

*1 cmz

MA

sc

rb

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

493

Stress calculation for steel reinforcement σsc:

064.0707.0

045.0'' d

d

MPacesc 78.210387.0

067.0387.0*15*82.16

'**

1

1

Calculation of the steel compressed reinforcement A’:

²96.1178.210*)045.0707.0(

505.0672.0

*)'(' cm

dd

MMA

sc

rbser

Calculation of the steel tensioned reinforcement A2:

²30.6400

78.210*96.11'*2 cmAA

s

sc

Calculation of the steel reinforcement :

²81.2630.651.2021 cmAAA

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area

The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

db

dbf

f

MaxA

w

wyk

effct

s

**0013.0

***26.0 ,

min,

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2

Where:

MPaff ctmeffct 56.2, from cracking conditions

Therefore:

²76.3²10*68.3707.0*40.0*0013.0

²10*76.3707.0*40.0*500

56.2*26.0

max4

4

min, cmm

mAs

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 7 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

494

ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: 672kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)

(reference value: As=26.81cm2; A’=11.96cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area (cm2)

(reference value: 3.76cm2)

5.27.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 672 kNm

Az Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 26.81 cm2

Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm2] 3.77 cm2

5.27.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

My My SLS -672.032 kN*m -0.0001 %

Az Az -26.8086 cm² -0.0001 %

Amin Amin -3.77193 cm² -0.0001 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

495

5.28 EC2 Test 18: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, with compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)

Test ID: 5011

Test status: Passed

5.28.1 Description

Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit - Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending.

During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of compressing stresses in concrete section and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section.

5.28.2 Background

Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section σc and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs.

5.28.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 37.5 kN/m (including the dead load),

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 37.5 kN/m,

■ Structural class: S4

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A

■ For the stress calculation the French annexes was used

The objective is to verify:

■ The stresses results

■ The compressing stresses in concrete section σc

■ The compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs.

Simply supported beam

Units

Metric System

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

496

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.80 m,

■ Width: b = 0.35 m,

■ Length: L = 8.00 m,

■ Section area: A = 0.28 m2 ,

■ Concrete cover: c=4 cm

■ Effective height: d=72cm;

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

■ Exposure class XD1

■ Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram

■ The concrete age t0=28 days

■ Humidity RH=50%

■ Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: Mpafck 25

■ Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: Mpafyk 500

■ ²cm.Ast 7037 for 3 HA20

■ ²cm.Asc 286 for 2 HA10

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z

■ Inner: None.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load combinations:

► Characteristic combination of actions:

CCQ = 1.0*G+1.0*Q =75 kN/ml

■ Load calculations:

► M0Ed = 855 kNm

► Mcar = 600 kNm

► Mqp = 390 kNm

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

497

5.28.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

)()(),( 00 tft cmRH

Where:

MPaf

fcm

cm 92.2825

8.168.16)(

488.0281.0

1

1.0

1)(

20.020.00

0

t

t

t0 : concrete age t0=28days

21

03

***1.0100

11

h

RH

RH

if

If not,

7.0

1

35

cmf and

2.0

2

35

cmf

In this case,

, therefore 121

In this case,

Humidity RH=50 %

mmu

Ach 48.243

800350*2

800*350*220

56.2488.0*92.2*80.1)(*)(*),(80.148.243*1.0

100

501

1 003

tft cmRHRH

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Ecar

Eqp

cm

se

M

Mt

EE

*),(1 0

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

498

Where:

MPaf

E ckcm 31476

10

825*22

10

8*22

3.03.0

MPaEs 200000

664.2600

390*56.21*),(1 0

Ecar

Eqp

M

Mt

90.16

664.2

31476200000

*),(1 0

Ecar

Eqp

cm

se

M

Mt

EE

Material characteristics:

The maximum compression on the concrete is: Mpafckbc 1525*6,06,0

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit Mpaf yks 320*8,0

Neutral axis position calculation:

Neutral axis equation: 0αα2

1111 )'dx(**A)xd(**A²x*b* escestw

cm,).*.*(*.**)²..(*².)..(*.

b

)A'*dA*d(**b*)²AA(*²)AA(*x scstewscstescste

413435

286470377290163522867037901628670379016

α2αα1

Calculating the second moment:

443

11

31

0147201472097445349016286453472901670373

413435

αα3

m.cm)².(*.*,)²,(.*,,*

)²'dx(**A)²xd(**Ax*b

I escestw

Stresses calculation:

MpaMpaxI

Mc

serc 12143441,0*

01472,0

600,0* 1

MpaMpax

xdscest 400259

3441,0

3441,072,0*14*90.16**

1

1

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 9 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

499

SLS load combinations (kNm) and stresses (MPa)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: Mscq=600kNm)

Compressing stresses in concrete section σc

(reference value: σc =14MPa )

Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs

(reference value: σs=260.15MPa)

5.28.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

My,SLS My corresponding to the 104 combination (SLS) [kNm] 600 kNm

σc Compressing stresses in concrete section σc (MPa) 14 MPa

σs Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs (MPa) 260.15 MPa

5.28.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

My My SLS -600 kN*m 0.0000 %

Sc CQ Sc CQ 14.122 MPa 0.0142 %

Ss CQ Ss CQ -260.116 MPa 0.0014 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

500

5.29 EC2 Test 26: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with vertical transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Test ID: 5072

Test status: Passed

5.29.1 Description

Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw. For the calculation, the reduced shear force values will be used.

5.29.2 Background

Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw. For the calculation, the reduced shear force values will be used.

5.29.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Concrete C25/30

■ Reinforcement steel: S500B

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure:

The dead load will be represented by a linear load of 40kN/m

■ Exploitation loadings:

The live load will be considered from one linear load of 25kN

■ Structural class: S1

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B

■ The reinforcement will be displayed like in the picture below:

The objective is to verify:

■ The shear stresses results

■ The cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

501

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.70 m,

■ Width: b = 0.35 m,

■ Length: L = 5.75 m,

■ Concrete cover: c=3.5cm

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.623m; d’=ehz=0.035m

■ Stirrup slope: = 90°

■ Strut slope: θ=45˚

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 5.30) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X

■ Inner: None.

Loading:

For a beam subjected to a point load, Pu, the shear stresses are defined by the formula below:

2

* lPV uEd

According to EC2 the Pu point load is defined by the next formula:

Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*40kN+1.50*25kN=91.5kN

In this case :

KNVEd 2632

5.91*75.5

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

502

5.29.2.2 Reference results in calculating the lever arm zc:

The lever arm will be calculated from the design formula for pure bending:

mlkNPu /5.91

kNmMEd 15.3788

²75.5*5.91

167.067.16*²623.0*35.0

378.0

*²*

cdw

Edcu fdb

M

230.0167.0*211*25.1*211*25.1 cuu

mdz uc 566.0230.0*4.01*623.0*4.01*

Calculation of reduced shear force

When the shear force curve has no discontinuities, the EC2 allows to consider, as a reduction, the shear force to a

horizontal axis

In case of a member subjected to a distributed load, the equation of the shear force is:

2

**)(

lPxPxV u

u

Therefore:

mzx 566.045cot*566.0cot*

kNV redEd 211263566.0*5.91,

Warning: Advance Design does not apply the reduction of shear force corresponding to the distributed loads (cutting edge at x = d).

Calculation of maximum design shear resistance:

θ1

θανα 1 2wucdcwmax,Rd

cot

cotcot*b*z*f**V

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 6.2.3.(3)

Where:

1cw coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and

2501*6,01

ckfv

When the transverse frames are vertical, the above formula simplifies to:

θθ1

cottg

b*z*f*vV wucd

max,Rd

In this case:

45 and 90

1v strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear

54.0250

251*6.0

2501*6,01

ckfv

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

503

mdzu 56.0623.0*9.0*9.0

kNMNVRd 891891.02

35.0*566.0*67.16*54.0max,

kNVkNV RdEd 891236 max,

Calculation of transversal reinforcement:

Given the vertical transversal reinforcement ( = 90°), the following formula is used:

mlcmtg

fz

tgV

s

A

ywdu

Edsw /²67,8

15,1

500*566,0

45*211,0

*

*.

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 3 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

Advance Design gives the following results for Atz (cm2/ml)

5.29.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Fz Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 263 kN

At,z Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2/ml] 8.67 cm2/ml

5.29.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Fz Fz -263.062 kN -0.0002 %

Atz Atz 8.68636 cm² 0.0000 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

504

5.30 EC2 Test 27: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with vertical transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Test ID: 5076

Test status: Passed

5.30.1 Description

Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force diagram is generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max., will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw, and the theoretical reinforcement. For the calculation, the reduced shear force values will be used.

5.30.2 Background

Description: Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force diagram is generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max. will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw, and the theoretical reinforcement.

5.30.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Concrete C25/30

■ Reinforcement steel: S500B

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure:

The dead load will be represented by a linear load of 40kN/m

■ Exploitation loadings:

The live load will be considered from one linear load of 25kN

■ Structural class: S1

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B

■ The reinforcement will be displayed like in the picture below:

The objective is to verify:

■ The shear stresses results

■ The theoretical reinforcement value

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

505

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.70 m,

■ Width: b = 0.35 m,

■ Length: L = 5.75 m,

■ Concrete cover: c=3.5cm

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.623m; d’=ehz=0.035m

■ Stirrup slope: = 90°

■ Strut slope: θ=45˚

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 5.30) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X

■ Inner: None.

Loading:

For a beam subjected to a point load, Pu, the shear stresses are defined by the formula below:

2

* lPV uEd

According to EC2 the Pu point load is defined by the next formula:

Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*40kN+1.50*25kN=91.5kN

In this case :

KNVEd 2632

5.91*75.5

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

506

5.30.2.2 Reference results in calculating the lever arm zc:

The lever arm is calculated using the design formula for pure bending:

mlkNPu /5.91

kNmMEd 15.3788

²75.5*5.91

167.067.16*²623.0*35.0

378.0

*²*

cdw

Edcu fdb

M

230.0167.0*211*25.1*211*25.1 cuu

mdz uc 566.0230.0*4.01*623.0*4.01*

Calculation of reduced shear force

When the shear force curve has no discontinuities, the EC2 allows to consider, as a reduction, the shear force to a

horizontal axis cot.zx .

In the case of a member subjected to a distributed load, the equation of the shear force is:

2

**)(

lPxPxV u

u

Therefore:

mzx 566.045cot*566.0cot*

kNV redEd 211263566.0*5.91,

Warning: Advance Design does not apply the reduction of shear force corresponding to the distributed loads (cutting edge at x = d).

Calculation of maximum design shear resistance:

θ1

θανα 1 2wucdcwmax,Rd

cot

cotcot*b*z*f**V

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 6.2.3.(3)

Where:

1cw coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and

2501*6,01

ckfv

When the transverse frames are vertical, the above formula simplifies to:

cot

***1max,

tg

bzfvV wucdRd

In this case:

45 and 90

1v strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear

54.0250

251*6.0

2501*6,01

ckfv

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

507

mdzu 56.0623.0*9.0*9.0

kNMNVRd 891891.02

35.0*566.0*67.16*54.0max,

kNVkNV RdEd 891236 max,

Calculation of transversal reinforcement:

Given the vertical transversal reinforcement ( = 90°), the transverse reinforcement is calculated using the following formula:

mlcmtg

fz

tgV

s

A

ywdu

Edsw /²67,8

15,1

500*566,0

45*211,0

*

*.

Calculation of theoretical reinforcement value:

The French national annex indicates the formula:

sin**min, wwsw bs

A

With:

4min, 1015.7

500

20*08,0*08,0 yk

ckw f

f

mlcmbs

Aww

sw /²43.190sin*2.0*10*15.7sin** 4min,

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 3 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

Advance Design gives the following results for At,min,z (cm2/ml)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

508

5.30.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Fz Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 263 kN

At,min,z Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2/ml] 1.43 cm2/ml

5.30.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Fz Fz -168.937 kN -0.0003 %

Atminz Atmin,z 1.43108 cm² 0.0002 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

509

5.31 EC2 Test29: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with inclined transversal reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Test ID: 5092

Test status: Passed

5.31.1 Description

Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C35/40 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force diagram and the moment diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max., will be determined, along with the cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw, calculation. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.

The beam model was provided by Bouygues.

5.31.2 Background

Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C35/40 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force diagram and the moment diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be determined, along with the cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.

The beam model was provided by Bouygues.

5.31.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Concrete: C35/40

■ Reinforcement steel: S500B

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure:

The dead load will be represented by two linear loads of 22.63kN/m and 47.38kN/m

■ Exploitation loadings:

The live load will be considered from one linear load of 80.00kN/m

■ Structural class: S3

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B

■ Exposure class: XC1

■ Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days:

■ Partial factor for concrete:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

510

■ Relative humidity: RH=50%

■ Concrete age: t0=28days

■ Design value of concrete compressive strength: fcd=23 MPa

■ Secant modulus of elasticity of concrete: Ecm=34000 MPa

■ Concrete density:

■ Mean value of axial tensile strength of concrete: fctm=3.2 MPa

■ Final value of creep coefficient:

■ Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement:

■ Steel ductility: Class B

■ K coefficient: k=1.08

■ Design yield strength of reinforcement:

■ Design value of modulus of elasticity of reinforcing steel: Es=200000MPa

■ Steel density:

■ Characteristic strain of reinforcement or prestressing steel at maximum load:

■ Strain of reinforcement or prestressing steel at maximum load:

■ Slenderness ratio: 80.0

The objective is to verify:

■ The of shear stresses results

■ The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to a 5cm concrete cover

■ The transverse reinforcement corresponding to a 2.7cm concrete cover

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Length: L = 10.00 m,

■ Stirrup slope: = 90°

■ Strut slope: θ=29.74˚

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 10.00) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

511

Loading:

Note: In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an unreduced shear that will be used for further calculations.

5.31.2.2 Reference results in calculating the longitudinal reinforcement

For a 5 cm concrete cover and dinit=1.125m, the reference value will be 108.3 cm2:

For a 2.7 cm concrete cover and dinit=1.148m, the reference value will be 105.7 cm2:

5.31.2.3 Reference results in calculating the transversal reinforcement

ywdu

Edsw

fz

tgV

s

A

*

*.

Where:

mdzu 0125.1125.1*9.0*9.0

74.2975.1cot

90

mlcmtg

fz

tgV

s

A

ywdu

Edsw /²50.19

15,1

500*0125.1

74.29*502.1

*

*.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

512

The minimum reinforcement percentage calculation:

mlcmbf

fb

s

Aw

yk

ckww

sw /²21.590sin*55.0*500

35*08,0sin**

*08,0sin**min,

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 15 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

Advance Design gives the following results for Atz (cm2/ml)

5.31.2.4 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

My My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 5255.58 kNm

Fz Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 1501.59 kN

Az(5cm cover) Az longitudinal reinforcement corresp. to a 5cm cover [cm2/ml] 108.30 cm2/ml

Az(2.7cm cover) Az longitudinal reinforcement corresp. to a 2.7cm cover [cm2/ml] 105.69 cm2/ml

At,z,1 At,z transversal reinforcement for the beam end [cm2/ml] 19.10 cm2/ml

At,z,2 At,z transversal reinforcement for the middle of the beam [cm2/ml] 5.21 cm2/ml

5.31.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

My My -5255.58 kN*m -0.0000 %

Fz Fz -1501.59 kN -0.0003 %

Az Az 5cm -105.694 cm² 2.4071 %

Az Az 2.7cm -105.694 cm² -0.0000 %

Atz Atz end 19.0973 cm² 0.0000 %

Atz Atz middle 5.20615 cm² 0.0000 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

513

5.32 EC2 Test30: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with inclined transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Test ID: 5098

Test status: Passed

5.32.1 Description

Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force diagram and the moment diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be determined, along with the cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.

The beam model was provided by Bouygues.

5.32.2 Background

Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force diagram and the moment diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be determined, along with the cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.

The beam model was provided by Bouygues.

5.32.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Concrete: C35/40

■ Reinforcement steel: S500B

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure:

The dead load will be represented by two linear loads of 23.50kN/m and 43.50kN/m

■ Exploitation loadings:

The live load will be considered from one linear load of 25.00kN/m

■ Structural class: S3

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B

■ Exposure class: XC1

■ Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days:

■ Partial factor for concrete:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

514

■ Relative humidity: RH=50%

■ Concrete age: t0=28days

■ Design value of concrete compressive strength: fcd=20 MPa

■ Secant modulus of elasticity of concrete: Ecm=33000 MPa

■ Concrete density:

■ Mean value of axial tensile strength of concrete: fctm=2.9 MPa

■ Final value of creep coefficient:

■ Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement:

■ Steel ductility: Class B

■ K coefficient: k=1.08

■ Design yield strength of reinforcement:

■ Design value of modulus of elasticity of reinforcing steel: Es=200000MPa

■ Steel density:

■ Characteristic strain of reinforcement or prestressing steel at maximum load:

■ Strain of reinforcement or prestressing steel at maximum load:

■ Slenderness ratio:

The objective is to verify:

■ The shear stresses results

■ The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to a 6.4cm concrete cover

■ The transverse reinforcement corresponding to a 4.3cm concrete cover

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Length: L = 8.10 m,

■ Stirrup slope: = 90°

■ Strut slope: θ=22.00˚

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 10.00) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

515

Loading:

Note: In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an unreduced shear that will be used for further calculations.

5.32.2.2 Reference results in calculating the longitudinal reinforcement

For a 6.4 cm concrete cover and dinit=0.50m, the reference value will be 57.1 cm2:

For a 4.3 cm concrete cover and dinit=0.521, the reference value will be 54.3 cm2:

5.32.2.3 Reference results in calculating the transversal reinforcement

ywdu

Edsw

fz

tgV

s

A

*

*.

Where:

mdzu 469.0521.0*9.0*9.0

225.2cot

90

mlcmtg

fz

tgV

s

A

ywdu

Edsw /²67.11

15,1

500*469.0

22*589.0

*

*.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

516

The minimum reinforcement percentage calculation:

mlcmbf

fb

s

Aw

yk

ckww

sw /²01.790sin*80.0*500

30*08,0sin**

*08,0sin**min,

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 9 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

Advance Design gives the following results for Atz (cm2/ml)

5.32.2.4 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

My My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 1193.28 kNm

Fz Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 589.28 kN

Az(6.4cm cover) Az longitudinal reinforcement corresp. to a 6.4cm cover [cm2/ml] 57.07 cm2/ml

Az(4.3cm cover) Az longitudinal reinforcement corresp. to a 4.3cm cover [cm2/ml] 54.28 cm2/ml

At,z,1 At,z transversal reinforcement for the beam end [cm2/ml] 11.68 cm2/ml

At,z,2 At,z transversal reinforcement for the middle of the beam [cm2/ml] 7.01 cm2/ml

5.32.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

My My -1193.28 kN*m -0.0002 %

Fz Fz -589.275 kN -0.0000 %

Az Az 4.3cm cover -54.2801 cm² 0.0000 %

Atz Atz beam end 11.6782 cm² -0.0002 %

Atz Atz middle 7.01085 cm² -0.0000 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

517

5.33 EC2 Test 25: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with inclined transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Test ID: 5065

Test status: Passed

5.33.1 Description

Verifies the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam C20/25 with inclined transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).

For this test, the shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) is calculated, along with the cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement (Asw).

5.33.2 Background

Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C20/25 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) is calculated, along with the cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement (Asw).

5.33.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Concrete C20/25

■ Reinforcement steel: S500B

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure:

The dead load will be represented by a punctual load of 105kN

■ Exploitation loadings:

The live load will be considered from one point load of 95kN

■ Structural class: S1

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B

■ The reinforcement will be displayed like in the picture below:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

518

The objective is to verify:

■ The shear stresses results

■ The cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.50 m,

■ Width: b = 0.20 m,

■ Length: L = 3.00 m,

■ Concrete cover: c=3.5cm

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.435m; d’=ehz=0.035m

■ Stirrup slope: = 45°

■ Strut slope: θ=30˚

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 5.30) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X

■ Inner: None.

Loading:

For a beam subjected to a point load, Pu, the shear stresses are defined by the formula below:

l

aPV uEd 1

According to EC2 the Pu point load is defined by the next formula:

Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*105kN=1.50*95kN=284.25kN

In this case (a=1m; l=3m):

KNVEd 5,1893

11*25,284

Note: In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an unreduced shear that will be used for further calculations.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

519

5.33.2.2 Reference results in calculating the maximum design shear resistance

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 6.2.3.(3)

Where:

1cw coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and

2501*6,01

ckfv

In this case,

30 and 45

1v strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear

55.0250

201*6.0

2501*6,01

ckfv

mdzu 392.0435.0*9.0*9.0

3940

301

3420039203313540 .

cot

0cot5cot*.*.*.*.V

2max,Rd

MNVMNV RdEd 394.01895.0 max,

Calculation of transverse reinforcement:

The transverse reinforcement is calculated using the following formula:

mlcmfz

V

s

A

ywdu

Edsw /²76.545sin*)45cot30(cot*78.434*392.0

18950.0

sin*)cot(cot**

Beyond the point load, the shear force is constant and equal to Rb, therefore,

it also calculates the required reinforcement area to the right side of the beam:

mlcms

Asw /²88.245sin*)45cot30(cot*78.434*392.0

09475.0

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 3 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

Advance Design gives the following results for Atz (cm2/ml)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

520

5.33.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Fz,1 Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) x=1.0m [kN] 189.5 kN

Fz,2 Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) x=1.01m [kN] 94.75 kN

At,z,1 Theoretical reinforcement area at x=1.0m [cm2/ml] 5.76 cm2/ml

At,z,2 Theoretical reinforcement area at x=1.01m [cm2/ml] 2.88 cm2/ml

5.33.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Fz Fz,1 -189.5 kN -0.0000 %

Fz Fz,2 94.75 kN 0.0000 %

Atz Atz,1 5.76277 cm² 0.0001 %

Atz Atz,2 2.88139 cm² -0.0001 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

521

5.34 EC2 Test 46 I: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal force of traction - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class X0)

Test ID: 5232

Test status: Passed

5.34.1 Description

Verifies a square cross section beam made of concrete C20/25 subjected to a normal force of traction - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class X0).

Tie sizing

Inclined stress-strain diagram

Determines the armature of a pulling reinforced concrete, subjected to a normal force of traction.

The load combinations will produce the following efforts:

NEd=1.35*233.3+1.5+56.67=400kN

The boundary conditions are described below:

- Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection

- Support at end point (x = 5.00) translation along the Z axis is blocked

5.34.2 Background

Tie sizing

Bilinear stress-strain diagram / Inclined stress-strain diagram

Verifies the armature of a pulling reinforced concrete, C20/25, subjected to a normal force of traction.

5.34.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane workspace);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: Fx,G = 233.33 kN

The dead load is neglected

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Fx,Q = 56.67kN

■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

Units

Metric System

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

522

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.15 m,

■ Width: b = 0.15 m,

■ Length: L = 5.00 m,

■ Section area: A = 0.0225 m2 ,

■ Concrete cover: c=3cm

■ Reinforcement S400, Class: B, ss=400MPa

■ Fck=20MPa

■ The load combinations will produce the following efforts:

NEd=1.35*233.3+1.5+56.67=400kN

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection,

► Support at end point (x = 5.00) translation along the Z axis is blocked

■ Inner: None.

5.34.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam

There will be two successive calculations, considering a bilinear stress-strain diagram constitutive law and then a inclined stress-strain diagram constitutive law.

Calculations according a bilinear stress-strain diagram

²50,11²10*50,11

15.1

400400.0 4

,, cmm

NA

Us

EdUs

It will be used a 4HA20=A=12.57cm2

Calculations according a inclined stress-strain diagram

MPaClassBS Us 373400 ,

²70,10²10*72,10373

400.0 4

,, cmm

NA

Us

EdUs

It can be seen that the gain is not negligible (about 7%).

Checking the condition of non-fragility:

yk

ctmcs f

fAA *

MPaff ckctm 21,220*30.0*30.0 3/23/2

²0225.015.0*15.0 mAc

²24.1400

21.2*0225.0* cm

f

fAA

yk

ctmcs

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

523

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 6 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ULS load combinations (kNm)

In case of using the bilinear stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az=11.50cm2=2*5.75 cm2)

In case of using the inclined stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az=10.70cm2=2*5.35 cm2)

5.34.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Az,1 Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the bilinear stress-strain diagram [cm2]

5.75 cm2

Az,2 Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the inclined stress-strain diagram [cm2]

5.37 cm2

5.34.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Az Az-ii -5.36526 cm² 0.0001 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

524

5.35 EC2 Test 1: Verifying a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending - Bilinear stress-strain diagram

Test ID: 4969

Test status: Passed

5.35.1 Description

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending.

During this test, the determination of stresses will be made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.35.2 Background

Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.35.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 15 kN/m + dead load,

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 20kN/m,

■ ■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

■ Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

Simply supported beam

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.60 m,

■ Width: b = 0.25 m,

■ Length: L = 5.80 m,

■ Section area: A = 0.15 m2 ,

■ Concrete cover: c=4cm

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.524m; d’=ebz=0.04m

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

525

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

■ Exposure class XC1

■ Concrete density: 25kN/m3

■ Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram

■ Cracking calculation required

■ Concrete C25/30: MPa,,

ff

c

ckcd 6716

51

25

γ

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

■ MPa.*.f*.f //ckctm 56225300300 3232

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

■ Steel S500 : MPa,,

ff

s

ykyd 78434

151

500

γ

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

■ MPa*f

*E..

ckcm 31476

10

82522000

10

822000

3030

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 5.83) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Permanent loads:

G’=0.25*0.6*2.5=3.75kN/ml

■ Load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(15+3.75)+1.5*20=55.31kN/ml

Characteristic combination of actions:

CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=15+3.75+20=38.75kN/ml

Quasi-permanent combination of actions:

CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=15+3.75+0.3*20=24.75kN/ml

■ Load calculations:

mkNMEd .59,2328

²80,5*31,55

mkNMEcq .94,1628

²80,5*75,38

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

526

5.35.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit

Due to exposure class XC1, and 500Mpa steel resistance, we will consider a moment limit:

Calculating the reduced moment we will consider ULS moment:

■ because there is no compressed reinforcement

Reference reinforcement calculation:

The calculation of the reinforcement is detailed below:

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.524m

■ Calculation of reduced moment:

203,067,16*²524,0*25,0

233,0

*²*

cdw

Edcu fdb

M

285.0203.0 lucu

■ Calculation of the lever arm zc:

mdz uc 464,0)287,0*4,01(*524,0)4,01(*

■ Calculation of the reinforcement area:

²55,11²10*55,1178,434*464,0

233,0

*4 cmm

fz

MA

ydc

Edu

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area

The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

d*b*.

d*b*f

f*.

MaxA

w

wyk

eff,ct

min,s

00130

260

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2

Where:

MPa.ff ctmeff,ct 562 from cracking conditions

Therefore:

²cm.

²m...*.*.

²m...*.*.

.MaxA min,s 761

10701524025000130

107615240250500

562260

4

4

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 7 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

527

ULS and SLS load combinations(kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 232.59kNm)

SLS (reference value: 162.94kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: 11.55cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: 1.76cm2)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

528

5.35.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

My,ULS My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 232.59 kNm

My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 162.94 kNm

Az Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 11.55 cm2

Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm2] 1.76 cm2

5.35.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

My My USL -232.578 kN*m -0.0001 %

My My SLS cq -162.936 kN*m 0.0001 %

Az Az -11.5329 cm² -0.0003 %

Amin Amin -1.74725 cm² -0.0002 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

529

5.36 EC2 Test33: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression by nominal rigidity method- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Test ID: 5109

Test status: Passed

5.36.1 Description

Verifies a square concrete column subjected to compression by nominal rigidity method- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).

The column is made of concrete C30/37. The verification of the axial force, applied on top, at ultimate limit state is performed.

Nominal rigidity method.

The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.

The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection (all the translations and rotations are blocked) and to the top part, the translations along X and Y axis are also blocked.

This test is based on the example from "Applications of Eurocode 2" (J. & JA Calgaro Cortade).

5.36.2 Background

Nominal rigidity method.

Verify the adequacy of a square cross section made from concrete C30/37.

The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.

5.36.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure:

► 1260kN axial force

► The self-weight is neglected

■ Concrete cover 5cm

■ Concrete C30/37

■ Steel reinforcement S500B

■ Concrete age 28 days

■ Relative humidity 50%

■ Buckling length: L0=0.7*4.47=3.32mm

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

530

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.30 m,

■ Width: b = 0.30 m,

■ Length: L = 4.74 m,

■ Concrete cover: c=5cm

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection (all the translations and rotations are blocked) and to the top part, the translations along X and Y axis are also blocked.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

NEd =1260kN

■ Proposed reinforcement:

2*6.28cm2=12.56cm2

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

531

5.36.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Load calculation:

NEd= 1.35*NG = 1700 KN

Initial eccentricity: cmM

Me

u

u 07.1

00

Additional eccentricity due to geometric imperfections:

cmcmcmcmL

cmei 2805.0;2max400

322;2max

400;2max 0

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.2(7)

The first order eccentricity : meee i 02.001

The necessity of buckling calculation (second order effect):

For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:

n

CBA ***20lim

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)

Where:

944.020*²30.0

7.1

*

cdc

Ed

fA

Nn

7.0A if ef is not known, if it is, ef

A*2,01

1

1.1B if ω (reinforcement ratio) is not known, if it is, cdc

yds

fA

fAB

*

**21*21

In this case 27.120*²3.0

78.434*10*56.12*21

4

B

70.0C if rm is not known, if it is, mrC 7,1

In this case:

81.12944.0

7.0*27.1*7.0*20***20lim

n

CBA

34.383.0

12*32.312*0 h

L

81.1234.38 lim

Therefore, the second order effects most be considered

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

532

Effective creep coefficient calculation:

The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

Ed

EQPef M

Mt ., 0

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

Where:

0,t creep coefficient

EQPM serviceability firs order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

EdM ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

The ratio of the moment is in this case:

74.07.1

26.1

*

*

1

1

0

0 ed

eqp

ed

eqp

Ed

Eqp

N

N

eN

eN

M

M

),( 0tis the final value of the creep:

)(*)(*),( 00 tft cmRH

With:

t0 is the concrete age

2130

***1.0100

11

h

RH

RH

121 if MPafcm 35

if not

7.0

1

35

cmf

and

2.0

2

35

cmf

RH relative humidity: RH=50%

h0= mean radius of the element in mm

mmu

Ach 150

300300*2

300*300*2*20

u=column section perimeter

MPaMPafcm 3538944.0

38

357.0

1

and

984.038

352.0

2

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

533

86.1984.0*944.0*150*1.0

100

501

1***1.0100

11

32130

h

RH

RH

48.2488.0*73.2*86.1)(*)(*),( 00 tft cmRH

835.174.0*48.2*),(0

00

Ed

Eqpef M

Mt

835.2835.111 ef

Calculation of nominal rigidity:

The nominal rigidity of a post or frame member, it is estimated from the following formula:

sssccdc IEKIEKEI ****

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.7.2 (1)

ec

kkK

1

* 21

835.21 ef

22.120

30

201 ckfk

170

*2

nk

944.020*²3.0

7.1

*

cdc

Ed

fA

Nn

34.38

20.0213.0170

34.38*944.0

170

*22 k

nk

086.0835.2

20.022.1

121

ec

kkK

CE

cmcd

EE

MPaf

E ckcm 32837

10

825*22

10

8*22

3.03.0

MPaE

ECE

cmcd 27364

2.1

32837

433

000675.012

3.0*3.0

12

*m

hbIc

Ks=1

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

534

Es = 200 Gpa

45242

10*256.12

05.025.0*

2

10*56.12*2

2

'*

2*2 m

ddAI theos

²1.410*256.1*200000*1000675.0*27364*086.0 5 MNmEI

MNL

EIN

fB 67.3

²32.3

10.4*²

²

234.18

²²

0

c

MNm

N

NMM

Ed

BEdEd 070.0

17.1

67.3234.1

1*034.01

1*0

The calculation made with flexural:

MNNEd 7.1and

MNmMEd 070.0,

Therefore, a 2*6.64cm2 reinforcement area is obtained.

The calculated reinforcement is very close to the initial assumption (2*6.28cm2)

It is not necessary to continue the calculations; it retains a section of 2*6.64cm2

It sets up 4HA20 (2*6.28=12.57cm2)

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 7 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

535

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: 6.54cm2)

Theoretical value (cm2)

(reference value: 13.08 cm2)

5.36.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Az Reinforcement area [cm2] 6.54 cm2

5.36.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Az Az -6.53808 cm² 0.0001 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

536

5.37 EC2 Test34: Verifying a rectangular concrete column subjected to compression on the top – Method based on nominal stiffness - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Test ID: 5114

Test status: Passed

5.37.1 Description

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section column made of concrete C30/37. The verification of the axial stresses applied on top, at ultimate limit state is performed.

Method based on nominal stiffness - The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal stiffness, and then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.

The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free at the top part.

5.37.2 Background

Method based on nominal stiffness

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made of concrete C30/37.

The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal stiffness, and then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.

5.37.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure:

► 300kN axial force

► The self-weight is neglected

■ Exploitation loadings:

► 500kN axial force

■ 3,02

■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

■ Concrete cover 5cm

■ Transversal reinforcement spacing a=30cm

■ Concrete C30/37

■ Steel reinforcement S500B

■ The column is considered isolated and braced

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

537

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.40 m,

■ Width: b = 0.60 m,

■ Length: L = 4.00 m,

■ Concrete cover: c = 5 cm along the long section edge and 3cm along the short section edge

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

NEd =1.35*0.30+1.5*0.50=1.155MN

NQP=1.35*0.30+0.30*0.50=0.450MN

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

538

5.37.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Geometric characteristics of the column:

The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is considered to be:

mll 84*2*20

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)

Calculating the slenderness of the column:

28.6940.0

8*32*32 0 a

l

Effective creep coefficient calculation:

The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

Ed

EQPef M

Mt ., 0

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

Where:

0,t creep coefficient

EQPM serviceability first order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

EdM ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

The ratio between moments becomes:

39.0155.1

450.0

*

*

1

1

0

0 ed

eqp

ed

eqp

Ed

Eqp

N

N

eN

eN

M

M

The creep coefficient 0,t is defined as:

)(*)(*),( 00 tft cmRH

MPaf

fcm

cm 73.2830

8.168.16)(

488.0281.0

1

1.0

1)(

20.020.00

0

t

t (for t0= 28 days concrete age).

213

0

***1.0100

11

h

RH

RH

RH = relative humidity; RH=50%

Where 121 if MPafcm 35 if not

7.0

1

35

cmf and

2.0

2

35

cmf

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

539

mmu

Ach 240

600400*2

600*400*2*20

MPaMPafcm 3538 ,

Therefore:

944.038

35357.07.0

1

cmf and 984.0

38

35352.02.0

2

cmf

73.1984.0*944.0*240*1.0

100

501

1***1.0100

11

3213

0

h

RH

RH

30.2488.0*73.2*73.1)(*)(*),( 00 tft cmRH

The effective creep coefficient calculation:

90.039.0*30.2*, 0 Ed

EQPef M

Mt

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

The necessity of buckling calculation (second order effect):

For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:

n

CBA ***20lim

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)

Where:

241.020*60.0*40.0

155.1

*

cdc

Ed

fA

Nn

85.090.0*2.01

1

*2,01

1

ef

A

1.1*21 B because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known

70.07,1 mrC because the ratio of the first order moment is not known

66.26112.0

7.0*1.1*85.0*20lim

66.2628.69 lim

Therefore, the second order effects must be considered.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

540

5.37.2.3 The eccentricity calculation and the corrected loads on ULS:

Initial eccentricity:

No initial eccentricity because the post is subjected only in simple compression.

Additional eccentricity:

ml

ei 02.0400

8

4000

First order eccentricity- stresses correction:

mmmm

mmmmmm

hmm

e 203.13

20max

30

40020

max30

20max0

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 6.1.(4)

The corrected solicitations which are taken into account when calculating the column under combined bending effort and compression are:

NEd= 1.155MN

MEd= 1.155*0.02=0.0231MNm

Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation:

When using the nominal stiffness method, a starting section frame is needed. For this it will be used a concrete section considering only the first order effects.

Advance Design iterates as many time as necessary.

The needed frames will be determined assuming a compound bending with compressive stress. All the results above were obtained in the center of gravity for the concrete section alone. The stresses must be reduced in the centroid of the tensioned steel.

First order moment in the centroid of the tensioned reinforcement is:

MNmh

dNMM Gua 196.02

40.035.0*155.10231.0)

2(*0

Verification if the section is partially compressed:

496,0)35,0

40,0*4,01(*

35,0

40,0*8,0)*4,01(**8,0

d

h

d

hBC

133.020*²35.0*60.0

196.0

*²*

cdw

uacu fdb

M

BCcu 496.0133.0 therefore the section is partially compressed.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

541

Calculations of steel reinforcement in pure bending:

133.0cu

179,0)133,0*21(1*25,1 u

mdz uc 325,0)179,0*4,01(*35,0)*4,01(*

²87.1378,434*325,0

196,0

*cm

fz

MA

ydc

ua

Calculations of steel reinforcement in combined bending:

For the combined bending:

24 69.1278.434

155.110*87.13' cm

fN

AAyd

The minimum reinforcement percentage:

2min, 80.4*002.0²66.2

78.434

155.1*10.0*10,0cmAcm

f

NA c

yd

Eds

The reinforcement will be 4HA12 + 2HA10 representing 6.09cm2.

The second order effects calculation:

The second order effect will be determined by applying the method of nominal stiffness:

Calculation of nominal stiffness:

It is estimated nominal stiffness of a post or frame member from the following formula:

sssccdc IEKIEKEI ****

With:

2.1cm

cd

EE

MPaMPaff ckcm 388

MPaf

E cmcm 32837

10

38*22000

10*22000

3.03.0

MPaE

E cmcd 27364

2.1

32837

2.1

410.2,312

40.0*60.0

12

* 333

mhb

Ic

(concrete only inertia)

MPaEs 200000

sI : Inertia of the steel rebars

00254.040.0*60.0

10.09,6 4

c

s

A

A

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

542

01.0002.0 c

s

A

A

Mpaf

k ck 22.120

30

201

241.020*60.0*40.0

155.1

.

cdc

Ed

fA

Nn

20.0098.0170

28.69*241.0

170*2

nk

410.37,105.02

40.0*

2

10.09,6*2

2*

2*2 5

242

mchA

I ss

1sK and 063.090.01

098.0*22.1

1

* 21

ef

c

kkK

Therefore:

²2566.810*37,1*200000*110*2,3*27364*063.0 53 MNmEI

Stresses correction:

The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the time of the first order:

11*0

Ed

BEdEd

N

NMM

MNmM Ed 0231.00 (moment of first order (ULS) taking into account geometric imperfections)

(normal force acting at ULS).

0

²

c

and 80 c the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).

234.18

²

MNl

EINB 27327.1

²8

2566.8*²*² 2

0

The second order efforts are:

MNNEd 155.12

mMNMEd .3015.02

The reinforcement calculations considering the second order effect:

The reinforcement calculations for the combined flexural, under the second order effect, are done using the Graitec EC2 tools. The obtained section is null, therefore the minimum reinforcement area defined above is sufficient for the defined efforts.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

543

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 5 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2) and minimum reinforcement area (cm2)

(reference value: 2.66cm2 and 4.8cm2)

Theoretical value (cm2)

(reference value: 5.32 cm2)

5.37.2.4 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Ay Reinforcement area [cm2] 2.66 cm2

Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm2] 4.80 cm2

5.37.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Ay Ay -2.66 cm² -0.0000 %

Amin Amin 4.8 cm² 0.0000 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

544

5.38 EC2 Test32: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression and rotation moment to the top – Method based on nominal curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Test ID: 5102

Test status: Passed

5.38.1 Description

Verifies a square concrete column subjected to compression and rotation moment to the top – Method based on nominal curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).

The column made of concrete C25/30. The verification of the axial stresses and rotation moment, applied on top, at ultimate limit state is performed.

The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal curvature, and then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.

5.38.2 Background

Method based on nominal curvature

Verifies the adequacy of a square cross section made from concrete C25/30.

5.38.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure:

► 15t axial force

► 1.5tm rotation moment applied to the column top

► The self-weight is neglected

■ Exploitation loadings:

► 6.5t axial force

► 0.7tm rotation moment applied to the column top

► 3,02

► The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

► Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

► Concrete cover 5cm

► Transversal reinforcement spacing a=30cm

► Concrete C25/30

► Steel reinforcement S500B

► The column is considered isolated and braced

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

545

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.40 m,

■ Width: b = 0.40 m,

■ Length: L = 6.00 m,

■ Concrete cover: c = 5 cm

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free at the top.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

NEd =1.35*15+1.5*6.5=30t=0.300MN

MEd=1.35*1.50+1.5*0.7=3.075t=0.31MNm

■ m..

.

N

Me

Ed

Ed 1003000

03100

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

546

5.38.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Geometric characteristics of the column:

The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is considered to be:

mll 12*20

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)

Calculating the slenderness of the column:

10440.0

12*32*32 0 a

l

Effective creep coefficient calculation:

The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

Ed

EQPef M

Mt ., 0

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

Where:

0,t creep coefficient

EQPM serviceability firs order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

EdM ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

First order eccentricity evaluation:

ieee 01

mei 03.0

The first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:

meN

Meee i

Eqp

Eqpi 13.030.0

65.0*30.015

70.0*30.050.1

0

001

tNEqp 95.1670.0*30.050.11

MNmtmeNM EqpEqp 022.020.213.0*95.16* 111

The first order ULS moment is defined latter in this example:

The creep coefficient 0,t is defined as follows:

)(*)(*),( 00 tft cmRH

92.2825

8.168.16)(

cm

cmf

f

488.0281.0

1

1.0

1)(

20.020.00

0

t

t (for t0= 28 days concrete age).

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

547

30*1.0

1001

1h

RH

RH

85.1200*1.0

100

501

1200400400*2

400*400*2*230

RHmm

u

Ach

64.2488.0*92.2*85.1)(*)(*),( 00 tft cmRH

The effective creep coefficient calculation:

49.1039.0

022.0*64.2*, 0

Ed

EQPef M

Mt

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

The necessity of buckling calculation (second order effect):

For an isolated column, the slenderness limit verification is done using the next formula:

n

CBA ***20lim

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)

Where:

112.067.16*²40.0

300.0

*

cdc

Ed

fA

Nn

77.049.1*2.01

1

*2,01

1

ef

A

1.1*21 B because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known

70.07,1 mrC because the ratio of the first order moment is unknown

43.35112.0

7.0*1.1*77.0*20lim

43.35104 lim

Therefore, the second order effects most be considered.

The second order effects; The buckling calculation:

The stresses for the ULS load combination are:

NEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*6.50= 30 t = 0,300MN

MEd= 1.35*1.50 + 1.50*0.7= 3.075 t = 0,031MNm

Therefore, it must be determined:

■ The eccentricity of the first order ULS moment, due to the stresses applied

■ The additional eccentricity considered for the geometrical imperfections

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

548

Initial eccentricity:

mN

Me

Ed

Ed 10.0300.0

031.00

Additional eccentricity:

ml

ei 03.0400

12

4000

The first order eccentricity: stresses correction:

The forces correction, used for the combined flexural calculations:

MNNEd 300.0

meee i 13.001

MNmNeM EdEd 039.0300.0*)03.010.0(*1

0*eNM Ed

mmmm

mmmmmm

hmm

e 203.13

20max

30

40020

max30

20max0

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 6.1.(4)

Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation:

To play the nominal rigidity method a starting section frame is needed. For this it will be used a concrete section considering only the first order effects.

Advance Design iterates as many time as necessary.

The needed frames will be determined assuming a compound bending with compressive stress. All the results above were obtained in the center of gravity for the concrete section alone. The stresses must be reduced in the centroid of the tensioned steel.

MNmh

dNMM Gua 084.02

40.035.0*300.0039.0)

2(*0

Verification if the section is partially compressed:

496,0)35,0

40,0*4,01(*

35,0

40,0*8,0)*4,01(**8,0

d

h

d

hBC

103.067.16*²35.0*40.0

084.0

*²*

cdw

uacu fdb

M

BCcu 496.0103.0 therefore the section is partially compressed.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

549

Calculations of steel reinforcement in pure bending:

Calculations of steel reinforcement in combined bending:

For the combined bending:

24 06.178.434

300.010*84.5' cm

fN

AAyd

The minimum reinforcement percentage:

2min, 02.3*002.0²69.0

78.434

300.0*10.0*10,0cmAcm

f

NA c

yd

Eds

The reinforcement will be 4HA10 representing a 3.14cm2 section

The second order effects calculation:

The second order effect will be determined by applying the method of nominal curvature:

Calculation of nominal curvature:

Considering a symmetrical reinforcement 4HA10 (3.14cm ²), the curvature can be determined by the following formula:

0

1**

1

rKK

r r

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.8.3 (1)

With:

1

0

0138.035.0*45.0

200000

78.434

*45,0*45,0

1 md

E

f

drs

yd

yd

rK : is a correction factor depending on axial load,=> 1

balu

ur nn

nnK

112.067.16*²40.0

300.0

*

cdc

Ed

fA

Nn

0512.067.16*²40.0

78.434*10.14,3

*

* 4

cdc

yds

fA

fA

0512.10512.011 un

4,0baln

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

550

1144.140.00512.1

112.00512.1

rr KK

K : is a factor for taking account of creep=> 1*1 efK

218.0150

104

200

2535.0

15020035,0

ckf

11675.049.1*218.01*1 KK ef

Therefore the curvature becomes:

1

0

0138.01

**1 m

rKK

r r

Calculation moment:

20 MMM EdEd

Where:

EdM 0 : first order moment including the geometrical imperfections.

2M : second order moment

The second order moment must be calculated from the curvature:

22 *eNM Ed

mc

l

re 199.0

10

²12*0138.0*

1 20

2

MNmeNM Ed 0597.0199.0*300.0* 22

MNmMMM EdEd 099.00597.0039.020

The frame must be sized corresponding the demands of the second order effects:

MNNEd 300.0

MNmMEd 099.0

Reinforcement calculation corresponding to the second order:

The input parameters in the diagram are:

093.067.16*²40.0*40.0

099.0

** 2

cd

Ed

fhb

M

112.067.16*40.0*40.0

300.0

**

cd

Ed

fhb

Nv

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

551

150ω . ; => ²cm..

.*².*.

f

f*h*b*A

yd

cds 209

78434

6716400150ω; which means 4.60cm2 per side.

Buckling checking

The verification will be made considering the reinforcement found previously (9.20cm2)

The curvature evaluation:

The frames have an influence on the rK parameter only:

1

0

0138.01 mr

1

balu

ur nn

nnK

112.0n

15.067.16*²40.0

78.434*10*20,9

*

* 4

cdc

yds

fA

fA

15.115.011 un

4,0baln

11384.140.015.1

112.015.1

rr KK

1K : coefficient that takes account of the creep => 1*1 efK

The curvature becomes:

1

0

0138.01

**1 m

rKK

r r

It was obtained the same curvature and therefore the same second order moment, which validates the section reinforcement found.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

552

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 7 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)

(reference value: 9.20cm2 = 2 x 4.64 cm2)

Theoretical value (cm2)

(reference value: 9.28 cm2)

5.38.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Az Reinforcement area [cm2] 4.64 cm2

5.38.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Az Az -4.64 cm² -0.0000 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

553

5.39 EC2 Test 24: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with vertical transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Test ID: 5058

Test status: Passed

5.39.1 Description

Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C20/25 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) will be determined, along with the cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement (Asw) calculation.

5.39.2 Background

Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C20/25 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) will be determined, along with the cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement (Asw) calculation.

5.39.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Concrete C20/25

■ Reinforcement steel: S500B

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure:

The dead load will be represented by a punctual load of 105kN

■ Exploitation loadings:

The live load will be considered from one point load of 95kN

■ Structural class: S1

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B

■ The reinforcement will be displayed like in the picture below:

The objective is to verify:

■ The shear stresses results

■ The cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

554

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.50 m,

■ Width: b = 0.20 m,

■ Length: L = 3.00 m,

■ Concrete cover: c=3.5cm

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.435m; d’=ehz=0.035m

■ Stirrup slope: = 90°

■ Strut slope: θ=30˚

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 5.30) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X

■ Inner: None.

Loading:

For a beam subjected to a point load, Pu, the shear stresses are defined by the formula below:

l

aPV uEd 1

According to EC2 the Pu point load is defined by the next formula:

Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*105kN=1.50*95kN=284.25kN

In this case, (a = 1 m; l = 3 m):

KNVEd 5,1893

11*25,284

Note: In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an unreduced shear that will be used for further calculations.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

555

5.39.2.2 Reference results in calculating the maximum design shear resistance

θ1

θανα 1 2wucdcwmax,Rd

cot

cotcot*b*z*f**V

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 6.2.3.(3)

Where:

1α cw coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and

2501601

ckf*,v

When the transverse frames are vertical, the above formula simplifies to:

θθ1

cottg

b*z*f*vV wucd

max,Rd

In this case,

45 and 90

1v strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear

55.0250

201*6.0

2501*6,01

ckfv

mdzu 392.0435.0*9.0*9.0

MNVRd 288.02

20.0*392.0*33.13*55.0max,

MNVMNV RdEd 288.01895.0 max,

Calculation of transversal reinforcement:

■ is determined by considering the transverse reinforcement steel vertical (=90°) and connecting rods inclined at 45 °, at different points of the beam

■ before the first point load: mlcmtg

fz

tgV

s

A

ywdu

Edsw /²13.11

15,1

500*392,0

45*18950,0

*

*.

■ beyond the point load, the shear force is constant and equal to Rb, therefore:

KNl

aPV uu 75,94

3

1*25,284*

■ it also calculates the required reinforcement area to the right side of the beam:

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 3 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

556

Advance Design gives the following results for Atz (cm2/ml)

5.39.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Fz,1 Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) x=1m [kNm] 189.5 kN

Fz,2 Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) x=1.01m [kNm] 94.75 kN

At,z,1 Theoretical reinforcement area x=1m [cm2/ml] 11.13 cm2/ml

At,z,2 Theoretical reinforcement area x=1.01m [cm2/ml] 5.57 cm2/ml

5.39.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Fz Fz,1 -189.5 kN -0.0000 %

Fz Fz,2 94.75 kN 0.0000 %

Atz Atz,1 11.1328 cm² 0.0002 %

Atz Atz,2 5.56641 cm² 0.0000 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

557

5.40 EC2 Test28: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with inclined transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0)

Test ID: 5083

Test status: Passed

5.40.1 Description

Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max. will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw, calculation.

The test will not use the reduced shear force value.

5.40.2 Background

Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw, calculation. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.

5.40.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Concrete: C25/30

■ Reinforcement steel: S500B

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure:

The dead load will be represented by a linear load of 13.83kN/m

■ Exploitation loadings:

The live load will be considered from one linear load of 26.60kN/m

■ Structural class: S1

■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B

■ Exposure class: X0

■ Concrete density: 25kN/m3

■ The reinforcement will be displayed like in the picture below:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

558

The objective is to:

■ Verify the shear stresses results

■ Verify the transverse reinforcement

■ Verify the transverse reinforcement distribution by the Caqout method

■ Identify the steel sewing

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Length: L = 10.00 m,

■ Concrete cover: c=3.5cm

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.764m; d’=ehz=0.035m

■ Stirrup slope: = 90°

■ Strut slope: θ=30˚

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 10.00) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

559

Loading:

For a beam under a uniformly distributed load Pu, the shear force is defined by the following equation:

2

**)(

lPxPxV u

u

For the beam end, (x=0) the shear force will be:

kNlP

V uEd 9,292

2

10*57,58

2

*

In the following calculations, the negative sign of the shear will be neglected, as this has no effect in the calculations.

Note: In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an unreduced shear that will be used for further calculations.

5.40.2.2 Reference results in calculating the maximum design shear resistance

cot

***1max,

tg

bzfvV wucdRd

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 6.2.3.(3)

In this case:

30 and 90

1v strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear

54.0250

251*6.0

2501*6,01

ckfv

mdzu 688.0764.0*9.0*9.0

MNtg

VRd 590.030cot30

22.0*688.0*67.16*54.0max,

MNVMNV RdEd 590.0293.0 max,

Calculation of transverse reinforcement:

The transverse reinforcement is calculated using the following formula:

mlcmtg

fz

tgV

s

A

ywdu

Edsw /²66.5

15,1

500*688.0

30*293.0

*

*.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

560

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 11 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

Advance Design gives the following results for Atz (cm2/ml)

5.40.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Fz Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 292.9 kN

At,z Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2/ml] 5.66 cm2/ml

5.40.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Fz Fz -292.852 kN -0.0002 %

Atz Atz 5.65562 cm² 0.0000 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

561

5.41 EC2 Test31: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression and rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Test ID: 5101

Test status: Passed

5.41.1 Description

Nominal rigidity method.

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section column made from concrete C25/30.

The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced. Verifies the column to resist simple bending. The verification of the axial stresses and rotation moment, applied on top, at ultimate limit state is performed.

The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

5.41.2 Background

Nominal rigidity method.

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30.

The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.

5.41.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure:

► 15t axial force

► 1.5tm rotation moment applied to the column top

► The self-weight is neglected

■ Exploitation loadings:

► 6.5t axial force

► 0.7tm rotation moment applied to the column top

■ 3,02

■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

■ Concrete cover 5cm

■ Transversal reinforcement spacing a=30cm

■ Concrete C25/30

■ Steel reinforcement S500B

■ The column is considered isolated and braced

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

562

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.40 m,

■ Width: b = 0.40 m,

■ Length: L = 6.00 m,

■ Concrete cover: c=5cm

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

NEd =1.35*15+150*6.5=30t=0.300MN

MEd=1.35*1.50+1.5*0.7=3.075t=0.31MNm

■ m..

.

N

Me

Ed

Ed 1003000

03100

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

563

5.41.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Geometric characteristics of the column:

The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is considered to be:

mll 12*20

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)

Calculating the slenderness of the column:

10440.0

12*32*32 0 a

l

Effective creep coefficient calculation:

The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

Ed

EQPef M

Mt ., 0

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

Where:

0,t creep coefficient

serviceability first order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

First order eccentricity evaluation:

ieee 01

mei 03.0

The first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:

meN

Meee i

Eqp

Eqpi 13.030.0

65.0*30.015

70.0*30.050.1

0

001

tNEqp 95.1670.0*30.050.11

MNmtmeNM EqpEqp 022.020.213.0*95.16* 111

The first order ULS moment is defined latter in this example:

)(*)(*),( 00 tft cmRH

92.2825

8.168.16)(

cm

cmf

f

488.0281.0

1

1.0

1)(

20.020.00

0

t

t (for t0= 28 days concrete age).

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

564

30*1.0

1001

1h

RH

RH

85.1200*1.0

100

501

1200400400*2

400*400*2*230

RHmm

u

Ach

64.2488.0*92.2*85.1)(*)(*),( 00 tft cmRH

The effective creep coefficient calculation:

49.1039.0

022.0*64.2*, 0

Ed

EQPef M

Mt

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

The second order effects; The buckling calculation:

For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:

n

CBA ***20lim

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)

Where:

112.067.16*²40.0

300.0

*

cdc

Ed

fA

Nn

77.049.1*2.01

1

*2,01

1

ef

A

1.1*21 B because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known

70.07,1 mrC because the ratio of the first order moment is not known

43.35112.0

7.0*1.1*77.0*20lim

43.35104 lim

Therefore, the second order effects most be considered.

The second order effects; The buckling calculation:

The stresses for the ULS load combination are:

NEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*6.50= 30 t = 0,300MN

MEd= 1.35*1.50 + 1.50*0.7= 3.075 t = 0,031MNm

Therefore it must be determined:

■ The eccentricity of the first order ULS moment, due to the stresses applied

■ The additional eccentricity considered for the geometrical imperfections

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

565

Initial eccentricity:

mN

Me

Ed

Ed 10.0300.0

031.00

Additional eccentricity:

ml

ei 03.0400

12

4000

The first order eccentricity: stresses correction:

The forces correction, used for the combined flexural calculations:

MNNEd 300.0

meee i 13.001

MNmNeM EdEd 039.0300.0*)03.010.0(*1

0*eNM Ed

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 6.1.(4)

Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation:

To play the nominal rigidity method a starting section frame is needed. For this it will be used a concrete section considering only the first order effects.

Advance Design iterates as many time as necessary.

The needed frames will be determined assuming a compound bending with compressive stress. All the results above were obtained in the center of gravity for the concrete section alone. The stresses must be reduced in the centroid of the tensioned steel.

MNmh

dNMM Gua 084.02

40.035.0*300.0039.0)

2(*0

Verification if the section is partially compressed:

496,0)35,0

40,0*4,01(*

35,0

40,0*8,0)*4,01(**8,0

d

h

d

hBC

103.067.16*²35.0*40.0

084.0

*²*

cdw

uacu fdb

M

BCcu 496.0103.0 therefore the section is partially compressed.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

566

Calculations of steel reinforcement in pure bending:

103.0cu

136,0)103,0*21(1*25,1 u

mdz uc 331,0)136,0*4,01(*35,0)*4,01(*

Calculations of steel reinforcement in combined bending:

For the combined bending:

24 06.178.434

300.010*84.5' cm

fN

AAyd

The minimum reinforcement percentage:

2min, 02.3*002.0²69.0

78.434

300.0*10.0*10,0cmAcm

f

NA c

yd

Eds

The reinforcement will be 4HA10 representing a 3.14cm2 section

The second order effects calculation:

The second order effect will be determined by applying the method of nominal rigidity:

Calculation of nominal rigidity:

The nominal rigidity of a post or frame member, it is estimated from the following formula:

sssccdc IEKIEKEI ****

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.7.2 (1)

With:

2.1cm

cd

EE

MpaMpaff ckcm 338

Mpaf

E cmcm 31476

10

33*22000

10*22000

3.03.0

MpaE

E cmcd 26230

2.1

31476

2.1

410.133,212

40.0

12

* 343

mhb

Ic

(cross section inertia)

MpaEs 200000

sI : Inertia

002.040.040.0

10.14,3 4

c

s

A

A

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

567

01.0002.0 c

s

A

A

Mpaf

k ck 12.120

25

201

112.067.16*²40.0

300.0

*

cdc

Ed

fA

Nn

20.0069.0170

104*112.0

170*2

nk

410*06,705.02

40.0*

2

10*14,3*2

2*

2*2 6

242

mchA

I ss

1sK and

031.049.11

069.0*12.1

1

* 21

ef

c

kkK

Therefore:

²15.310*06,7*200000*110*133,2*26230*031.0 63 MNmEI

Corrected stresses:

The total moment, including the second order effects is defined as a value and is added to the first order moment value:

11*0

Ed

BEdEd

N

NMM

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.7.3 (1)

MNmM Ed 039.00 (time of first order (ULS) taking into account the geometric imperfections, relative to the

center of gravity of concrete).

MNNEd 300.0 (normal force acting at ULS).

And:

0

²

c

with 80 c because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.7.3 (2)

234.18

²

MNl

EINB 216.0

²12

15.3*²*² 2

0

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

568

Therefore the second order moment is:

MNmMEd 133.01

300.0

216.0234.1

1*039.0

There is a second order moment that is negative because it was critical that the normal force, NB, is less than the applied normal force => instability.

A section corresponding to a ratio of 5 ‰ will be considered and the corresponding equivalent stiffness is recalculated.

sssccdc IEKIEKEI ****

With:

MpaEcd 26230 ;

410.133,2 3mIc

MpaEs 200000

sI : Inertia

²8²40,0*005,0*005,0005,0 cmAA cs

It sets up : 4HA16 => ²04,8005,0 cmAs

01.0002.0 c

s

A

A

45242

10*81,105.02

40.0*

2

10*04,8*2

2*

2*2 mc

hAI ss

1sK and

031.049.11

069.0*12.1

1

* 21

ef

c

kkK

Therefore:

²35.510.81,1*200000*110.133,2*26230*031.0 53 MNmEI

The second order effects must be recalculated:

11*0

Ed

BEdEd

N

NMM

234.1

MNl

EINB 367.0

²12

35.5*²*² 2

0

MNmMEd 254.01

300.0

367.0234.1

1*039.0

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

569

There is thus a second order moment of 0.254MNm.

This moment is expressed relative to the center of gravity.

Reinforcement calculation for combined bending

The necessary frames for the second order stresses can now be determined.

A column frames can be calculated from the diagram below:

The input parameters in the diagram are:

238.067.16*²40.0*40.0

254.0

** 2

cd

Ed

fhb

M

112.067.16*40.0*40.0

300.0

**

cd

Ed

fhb

Nv

485.0 is obtained, which gives: ²75.2978.434

67.16*²40.0*485.0***cm

f

fhbA

yd

cds

Therefore set up a section 14.87cm ² per side must be set, or 3HA32 per side (by excess)

Buckling checking

The column in place will be verified without buckling. The new reinforcement area must be considered for the previous calculations: 6HA32 provides As=48.25cm2

The normal rigidity evaluation:

It is estimated nominal rigidity of a post or frame member from the following formula:

sssccdc IEKIEKEI ....

With:

sI : Inertia

03.040.0*40.0

10*25,48 4

c

s

A

A

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

570

44242

10.086,105.02

40.0*

2

10*25,48*2

2*

2*2 mc

hAI ss

12.11 k

069.02 k

1sK and

031.049.11

069.0*12.1

1

* 21

ef

c

kkK

The following conditions are not implemented in Advance Design:

If:

01.0c

s

A

A

efcK *5,01

3,0

Then:

²45.2310*086,1*20000010*133,2*26230*031.0 43 MNmEI

Corrected stresses

The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the moment of the first order:

11*0

Ed

BEdEd

N

NMM

MNmM Ed 039.00

MNNEd 300.0 (normal force acting at ULS)

234.1

MNl

EINB 607.1

²12

45.23*²*² 2

0

It was therefore a moment of second order which is:

MNmMEd 05.01

300.0

607.1234.1

1*039.0

Reinforcement calculation:

047.067.16*²40.0*40.0

05.0

**05.0 2

cd

EdEd fhb

MMNmM

112.067.16*40.0*40.0

300.0

**300.0

cd

EdEd fhb

NvMNN

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

571

The minimum reinforcement percentage conditions are not satisfied therefore there will be one more iteration.

Additional iteration:

The additional iteration will be made for a section corresponding to 1%; As=0.009*0.40=14.4cm2, which is 7.2cm2 per side. A 3HA16 reinforcement will be chosen by either side (6HA16 for the entire column), which will give As=12.03cm2.

Nominal rigidity evaluation:

sssccdc IEKIEKEI .... .

sI : Inertia

00754.040.0*40.0

10*06,12 4

c

s

A

A

if

01.0002.0 c

s

A

A

45242

10.71,205.02

40.0*

2

10*06,12*2

2*

2*2 mc

hAI ss

1sK and

031.049.11

069.0*12.1

1

* 21

ef

c

kkK

Therefore:

²15.710*71,2*200000*110*133,2*26230*031.0 53 MNmEI

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

572

Second order loads calculation:

11*0

Ed

BEdEd

N

NMM

MNmM Ed 039.00

MNNEd 300.0 (normal force acting at ULS).

234.1

MNl

EINB 49.0

²12

15.7*²*² 2

0

MNmMEd 115.01

300.0

49.0234.1

1*039.0

Reinforcement calculation:

Frames are calculated again from the interaction diagram:

108.067.16*²40.0*40.0

115.0

** 2

cd

Ed

fhb

M

112.067.16*40.0*40.0

300.0

**

cd

Ed

fhb

Nv

18.0 is obtained, which gives: ²04.1178.434

67.16*²40.0*18.0***cm

f

fhbA

yd

cds

Therefore set up a section 5.52cm ² per side must be set; this will be the final column reinforcement

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 7 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

573

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: 11.04cm2)

Theoretical value (cm2)

(reference value: 11.16 cm2 = 2 x 5.58 cm2)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

574

5.41.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Az Reinforcement area [cm2] 5.58 cm2

5.41.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Az Az -5.58 cm² -0.0000 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

575

5.42 EC2 Test 37: Verifying a square concrete column using the simplified method – Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Test ID: 5126

Test status: Passed

5.42.1 Description

Verifies the adequacy of a square concrete column made of concrete C25/30, using the simplified method – Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).

Simplified Method

The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection (all the translations and rotations are blocked) and to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along Z axis is also blocked.

5.42.2 Background

Simplified Method

Verifies the adequacy of a square cross section made from concrete C25/30.

5.42.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure:

► 800kN axial force

► The self-weight is neglected

■ Exploitation loadings:

► 800kN axial force

■ Concrete cover 5cm

■ Concrete C25/30

■ Steel reinforcement S500B

■ Relative humidity RH=50%

■ Buckling length L0=0.70*4=2.80m

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

576

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.40 m,

■ Width: b = 0.400 m,

■ Length: L = 4.00 m,

■ Concrete cover: c=5cm

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection (all the translations and rotations are blocked) and to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along Z axis is also blocked.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load combinations:

kNNED 2280800*5.1800*35.1

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

577

5.42.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Scope of the method:

25.244.0

12*8.212*

121212

00

2

0

2

4

000 a

LaL

a

L

a

a

L

A

I

L

i

L

According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 (2004) Chapter 5.8.3.2(1)

The method of professional rules can be applied as:

120

MPafck 5020

mh 15.0

Reinforcement calculation:

6025.24 , therefore:

746.0

62

25.241

86.0

621

86.022

According to “Conception Et Calcul Des Structures De Batiment”, by Henry Thonier, page 283

Not knowing the values for and , we can considered 93.0hk

1500

500*6.06.1

500*6.06.1 yk

s

fk

²24,1467.16*4.0*4.0746.0*1*93.0

280.2*

78.434

1**

***

1cmfhb

kk

N

fA cd

sh

ed

yds

According to “Conception Et Calcul Des Structures De Batiment”, by Henry Thonier, page 283

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 5 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

578

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: 14.24cm2=4*3.56cm2)

5.42.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Ay Reinforcement area [cm2] 3.57cm2

5.42.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Ay Az -3.56562 cm² 0.0001 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

579

5.43 EC2 Test 38: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the simplified method – Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Test ID: 5127

Test status: Passed

5.43.1 Description

Verifies a rectangular cross section concrete C25/30 column using the simplified method –Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).

The column is considered connected to the ground by an articulated connection (all the translations are blocked). At the top part, the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along the Z axis is also blocked.

5.43.2 Background

Simplified Method

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30.

5.43.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure:

► 800kN axial force

► The self-weight is neglected

■ Concrete cover 5cm

■ Concrete C25/30

■ Steel reinforcement S500B

■ Relative humidity RH=50%

■ Buckling length L0=6.50m

Units

Metric System

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

580

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.30 m,

■ Width: b = 0.50 m,

■ Length: L = 6.50 m,

■ Concrete cover: c=5cm

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

The column is considered connected to the ground by a articulated connection (all the translations are blocked) and to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along Z axis is also blocked.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load combinations:

kNNED 1080800*35.1

5.43.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Scope of the method:

06.753.0

12*5.612*

121212

00

2

0

2

4

000 a

LaL

a

L

a

a

L

A

I

L

i

L

According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 (2004) Chapter 5.8.3.2(1)

The method of professional rules can be applied as:

120

MPafck 5020

mh 15.0

Reinforcement calculation:

12006.7560

33.006.75

32323.13.1

According to “Conception Et Calcul Des Structures De Batiment”, by Henry Thonier, page 283

93.0)**61(*)*5.075.0( hkh

1500

500*6.06.1

500*6.06.1 yk

s

fk

²43.2367.16*5.0*3.033.0*1*93.0

08.1*

78.434

1**

***

1cmfhb

kk

N

fA cd

sh

ed

yds

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

581

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 8 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: 23.43cm2=4*5.86cm2)

5.43.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Ay Reinforcement area [cm2] 5.85cm2

5.43.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Ay Ay -5.85106 cm² 0.0001 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

582

5.44 EC2 Test 41: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a significant compression force and small rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Test ID: 5195

Test status: Passed

5.44.1 Description

Verifies a square cross section concrete column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a significant compression force and small rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Nominal rigidity method.

The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity and then calculate the frames by considering a symmetrically reinforced section.

The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

5.44.2 Background

Nominal rigidity method.

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37.

The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.

5.44.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure:

► 150kN axial force

► 15kMm rotation moment applied to the column top

► The self-weight is neglected

■ Exploitation loadings:

► 100kN axial force

► 7kNm rotation moment applied to the column top

■ 3,02

■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

■ Concrete cover 3cm and 5cm

■ Transversal reinforcement spacing a=40cm

■ Concrete C30/37

■ Steel reinforcement S500B

■ The column is considered isolated and braced

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

583

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.50 m,

■ Width: b = 0.50 m,

■ Length: L = 5.80 m,

■ Concrete cover: c = 5cm

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

NEd = 1.35*150+1.50*100 = 352.50kN = 0.035MN

MEd = 1.35*15+1.50*7 = 30.75kNm = 0.03075MNm

■ m..

.

N

Me

Ed

Ed 08703530

0370500

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

584

5.44.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Geometric characteristics of the column:

The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is considered to be:

mll 60.11*20

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)

Calculating the slenderness of the column:

37.8050.0

60.11*32*32 0 a

l

Effective creep coefficient calculation:

The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

Ed

EQPef M

Mt ., 0

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

Where:

0,t creep coefficient

EQPM serviceability firs order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

EdM ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

First order eccentricity evaluation:

ieee 01

mei 03.0

The first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:

meN

Meee i

Eqp

Eqpi 125.030.0

100*30.0150

7*30.015

0

001

kNNEqp 180100*30.01501

MNmkNmeNM EqpEqp 0225.050.22125.0*180* 111

The first order ULS moment is defined latter in this example:

MNmMEd 041.01

The creep coefficient 0,t is defined as follows:

)(*)(*),( 00 tft cmRH

72.2830

8.168.16)(

cm

cmf

f

488.0281.0

1

1.0

1)(

20.020.00

0

t

t (for t0= 28 days concrete age).

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

585

213

0

***1.0100

11

h

RH

RH

MPafcm 35 therefore: 944.038

35357.07.0

1

cmf and 984.0

38

35352.02.0

2

cmf

72.1984.0*944.0*250*1.0

100

501

1250500500*2

500*500*2*230

RHmm

u

Ach

28.2488.0*72.2*72.1)(*)(*),( 00 tft cmRH

The effective creep coefficient calculation:

25.1041.0

0225.0*28.2*, 0

Ed

EQPef M

Mt

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

The second order effects; The buckling calculation:

For an isolated column, the slenderness limit verification is done using the next formula:

n

CBA ***20lim

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)

Where:

071.020*²50.0

353.0

*

cdc

Ed

fA

Nn

80.025.1*2.01

1

*2,01

1

ef

A

1.1*21 B because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known

70.07,1 mrC because the ratio of the first order moment is not known

24.46071.0

7.0*1.1*80.0*20lim

24.4637.80 lim

Therefore, the second order effects must be taken into account.

Calculation of the eccentricities and solicitations corrected for ULS:

The stresses for the ULS load combination are:

■ NEd= 1.35*150 + 1.50*100= 352.5kN = 0,3525 MN

■ MEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*7= 352.5kN= 0.03075MNm

Therefore, we must calculate:

■ The eccentricity of the first order ULS moment, due to the stresses applied

■ The additional eccentricity considered for the geometrical imperfections

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

586

Initial eccentricity:

mN

Me

Ed

Ed 087.0353.0

03075.00

Additional eccentricity:

ml

ei 03.0400

6.11

4000

The first order eccentricity: stresses correction:

The forces correction, used for the combined flexural calculations:

MNNEd 353.0

meee i 117.001

MNmNeM EdEd 041.0353.0*117.0*1

0*eNM Ed

mmmm

mmmmmm

hmm

e 207.16

20max

30

50020

max30

20max0

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 6.1.(4)

Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation:

To apply the nominal rigidity method, we need an initial reinforcement area to start from. For this, the concrete section will be sized considering only the first order effect.

The Advance Design calculation is different: it is iterating as many time as necessary starting from the minimum percentage area.

The reinforcement will be determined using a compound bending with compressive stress. The determined solicitations were calculated from the center of gravity of the concrete section alone. Those stresses must be reduced to the centroid of tensioned steel:

MNmh

dNMM Gua 112.02

50.045.0*353.0041.0)

2(*0

Verification about the partially compressed section:

494,0)45,0

50,0*4,01(*

45,0

50,0*8,0)*4,01(**8,0

d

h

d

hBC

055.020*²45.0*50.0

112.0

*²*

cdw

uacu fdb

M

494.0055.0 BCcu therefore the section is partially compressed

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

587

The calculation for the tensioned steel in pure bending:

055.0cu

071,0)055,0*21(1*25,1 u

mdz uc 437,0)071,0*4,01(*45,0)*4,01(*

²89,578,434*437,0

112,0

*cm

fz

MA

ydc

ua

The calculation for the compressed steel in bending:

For the compound bending:

24 23.278.434

353.010*89.5 cm

F

NAA

yd

The minimum column percentage reinforcement must be considered:

²81.078.434

353.0*10.0*10,0min, cm

F

NA

yd

Eds

Therefore, a 5cm2 reinforcement area will be considered.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

588

5.44.2.3 Calculation of the second order effects:

Estimation of the nominal rigidity:

It is estimated the nominal rigidity of a post or frame member from the following formula:

sssccdc IEKIEKEI ****

Where:

2.1cm

cd

EE

MpaMpaff ckcm 388

Mpaf

E cmcm 57.32836

10

38*22000

10*22000

3.03.0

MpaE

E cmcd 27364

2.1

32837

2.1

4343

10.208,512

50.0

12

*m

hbIc

inertia of the concrete section only

MpaEs 200000

sI : Inertia

002.050.0*50.0

10.5 4

c

s

A

A

01.0002.0 c

s

A

A

22.120

30

201 ckfk

071.020*²50.0

353.0

*

cdc

Ed

fA

Nn

20.00336.0170

37.80*071.0

170*2

nk

45242

10.205.02

50.0*

2

10*5*2

2*

2*2 mc

hAI ss

1sK and 018.025.11

0336.0*22.1

1

* 21

ef

c

kkK

Therefore:

²56.610*2*200000*110*208,5*27364*018.0 53 MNmEI

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

589

Stress correction:

The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the moment of the first order:

11*0

Ed

BEdEd

N

NMM

MNmM Ed 041.00 (moment of first order (ULS) taking into account geometric imperfections)

MNNEd 353.0 (normal force acting at ULS).

In addition:

0

²

c

and 80 c because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).

234.18

²

MNl

EINB 48.0

²60.11

56.6*²*² 2

0

It was therefore a moment of 2nd order which is:

MNmMEd 182.01

353.0

48.0234.1

1*041.0

There is thus a second order moment of 0.182MNm

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

590

Calculation of the flexural combined reinforcement

The theoretical reinforcement will be determined by the following diagram:

MNmMEd 182.0

MNNEd 353.0

The input parameters of the diagram are:

073.020*50.0*50.0

182.0

** 22

cd

Ed

fhb

M

071.020*5.0*5.0

353.0

**

cd

Ed

fhb

N

Therefore:

11.0

The reinforcement area will be:

22

65.1278.434

20*50.0*11.0***cm

f

fhbA

yd

cds

This means a total of 12.65cm2

The initial calculations must be repeated by increasing the section; a 6cm2 reinforcement section will be considered.

Additional iteration:

One more iteration by considering an initial section of 6.5cm ²

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

591

Estimation of the nominal rigidity:

sssccdc IEKIEKEI ****

Where:

2.1cm

cd

EE

MpaMpaff ckcm 388

Mpaf

E cmcm 57.32836

10

38*22000

10*22000

3.03.0

MpaE

E cmcd 27364

2.1

32837

2.1

4343

10.208,512

50.0

12

*m

hbIc

considering only the concrete section only

MpaEs 200000

sI : Inertia

0026.050.0*50.0

10*5.6 4

c

s

A

A

01.0002.0 c

s

A

A

22.120

30

201 ckfk

071.020*²50.0

353.0

*

cdc

Ed

fA

Nn

20.00336.0170

37.80*071.0

170*2

nk

45242

106.205.02

50.0

2

10*5.6*2

2*

2*2 mc

hAI ss

1sK and 018.0

25.11

0336.0*22.1

1

* 21

ef

c

kkK

Therefore:

²78.710*6.2*200000*110*208,5*27364*018.0 53 MNmEI

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

592

Stress correction:

The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the moment of the first order:

11*0

Ed

BEdEd

N

NMM

MNmM Ed 041.00 (moment of first order (ULS) taking into account geometric imperfections)

MNNEd 353.0 (normal force acting at ULS).

In addition:

0

²

c

and 80 c because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).

234.18

²

MNl

EINB 57.0

²60.11

78.7*²*² 2

0

It was therefore a moment of 2nd order which is:

MNmMEd 123.01

353.0

57.0234.1

1*041.0

There is thus a second order moment of 0.123MNm

Calculation of the flexural compound reinforcement

The theoretical reinforcement will be determined, from the following diagram:

MNmMEd 123.0

MNNEd 353.0

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

593

The input parameters of the diagram are:

049.020*50.0*50.0

123.0

** 22 cd

Ed

fhb

M

071.020*5.0*5.0

353.0**

cd

Ed

fhbN

Therefore:

05.0

The reinforcement area will be:

22

75.578.434

20*50.0*05.0***cm

f

fhbA

yd

cds

This means a total of 5.75cm2

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 7 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

594

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: 5.75cm2=2*2.88cm2)

Theoretical value (cm2)

(reference value: 6.02 cm2)

5.44.2.4 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Az Reinforcement area [cm2] 2.88 cm2

5.44.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Az Az -3.01 cm² -0.0000 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

595

5.45 EC2 Test 42: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a significant rotation moment and small compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Test ID: 5205

Test status: Passed

5.45.1 Description

Verifies a square cross section column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a significant rotation moment and small compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).

The verification of the axial stresses and rotation moment, applied on top, at ultimate limit state is performed.

Nominal curvature method.

The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.

The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

5.45.2 Background

Nominal curvature method.

Verifies the adequacy of a square cross section made from concrete C30/37.

The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.

5.45.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure:

► 15kN axial force

► 150kMm rotation moment applied to the column top

► The self-weight is neglected

■ Exploitation loadings:

► 7kN axial force

► 100kNm rotation moment applied to the column top

■ 3,02

■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

■ Concrete cover 3cm and 5cm

■ Transversal reinforcement spacing a=40cm

■ Concrete C30/37

■ Steel reinforcement S500B

■ The column is considered isolated and braced

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

596

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.50 m,

■ Width: b = 0.50 m,

■ Length: L = 5.80 m,

■ Concrete cover: c=5cm

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

► NEd =1.35*15+1.50*7=30.75kN=0.03075MN

► MEd=1.35*150+1.50*100=352.50kNm=0.352MNm

■ m..

.

N

Me

Ed

Ed 4511030750

35200

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

597

5.45.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Geometric characteristics of the column:

The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is considered to be:

mll 60.11*20

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)

Calculating the slenderness of the column:

37.8050.0

60.11*32*32 0 a

l

Effective creep coefficient calculation:

The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

Ed

EQPef M

Mt ., 0

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

Where:

0,t creep coefficient

EQPM serviceability firs order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

EdM ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

First order eccentricity evaluation:

ieee 01

mei 03.0

The first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:

meN

Meee i

Eqp

Eqpi 56.1030.0

7*30.015

100*30.0150

0

001

kNNEqp 10.177*30.0151

MNmkNmeNM EqpEqp 181.058.18056.10*10.17* 111

The first order ULS moment is defined latter in this example:

MNmMEd 3523.01

The creep coefficient 0,t is defined as follows:

)(*)(*),( 00 tft cmRH

72.2830

8.168.16)(

cm

cmf

f

488.0281.0

1

1.0

1)(

20.020.00

0

t

t (for t0= 28 days concrete age).

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

598

213

0

***1.0100

11

h

RH

RH

MPafcm 35 therefore: 944.038

35357.07.0

1

cmf and 984.0

38

35352.02.0

2

cmf

72.1984.0*944.0*250*1.0

100

501

1250500500*2

500*500*2*230

RHmm

u

Ach

28.2488.0*72.2*72.1)(*)(*),( 00 tft cmRH

The effective creep coefficient calculation:

17.1352.0

181.0*28.2*, 0

Ed

EQPef M

Mt

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

The second order effects; The buckling calculation:

For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:

n

CBA ***20lim

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)

Where:

0062.020*²50.0

031.0

*

cdc

Ed

fA

Nn

81.017.1*2.01

1

*2,01

1

ef

A

1.1*21 B because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known

70.07,1 mrC because the ratio of the first order moment is not known

42.1580062.0

7.0*1.1*81.0*20lim

42.15837.80 lim

Therefore, the second order effects can be neglected.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

599

Calculation of the eccentricities and solicitations corrected for ULS:

The stresses for the ULS load combination are:

■ NEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*7= 30.75kN = 0,03075 MN

■ MEd= 1.35*150 + 1.50*100= 352.5kN= 0.3525 MNm

Therefore it must be determined:

■ The eccentricity of the first order ULS moment, due to the stresses applied

■ The additional eccentricity considered for the geometrical imperfections

Initial eccentricity:

mN

Me

Ed

Ed 46.1103075.0

3525.00

Additional eccentricity:

ml

ei 03.0400

6.11

4000

The first order eccentricity: stresses correction:

The forces correction, used for the combined flexural calculations:

MNNEd 03075.0

meee i 49.1101

MNmNeM EdEd 353.003075.0*49.11*1

0*eNM Ed

mm)mm.;mmmax(mm

;mmmaxh

;mmmaxe 207162030

50020

30200

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 6.1.(4)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

600

Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation:

The theoretical reinforcement will be determined by the following diagram:

The input parameters of the diagram are:

141.020*50.0*50.0

353.0

** 22 cd

Ed

fhb

M

00615.020*5.0*5.0

03075.0**

cd

Ed

fhbN

Therefore:

35.0

The reinforcement area will be:

22

25.4078.434

20*50.0*cmAs

which means 20.13cm2 per face.

The total area will be 40.25cm2.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

601

The nominal curvature methods (second order effect):

The curvature calculation:

Considering a reinforcement of 40.25cm² (considered symmetric), one can determine the curvature from the following formula:

0

1**

1

rKK

r r

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(1)

1

0

0107.045.0*45,0

1000

78.434

)*45,0()*45,0(

1 md

E

f

drs

yd

yd

Kr is the correction coefficient depending of the normal force:

1

balu

ur nn

nnK

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(3)

00615.020*²50.0

03075.0

*

cdc

Ed

fA

Nn

350.020*²50.0

78.434*10*25.40

*

* 4

cdc

yds

fA

fA

350.1350.011 un

4,0baln

41.140.0350.1

00615.0350.1

rK

Condition: 1rK , therefore it will be considered: 1rK

K creep coefficient: 1*1 efK

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(4)

therefore

Calculation moment:

The moment of calculation is estimated from the formula:

20 MMM EdEd

Where:

EdM 0 is moment of the first order including geometric imperfections.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

602

2M is nominal moment of second order.

The 2nd order moment is calculated from the curvature:

22 *eNM Ed

mc

l

re 144.0

10

²60.11*0107.0*

1 20

2

MNmeNM Ed 00443.0144.0*03075.0* 22

MNmMMM EdEd 357.000443.0353.020

The reinforcement must be sized considering the demands of the second degree effects, as follows:

MNNEd 03075.0

MNmMEd 357.0

Reinforcement calculation according the second order effects:

The interaction diagram will be used.

The input parameters in the diagram are:

35.0 will be obtained, which gives: ²25.40078.434

20*²50.0*35.0***cm

f

fhbA

yd

cds

Meaning a 20.13 cm2 per side (which confirms the initial section)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

603

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 7 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: 40.25cm2=2*20.13cm2)

Theoretical value (cm2)

(reference value: 38.64 cm2 = 2 x 19.32cm2)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

604

5.45.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Az Reinforcement area [cm2] 19.32 cm2

5.45.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Az Az -19.32 cm² 0.0000 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

605

5.46 EC2 Test36: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the method based on nominal curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Test ID: 5125

Test status: Passed

5.46.1 Description

Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the method based on nominal curvature - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section column made from concrete C30/37.

Method based on nominal curvature

The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal curvature, and then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.

The column is considered connected to the ground by an articulated connection (all the translations are blocked and all the rotations are permitted) and to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along Z axis is also blocked.

This example is provided by the “Calcul des Structures en beton” book, by Jean-Marie Paille, edition Eyrolles.

5.46.2 Background

Method based on nominal curvature

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37.

The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal curvature, and then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.

5.46.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure:

► 400kN axial force

► The self-weight is neglected

■ Exploitation loadings:

► 300kN axial force

► The quasi permanent coefficient 3,02

■ Wind loads:

► 250kN axial force

► The wind loads are applied horizontally on the middle of the column to the wider face (against the positive sense of the Y local axis)

► The quasi permanent coefficients 10 and 02

■ Concrete cover 5cm

■ Concrete C30/37

■ Steel reinforcement S500B

■ Relative humidity RH=50%

■ Concrete age t0=30days

■ The reinforcement is set to 8HA16 (16.08cm2)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

606

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.35 m,

■ Width: b = 0.60 m,

■ Length: L = 5.00 m,

■ Concrete cover: c = 5 cm

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

The column is considered connected to the ground by a articulated connection (all the translations are blocked and all the rotations are permitted) and to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along Z axis is also blocked.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load combinations:

MNNED 99.03.0*5.14.0*35.1

cmN

Me

u

u 00

cm;cmmaxl

;cmmaxei 2400

5002

4002 0

First order eccentricity: m.cmeee i 020201

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

607

5.46.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Geometric characteristics of the column:

The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is considered to be:

mll 50

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)

Calculating the slenderness of the column:

5.4935.0

5*32*32 0 a

l

Effective creep coefficient calculation:

The creep coefficient is determined by the next formula:

Ed

EQPef M

Mt ., 0

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

Where:

0,t creep coefficient

EQPM serviceability firs order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

The EQPM value is calculated using the

WQGMEQP *03.0

MNmeNM qpEqp 0098.002.0*)3.0*3.04.0(* 10

EdM ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

The EDM 0 value is calculated using the WQGMoED *5.1*5.135.1

MNmL

HeNM WedEqp 48855.04

5*25.0*5.102.0*99.0

4**5.1* 10

The moment report becomes:

02.048855.0

0098.0

0

0 Ed

Eqp

M

M

The creep coefficient 0,t is:

)(*)(*),( 00 tft cmRH

MPaf

fcm

cm 73.2830

8.168.16)(

482.0301.0

1

1.0

1)(

20.020.00

0

t

t (for t0= 30 days concrete age).

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

608

213

0

***1.0100

11

h

RH

RH

RH = relative humidity; RH = 50%

Where 121 if MPafcm 35 if not

7.0

1

35

cmf and

2.0

2

35

cmf

mmu

Ach 221

600350*2

600*350*2*20

MPaMPafcm 3538 therefore 944.038

35357.07.0

1

cmf and

984.038

35352.02.0

2

cmf

752.1984.0*944.0*221*1.0

100

501

1***1.0100

11

3213

0

h

RH

RH

30.2482.0*73.2*752.1)(*)(*),( 00 tft cmRH

The effective creep coefficient calculation:

046.002.0*30.2*, 0 Ed

EQPef M

Mt

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

046.1046.011 ef

The necessity of buckling calculation (second order effect):

The M2 moment is calculated from the curvature formula: 22 * eNM Ed

c

l

re

20

2 *1

l0 is the buckling length: l0=l=5m

“c” is a factor depending on the curvature distribution. Because the cross section is constant, c = 10.

0

1**

1

rKK

r r

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(1)

).45,0(

1

0 dryd

and

1000

1739.2

200000

78.434

s

ydyd E

f

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

609

1

0

0161.0)30.0*45,0(

1000

1739.2

)*45,0(

1 mdr

yd

Kr is the correction coefficient depending of the normal force:

1

balu

ur nn

nnK

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(3)

236.020*35.0*6.0

99.0

*

cdc

Ed

fA

Nn

1un

166.020*35.0*6.0

78.434*10*08.16 4

cdc

yds

fA

fA

166.1166.0.11 un

4,0baln

214.14.0166.1

236.0166.1

balu

ur nn

nnK

Condition: 1rK , therefore it will be considered: 1rK

K creep coefficient: 1*1 efK

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(4)

15020035,0

ckf

5.4935.0

125120 h

l

17.0150

5.49

200

3035.0

15020035,0

ckf

008.1046.0*17.01*1 efK

Therefore:

0162.00161.0*008.1*11

**1

0

r

KKr r

mc

l

re 04057.0

10

²5*0162.0*

1 20

2

MNmeNM Ed 04017.004057.0*990.0* 22

MNmMMM EdEd 5287.004017.048855.020

The frames must be sized considering the demands of the second degree effects, as follows:

MNNEd 990.0

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

610

MNmM Ed 5287.0

Reinforcement calculation according the second order effects:

The calculations are made using the following values:

MNNEd 990.0

MNmM Ed 5287.0

The calculations resulted in 38.02cm2 tensioned reinforcement and a 20cm2 compressed reinforcement, meaning a total of 58.02cm2 reinforcement area.

Buckling checking:

The calculation is performed considering the reinforcement found previously (58.02cm2):

Curvature calculation:

The reinforcement area has an influence only over the Kr parameter:

1

0

0161.01 mr

1

balu

ur nn

nnK

112.0n

60.020*35.0*60.0

78.434*10*02,58

*

* 4

cdc

yds

fA

fA

60.160.011 un

4,0baln

1124.140.060.1

112.060.1

rr KK

1K the creep coefficient 1.1 efK

Therefore the curvature becomes:

1

0

0161.01

**1 m

rKK

r r

Considering this result, the same curvature is obtained, which means that the second order moment is the same. The reinforcement section is correctly chosen.

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 5 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

611

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)

(reference value: 38.01cm2)

Theoretical value (cm2)

(reference value: 76.02 cm2)

5.46.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Ay Reinforcement area [cm2] 38.02cm2

5.46.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Ay Ay -38.01 cm² -0.0000 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

612

5.47 EC2 Test 40: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small compression force and significant rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Test ID: 5153

Test status: Passed

5.47.1 Description

Verifies a square cross section column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a small compression force and significant rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Nominal rigidity method - The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then calculate the frames by considering a symmetrically reinforced section.

The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

5.47.2 Background

Nominal rigidity method.

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37.

The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.

5.47.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure:

► 15kN axial force

► 150kMm rotation moment applied to the column top

► The self-weight is neglected

■ Exploitation loadings:

► 7kN axial force

► 100kNm rotation moment applied to the column top

■ ■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

■ Concrete cover 5cm

■ Transversal reinforcement spacing a = 40cm

■ Concrete C30/37

■ Steel reinforcement S500B

■ The column is considered isolated and braced

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

613

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.50 m,

■ Width: b = 0.50 m,

■ Length: L = 5.80 m,

■ Concrete cover: c = 5cm

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

NEd =1.35*15+150*7=30.75kN=0.03075MN

MEd=1.35*150+1.50*100=352.50kNm=0.352MNm

■ m..

.

N

Me

Ed

Ed 4511030750

35200

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

614

5.47.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Geometric characteristics of the column:

The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is considered to be:

mll 60.11*20

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)

Calculating the slenderness of the column:

37.8050.0

60.11*32*32 0 a

l

Effective creep coefficient calculation:

The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

Ed

EQPef M

Mt ., 0

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

Where:

0,t creep coefficient

EQPM serviceability firs order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

EdM ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

First order eccentricity evaluation:

ieee 01

mei 03.0

The first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:

kNNEqp 10.177*30.0151

MNmkNmeNM EqpEqp 181.058.18056.10*10.17* 111

The first order ULS moment is defined latter in this example:

The creep coefficient 0,t is defined as follows:

)(*)(*),( 00 tft cmRH

72.2830

8.168.16)(

cm

cmf

f

488.0281.0

1

1.0

1)(

20.020.00

0

t

t (for t0= 28 days concrete age).

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

615

213

0

***1.0100

11

h

RH

RH

MPafcm 35 therefore:

944.038

35357.07.0

1

cmf

and

984.038

35352.02.0

2

cmf

72.1984.0*944.0*250*1.0

100

501

1250500500*2

500*500*2*230

RHmm

u

Ach

28.2488.0*72.2*72.1)(*)(*),( 00 tft cmRH

The effective creep coefficient calculation:

17.1352.0

181.0*28.2*, 0

Ed

EQPef M

Mt

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

The second order effects; The buckling calculation:

For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:

n

CBA ***20lim

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)

Where:

0062.020*²50.0

031.0

*

cdc

Ed

fA

Nn

81.017.1*2.01

1

*2,01

1

ef

A

1.1*21 B because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known

70.07,1 mrC because the ratio of the first order moment is not known

42.1580062.0

7.0*1.1*81.0*20lim

42.15837.80 lim

Therefore, the second order effects can be neglected.

Calculation of the eccentricities and solicitations corrected for ULS:

The stresses for the ULS load combination are:

NEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*7= 30.75kN = 0,03075 MN

MEd= 1.35*150 + 1.50*100= 352.5kN= 0.3525MNm

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

616

Therefore, we must calculate:

■ The eccentricity of the first order ULS moment, due to the stresses applied

■ The additional eccentricity considered for the geometrical imperfections

Initial eccentricity:

mN

Me

Ed

Ed 46.1103075.0

3525.00

Additional eccentricity:

ml

ei 03.0400

6.11

4000

The first order eccentricity: stresses correction:

The forces correction, used for the combined flexural calculations:

MNNEd 03075.0

meee i 49.1101

MNmNeM EdEd 353.003075.0*49.11*1

0*eNM Ed

mmmm

mmmmmm

hmm

e 207.16

20max

30

50020

max30

20max0

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 6.1.(4)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

617

Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation:

The theoretical reinforcement will be determined by the following diagram

The input parameters of the diagram are:

141.020*50.0*50.0

353.0

** 22

cd

Ed

fhb

M

00615.020*5.0*5.0

03075.0

**

cd

Ed

fhb

N

Therefore:

35.0

The reinforcement area will be:

22

25.4078.434

20*50.0*cmAs

which means 20.13cm2 per face.

The total area will be 40.25cm2.

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 7 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

618

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: 19.32cm2)

Theoretical value (cm2)

(reference value: 38.64 cm2= 2 x 19.32cm2)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

619

5.47.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Az Reinforcement area [cm2] 19.32 cm2

5.47.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Az Az -19.32 cm² 0.0000 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

620

5.48 EC2 Test 45: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam supporting a balcony - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Test ID: 5225

Test status: Passed

5.48.1 Description

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section beam made of concrete C25/30 supporting a balcony - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).

Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State

Verifies the column resistance to rotation moment along its length. During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal and transversal reinforcement.

5.48.2 Background

Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist rotation moment along its length. During this test, the calculation of stresses is performed, along with the calculation of the longitudinal and transversal reinforcement.

5.48.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

■ The geometric dimension of the beam are:

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Concrete type: C25/30

■ Reinforcement type: S500B

■ Exposure class: XC1

■ Balcony load: 1kN/m2

■ The weight of the beam will be considered in calculation

■ Concrete density: 25kN/m3

■ The beam is considered fixed at both ends

■ Concrete cover: 40mm

■ Beam length: 4.00m

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

621

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.75 m,

■ Width: b = 0.25 m,

■ Length: L = 4.00 m,

■ Section area: A = 0.1875 m2 ,

■ Concrete cover: c=4cm

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection,

► Support at end point (x = 4.00) fixed connection

■ Inner: None.

5.48.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam

The ULS load calculation:

The first step of the calculation is to determine charges transmitted to the beam:

■ Vertical loads applied to the beam (kN/ml) from the load distribution over the balcony

■ Rotation moment applied to the beam (kN/ml) from the load distribution over the balcony

Each action (self-weight and distributed load) is determined by summing the resulting vertical loads along the eaves and the torsional moment by multiplying the resultant by the corresponding lever arm.

CAUTION, different lever arm must be considered from the center of the beam (by adding therefore the half-width).

The results are displayed in the table below:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

622

Load calculation:

From previously calculated results, the following stresses can be determined:

■ Shear: EdV

■ Bending moment: EdM

■ Torque: EdT

Shear and bending moment:

One can determine the load at ULS taken over by the beam:

mKNPu /14.212*5,144.13*35,1

For a beam fixed on both ends, the following values will be obtained:

Maximum shear (ULS):

MNKNlP

V uEd 042,03,42

2

4*14,21

2

*

Bending moment at the supports:

MNmKNmlP

M uEd 028,02,28

12

²4*14,21

12

²*

Maximum Moment at middle of span:

MNmKNmlP

M uEd 014,01,14

24

²4*14,21

24

²*

Torsion moment:

For a beam subjected to a torque constant:

mMNmmKNmmtu /015,0/97,1425,2*5,159,8*35,1

MNml

mT tuEd 03,02

4*015,0

2*

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

623

5.48.2.3 Bending rebar

Span reinforcement (at bottom fiber)

007,067.16*²70.0*25,0

014,0cu

0088,0007,0*211*25,1 u

mzc 697,00088,0*4,01*70.0

²46.0²10*62.478,434*697,0

014,0 4 cmmAu

Minimum reinforcement percentage verification:

db

dbf

f

MaxA

w

wyk

effct

s

**0013.0

***26.0 ,

min,

Cracking matrix required (calculation hypothesis): Mpaff ctmeffct 56.2,

²27.2

²27.270.0*25.0*0013.0**0013.0

²27.270.0*25.0*500

56.2*26.0***26.0 ,

min, cm

cmdb

cmdbf

f

MaxA

w

wyk

effct

s

Therefore, it retains 2.27 cm ².

Reinforcement on supports (at top fiber)

014,067.16*²70.0*25,0

028,0cu

018,0014,0*211*25,1 u

mzc 695,0018,0*4,01*70.0

²93.0²10*27.978,434*695,0

028,0 4 cmmAu

It also retains 2.27 cm ² (minimum percentage).

Shear reinforcement

MNVEd 042,0

The transmission to the support is not direct; it is considered a connecting rod inclined by 45˚, therefore 1cot

Concrete rod verification:

²cot1

cotcot****max,

cdwRd fvzbV

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.2.3(4)

mzz c 695.0 (from the design in simple bending of support)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

624

Vertical frames:

54.0250

251*6,0

v

MNtg

fvzbfvzbV cdcwcdcwRd 78.0

2

67.16*54.0*695.0*25.0

cot

***

²cot1

cotcot****max,

cot

***1max,

tg

bzfvV wucdRd

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.2.3(3)

MNVMNV RdEd 78.0042.0 max,

Calculation of transverse reinforcement:

mlcmfz

tgV

s

A

ydu

Edsw /²39.178.434*695.0

042.0

*

*.

(over shear)

From the minimum reinforcement percentage:

sin..min, wwsw bs

A

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 9.2.2(5)

With:

0008.0500

25*08,0*08,0min,

yk

ckw f

f

mlcms

Asw /²225.0*0008.0

Therefore:

mlcms

Asw /²2

Torsion calculation:

Torsion moment was calculated before: MNmTEd 03,0

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

625

Torsional shear stress:

kief

Edit At

T

**2 ,,

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(1)

cmcmu

Acmc

t ief 375.9375.9)7525(2

)75*25(8*2

max,

²1025.0²1025)375.975(*)375.925( mcmAk

Mpa..*.*

.

A*t*

T

ki,ef

Edi,t 561

102500937502

030

Concrete verification:

Calculate the maximum allowable stress in the rods:

cos*sin******2 ,max, iefkcdcwRd tAfvT

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(4)

54.0250

1*6,0

ckfv

MNTRd 085.070.0*70.0*09375.0*1025.0*67.16*54.0*2max,

Because of the combined share/moment effect, we must calculate:

0,1max,max,

Rd

Ed

Rd

Ed

V

V

T

T

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(4)

0,1399.078.0

042.0

085.0

03.0

Torsion longitudinal reinforcement

cot***2

*

ydk

kEdl fA

uTA

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(3)

mcmthtbu efefk 625.15.162)]375.975()375.925[(*2)]()[(*2

²47.578.434*1025.0*2

625.1*03.0cmAl

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

626

Torsion transversal reinforcement

mlcmfA

T

s

A

ydk

Ed

T

swT /²36.378.434*1025.0*2

03.0

cot***2

Therefore mlcms

A

T

swT /²36,3 for each face.

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 11 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ULS load combinations(kNm)

Torsional moment (Ted=29.96kNm)

Longitudinal reinforcement (5.46cm2)

Transversal reinforcement (3.36cm2/ml)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

627

5.48.2.4 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Mx Torsional moment [kNm] 29.96 cm2

Al Longitudinal reinforcement [cm2] 5.46 cm2

Ator,y Transversal reinforcement [cm2/ml] 3.36 cm2/ml

5.48.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Mx Mx 29.9565 kN*m 0.0000 %

Al Al 5.4595 cm² 0.0000 %

Ator,y / face Ator,y/face 3.35969 cm² 0.0001 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

628

5.49 EC2 Test 46 II: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal force of traction - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0)

Test ID: 5231

Test status: Passed

5.49.1 Description

Verifies a square cross section beam made of concrete C20/25 subjected to a normal force of traction - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0).

Tie sizing

Bilinear stress-strain diagram

Determines the armature of a pulling reinforced concrete, subjected to a normal force of traction.

The load combinations will produce the following rotation efforts:

NEd=1.35*233.3+1.5+56.67=400kNm

The boundary conditions are described below:

- Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection

- Support at end point (x = 5.00) translation along the Z axis is blocked

5.49.2 Background

Tie sizing

Bilinear stress-strain diagram / Inclined stress-strain diagram

Determine the armature of a pulling reinforced concrete, C20/25, subjected to a normal force of traction.

5.49.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: Fx,G = 233.33 kN

The dead load is neglected

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Fx,Q = 56.67kN

■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

Units

Metric System

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

629

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.15 m,

■ Width: b = 0.15 m,

■ Length: L = 5.00 m,

■ Section area: A = 0.00225 m2 ,

■ Concrete cover: c=3cm

■ Reinforcement S400, Class: B

■ Fck=20MPa

■ The load combinations will produce the following rotation efforts:

NEd=1.35*233.3+1.5+56.67=400kNm

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x = 0) fixed connection,

► Support at end point (x = 5.00) translation along the Z axis is blocked

■ Inner: None.

5.49.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam

There will be two successive calculations, considering a bilinear stress-strain diagram constitutive law and then a inclined stress-strain diagram constitutive law.

Calculations according a bilinear stress-strain diagram

²50,11²10*50,11

15.1

400400.0 4

,, cmm

NA

Us

EdUs

It will be used a 4HA20=A=12.57cm2

Calculations according a inclined stress-strain diagram

MPaClassBS Us 373400 ,

²70,10²10*72,10373

400.0 4

,, cmm

NA

Us

EdUs

It can be seen that the gain is not negligible (about 7%).

Checking the condition of non-fragility:

yk

ctmcs f

fAA *

MPaff ckctm 21,220*30.0*30.0 3/23/2

²0225.015.0*15.0 mAc

²24.1400

21.2*0225.0* cm

f

fAA

yk

ctmcs

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

630

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 6 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ULS load combinations (kNm)

In case of using the bilinear stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az=11.50cm2=2*5.75 cm2)

In case of using the inclined stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az=10.70cm2=2*5.35 cm2)

5.49.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Az,1 Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the bilinear stress-strain diagram [cm2]

5.75 cm2

Az,2 Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the inclined stress-strain diagram [cm2]

5.37 cm2

5.49.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Az Az-i -5.75001 cm² 0.0000 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

631

5.50 EC2 Test 44: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to eccentric loading - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0)

Test ID: 5213

Test status: Passed

5.50.1 Description

Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made of concrete C30/37 subjected to eccentric loading - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0).

The verification of the bending stresses at ultimate limit state is performed.

Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State

During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal and transversal reinforcement.

- Support at start point (x = 0) fixed connection

- Support at end point (x = 5.00) fixed connection

5.50.2 Background

Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist eccentric loading. During this test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal and transversal reinforcement.

5.50.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 12 kN/m

The dead load is neglected

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 3kN/m,

■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

Units

Metric System

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

632

Geometry

Beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.30 m,

■ Width: b = 0.18 m,

■ Length: L = 5.00 m,

■ Section area: A = 0.054 m2 ,

■ Concrete cover: c=5cm

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.25m; ebz=0.035m

■ The load eccentricity will be considered of 0.50m

■ The load eccentricity will produce the following rotation moments:

Mx,G=6.00kNm

Mx,Q=1.50kNm

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection,

► Support at end point (x = 5.00) fixed connection

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

633

Reference results in calculating the concrete beam

The moment is defined by the following formulas:

PPba

bePTA 10

3

5

3**5,0**

PPba

aePTB 5

1

5

2**5,0**

Note: the diagram of bending moment is the same as the shear force multiplied by the eccentricity.

The ULS load calculation:

kNPu 70.203*5.112*35.1

Before the point of application of torque, the torque is:

KNmPT uEd 21.67,20*10

3*

10

3

After the point of application of torque, the torque is:

KNmP

T uEd 14.4

5

7.20

5

Result ADVANCE Design 2012 - Moment: (in kNm)

Reference value: 6.21 kNm and -4.14kNm

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

634

5.50.2.2 Calculation in pure bending

Bending moment at ULS:

KNPu 7,203*5,112*35,1

MNmKNmP

M uEd 0248,084,24

5

7,20*6

5

*6

Simple bending design:

110,020*²25.0*18,0

0248,0cu

146,0110,0*211*25,1 u

mzc 235,0146,0*4,01*25.0

²43,2²10*43,278,434*235,0

0248,0 4 cmmAu

5.50.2.3 Torsion reinforcement

Torsion longitudinal reinforcement - Before application of the moment

cot***2

*

ydk

kEdl fA

uTA

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(3)

))()((*2 efefk thtbu

)(*)( efefk thtbA

with:

mu

Actef 07.005625.0;07.0max

3.018.0*2

30.0*18.0;035.0*2max;*2max

mcmuk 68.068))730()718((*2

²0253.0²253)730(*)718( mcmAk

²92.178.434*0253.0*2

68.0*0062.0cmAl

Torsion longitudinal reinforcement - After application of the moment

²28.178.434*0253.0*2

68.0*00414.0cmAl

Torsion transversal reinforcement - Before application of the moment

mlcmfA

T

s

A

ydk

Ed

T

swT /²82.278.434*0253.0*2

0062.0

cot***2

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

635

Torsion transversal reinforcement - After application of the moment

mlcmfA

T

s

A

ydk

Ed

T

swT /²88.178.434*0253.0*2

00414.0

cot***2

Concrete verification:

Calculation of the maximum allowable stress under torsional moment:

cos*sin******2 ,max, iefkcdcwRd tAfvT

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(4)

528.0250

1*6,0

ckfv

MNTRd 018.070.0*70.0*07.0*0253.0*20*528.0*2max,

Calculation of the maximum allowable stress under shear:

²cot1

cotcot****max,

cdwRd fvzbV

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.2.3(3)

mzz c 235.0 (from the design in simple bending)

Vertical reinforcement: 1cot

528.0250

301*6,0

v

MNfvzbV cdcwRd 223.02

1*20*528.0*235.0*18.0

²cot1

cotcot****max,

Because of the combined shear/moment effect, it must be calculated:

0,1max,max,

Rd

Ed

Rd

Ed

V

V

T

T

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(4)

0,1400.0223.0

0124.0

018.0

0062.0

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 6 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

636

ULS load combinations(kNm)

Longitudinal reinforcement (Al=1.92cm2 and Al=1.28cm2)

Transversal reinforcement (2.82cm2/ml and 1.88cm2/ml)

5.50.2.4 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Al,1 Longitudinal reinforcement for the first part [cm2] 1.92 cm2

Al,2 Longitudinal reinforcement for the second part [cm2] 1.28 cm2

Ator,y,1 Transversal reinforcement for the first part [cm2/ml] 2.82 cm2/ml

Ator,y,2 Transversal reinforcement for the second part [cm2/ml] 1.88 cm2/ml

5.50.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Al Al,1 1.91945 cm² 0.0002 %

Al Al,2 1.27964 cm² -0.0003 %

Ator,y / face Ator,y,1 2.82273 cm² -0.0001 %

Ator,y / face Ator,y,2 1.88182 cm² -0.0001 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

637

5.51 EC2 Test35: Verifying a rectangular concrete column subjected to compression to top – Based on nominal rigidity method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Test ID: 5123

Test status: Passed

5.51.1 Description

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular concrete column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to compression to top – Based on nominal rigidity method- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).

Based on nominal rigidity method

The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal rigidity method, and then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.

The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

5.51.2 Background

Based on nominal rigidity method

Verify the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37.

The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal rigidity method, and then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.

5.51.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure:

► 0.45 MN axial force

► 0.10 MNm rotation moment applied to the column top

► The self-weight is neglected

■ Exploitation loadings:

► 0.50 MN axial force

► 0.06 MNm rotation moment applied to the column top

■ 3,02

■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

■ Concrete cover 5cm

■ Concrete C30/37

■ Steel reinforcement S500B

■ The column is considered isolated and braced

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

638

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.45 m,

■ Width: b = 0.60 m,

■ Length: L = 4.50 m,

■ Concrete cover: c = 5cm along the long section edge and 3cm along the short section edge

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

NEd =1.35*0.45+1.5*0.50=1.3575MN

MED=1.35*0.10+0.30*0.06=0.225MNm

■ me 166.03575.1

225.00

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

639

5.51.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Geometric characteristics of the column:

The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is considered to be:

mll 950.4*2*20

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)

Calculating the slenderness of the column:

28.6945.0

9*32*32 0 a

l

Effective creep coefficient calculation:

The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

Ed

EQPef M

Mt ., 0

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

Where:

0,t creep coefficient

EQPM serviceability firs order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

EdM ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

MNmM Eqp 118.006.0*3.010.00

MNmM Ed 225.00

The moment report becomes:

524.0225.0

118.0

0

0 Ed

Eqp

M

M

The creep coefficient 0,t

is defined as follows:

)(*)(*),( 00 tft cmRH

MPaf

fcm

cm 73.2830

8.168.16)(

488.0281.0

1

1.0

1)(

20.020.00

0

t

t (for t0= 28 days concrete age).

213

0

***1.0100

11

h

RH

RH

RH =relative humidity; RH=50%

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

640

Where 121 if MPafcm 35 if not

7.0

1

35

cmf and

2.0

2

35

cmf

mmu

Ach 274

700450*2

700*450*2*20

MPaMPafcm 3538 ,

Therefore:

944.038

35357.07.0

1

cmf and 984.0

38

35352.02.0

2

cmf

70.1984.0*944.0*274*1.0

100

501

1***1.0100

11

3213

0

h

RH

RH

26.2488.0*73.2*70.1)(*)(*),( 00 tft cmRH

The effective creep coefficient calculation:

18.1524.0*26.2*, 0 Ed

EQPef M

Mt

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

18.218.111 ef

The necessity of buckling calculation (second order effect):

For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:

n

CBA ***20lim

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)

Where:

215.020*70.0*45.0

3575.1

*

cdc

Ed

fA

Nn

81.018.1*2.01

1

*2,01

1

ef

A

because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known

because the ratio of the first order moment is not known

90.26215.0

7.0*1.1*85.0*20lim

90.2628.69 lim

Therefore, the second order effects most be considered

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

641

5.51.2.3 The eccentricity calculation and the corrected loads on ULS:

Initial eccentricity:

me 166.03575.1

225.00

Additional eccentricity:

First order eccentricity- stresses correction:

MNNEd 3575.1

cmmeee i 85.181885.001

MNmMEd 256.0

Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation:

To play the nominal rigidity method a starting section frame is needed. For this it will be used a concrete section considering only the first order effects.

Advance Design iterates as many time as necessary.

The needed frames will be determined assuming a compound bending with compressive stress. All the results above were obtained in the center of gravity for the concrete section alone. The stresses must be reduced in the centroid of the tensioned steel.

MNmh

dNMM Gua 494.02

45.040.0*3575.1256.0)

2(*0

Verification if the section is partially compressed:

495,0)40,0

45,0*4,01(*

40,0

45,0*8,0)*4,01(**8,0

d

h

d

hBC

220.020*²40.0*70.0

495.0

*²*

cdw

uacu fdb

M

BCcu 495.0220.0 therefore the section is partially compressed.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

642

Calculations of steel reinforcement in pure bending:

220.0cu

315,0)220,0*21(1*25,1 u

mdz uc 350,0)315,0*4,01(*40,0)*4,01(*

²46.3278,434*350,0

495,0

*cm

fz

MA

ydc

ua

Calculations of steel reinforcement in combined bending:

For the combined bending:

24 24.178.434

3575.110*46.32' cm

f

NAA

yd

The minimum reinforcement percentage:

2min, 3.6*002.0²12.3

78.434

3575.1*10.0*10,0cmAcm

f

NA c

yd

Eds

The reinforcement will be 8HA10 representing a 6.28cm2 section

The second order effects calculation:

The second order effect will be determined by applying the method of nominal rigidity:

Calculation of nominal rigidity:

It is estimated nominal rigidity of a post or frame member from the following formula:

sssccdc IEKIEKEI ****

With:

2.1cm

cd

EE

MPaMPaff ckcm 388

MPaf

E cmcm 32837

10

38*22000

10*22000

3.03.0

MPaE

E cmcd 27364

2.1

32837

2.1

410*316.512

45.0*70.0

12

* 333

mhb

Ic (concrete only inertia)

MPaEs 200000

sI : Inertia

002.040.0*70.0

10*28,6 4

c

s

A

A

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

643

01.0002.0 c

s

A

A

Mpaf

k ck 22.120

30

201

215.020*70.0*45.0

3575.1

.

cdc

Ed

fA

Nn

20.0088.0170

28.69*215.0

170*2

nk

45242

10.92,105.02

45.0*

2

10.28,6*2

2*

2*2 mc

hAI ss

1sK and 049.018.11

088.0*22.1

1

* 21

ef

c

kkK

Therefore:

²97.1010*92.1*200000*110*316.5*27364*049.0 53 MNmEI

Stresses correction:

The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the time of the first order:

11*0

Ed

BEdEd

N

NMM

MNmM Ed 0256.00 (moment of first order (ULS) taking into account geometric imperfections

MNNEd 3575.1 (normal force acting at ULS).

0

²

c

and 80 c the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).

234.18

²

MNl

EINB 32.1

²9

82.10*²*² 2

0

The second order moment is:

MNmMEd 18.111

3575.1

32.1234.1

1*256.02

An additional iteration must be made by increasing the ratio of reinforcement.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

644

Additional iteration:

The iteration is made considering 8HA12 or As=9.05cm2

Therefore 0029.0

45.0*70.0

10*05,9 4

Is obtained:

Therefore:

MNNEd 3575.12

MNmMEd 48.22

Given the mentioned reports, there must be another reiteration:

The reinforcement section must be increase to 8HA20 or As=25.13cm2 and 008.0 :

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

645

Is obtained:

Therefore:

MNNEd 3575.12

MNmMEd 563.02

Using the EC2 calculation tools, combined bending analytical calculation, a 28.80cm2 value is found.

There must be another iteration:

The reinforcement section must be increase to As=30cm2 and 0095.0 :

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

646

Therefore:

MNNEd 3575.12

MNmMEd 499.02

Using the EC2 calculation tools, combined bending analytical calculation, a 22.22cm2 value is found.

The theoretical reinforcement section of 30cm2 will be adopted.

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 6 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: 16cm2 )

Theoretical value (cm2)

(reference value: 31.99cm2 = 2 x 15.99cm2)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

647

5.51.2.4 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Az Reinforcement area [cm2] 16 cm2

5.51.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Az Az -15.995 cm² 0.0000 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

648

5.52 EC2 Test 39: Verifying a circular concrete column using the simplified method – Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Test ID: 5146

Test status: Passed

5.52.1 Description

Verifies the adequacy of a concrete (C25/30) column with circular cross section using the simplified method – Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).

Simplified Method

The column is considered connected to the ground by an articulated connection (all the translations are blocked). To the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along the Z axis is also blocked.

5.52.2 Background

Simplified Method

Verifies the adequacy of a circular cross section made from concrete C25/30.

5.52.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure:

► 5000kN axial force

► The self-weight is neglected

■ Concrete cover 5cm

■ Concrete C25/30

■ Steel reinforcement S500B

■ Relative humidity RH=50%

■ Buckling length L0=5.00m

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

649

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Radius: r = 0.40 m,

■ Length: L = 5.00 m,

■ Concrete cover: c=5cm

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

The column is considered connected to the ground by a articulated connection (all the translations are blocked) and to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along Z axis is also blocked.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load combinations:

kNNED 67505000*35.1

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

650

5.52.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Scope of the method:

According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 (2004): Chapter 5.8.3.2(1)

L0 :buckling length L0=L=5m

According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 (2004): Chapter 5.8.3.2(2)

i :the radius of giration of uncraked concrete section

I : second moment of inertia for circular cross sections

A : cross section area

, therefore:

The method of professional rules can be applied as:

Reinforcement calculation:

6025 , therefore:

722.0

62

251

84.0

621

84.022

)**81(*)*5.070.0( Dkh

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

651

If the ρ and δ values are unknown, the term will be considered:

95.0)**81( , therefore:

045.195.0*)8.0*5.070.0()**61(*)*5.070.0( Dkh

95.0500

500*65.06.1

500*65.06.1 yk

s

fk

MPaf

f ckcd 67.16

5.1

25

5.1

MPaf

f ykyd 33.333

5.1

500

5.1

²14.3167.16*4.0*722.0*95.0*045.1

750.6*

33.333

1**

***

1 22 cmfrkk

N

fA cd

sh

ed

yds

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 6 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: 17.43cm2)

5.52.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Ay Reinforcement area [cm2] 17.43cm2

5.52.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Az Az -17.4283 cm² 0.0002 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

652

5.53 EC2 Test 43: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small rotation moment and significant compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)

Test ID: 5211

Test status: Passed

5.53.1 Description

Verifies the adequacy of a square cross section column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a small rotation moment and significant compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).

The verification of the axial stresses and rotation moment, applied on top, at ultimate limit state is performed.

Nominal curvature method.

The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.

The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

5.53.2 Background

Nominal curvature method.

Verify the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37.

The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.

5.53.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure:

► 150 kN axial force

► 15 kMm rotation moment applied to the column top

► the self-weight is neglected

■ Exploitation loadings:

► 100 kN axial force

► 7 kNm rotation moment applied to the column top

■ ■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

■ Concrete cover 3cm and 5cm

■ Transversal reinforcement spacing a=40cm

■ Concrete C30/37

■ Steel reinforcement S500B

■ The column is considered isolated and braced

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

653

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.50 m,

■ Width: b = 0.50 m,

■ Length: L = 5.80 m,

■ Concrete cover: c = 5 cm

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

■ Load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

NEd =1.35*150+1.50*100=352.50kN=0.353MN

MEd=1.35*15+1.50*7=30.75kNm=0.03075MNm

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

654

5.53.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Geometric characteristics of the column:

The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is considered to be:

mll 60.11*20

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)

Calculating the slenderness of the column:

37.8050.0

60.11*32*32 0 a

l

Effective creep coefficient calculation:

The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

Ed

EQPef M

Mt ., 0

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

Where:

0,t creep coefficient

EQPM serviceability firs order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

EdM ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

First order eccentricity evaluation:

ieee 01

mei 03.0

The first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:

meN

Meee i

Eqp

Eqpi 125.030.0

100*30.0150

7*30.015

0

001

kNNEqp 180100*30.01501

MNmkNmeNM EqpEqp 0225.050.22125.0*180* 111

The first order ULS moment is defined latter in this example:

MNmMEd 041.01

The creep coefficient 0,t

is defined as follows:

)(*)(*),( 00 tft cmRH

72.2830

8.168.16)(

cm

cmf

f

488.0281.0

1

1.0

1)(

20.020.00

0

t

t (for t0= 28 days concrete age).

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

655

213

0

***1.0100

11

h

RH

RH

MPafcm 35 therefore: 944.038

35357.07.0

1

cmf and 984.0

38

35352.02.0

2

cmf

72.1984.0*944.0*250*1.0

100

501

1250500500*2

500*500*2*230

RHmm

u

Ach

28.2488.0*72.2*72.1)(*)(*),( 00 tft cmRH

The effective creep coefficient calculation:

25.1041.0

0225.0*28.2*, 0

Ed

EQPef M

Mt

The second order effects; The buckling calculation:

For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:

n

CBA ***20lim

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)

Where:

071.020*²50.0

353.0

*

cdc

Ed

fA

Nn

80.025.1*2.01

1

*2,01

1

ef

A

1.1*21 B because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known

70.07,1 mrC because the ratio of the first order moment is not known

24.46071.0

7.0*1.1*80.0*20lim

24.4637.80 lim

Therefore, the second order effects cannot be neglected.

Calculation of the eccentricities and solicitations corrected for ULS :

The stresses for the ULS load combination are:

NEd= 1.35*150 + 1.50*100= 352.5kN = 0,3525 MN

MEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*7= 352.5kN= 0.03075MNm

Therefore it must be determined:

■ The eccentricity of the first order ULS moment, due to the stresses applied

■ The additional eccentricity considered for the geometrical imperfections

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

656

Initial eccentricity:

mN

Me

Ed

Ed 087.0353.0

03075.00

Additional eccentricity:

ml

ei 03.0400

6.11

4000

The first order eccentricity: stresses correction:

The forces correction, used for the combined flexural calculations:

MNNEd 353.0

meee i 117.001

MNmNeM EdEd 041.0353.0*117.0*1

0*eNM Ed

mmmm

mmmmmm

hmm

e 207.16

20max

30

50020

max30

20max0

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 6.1.(4)

Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation:

To apply the nominal rigidity method, we need an initial reinforcement area to start from. For this, the concrete section will be sized considering only the first order effect.

The Advance Design calculation is different: it is iterating as many time as necessary starting from the minimum percentage area.

The reinforcement is determined using a compound bending with compressive stress. The determined solicitations were calculated from the center of gravity of the concrete section alone. Those stresses must be reduced to the centroid of tensioned steel:

MNmh

dNMM Gua 112.02

50.045.0*353.0041.0)

2(*0

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

657

Verification about the partially compressed section:

494,0)45,0

50,0*4,01(*

45,0

50,0*8,0)*4,01(**8,0

d

h

d

hBC

055.020*²45.0*50.0

112.0

*²*

cdw

uacu fdb

M

494.0055.0 BCcu therefore the section is partially compressed

The calculation for the tensioned steel in pure bending:

055.0cu

071,0)055,0*21(1*25,1 u

mdz uc 437,0)071,0*4,01(*45,0)*4,01(*

²89,578,434*437,0

112,0

*cm

fz

MA

ydc

ua

The calculation for the compressed steel in bending:

For the compound bending:

The minimum column percentage reinforcement must be considered:

Therefore a 5cm2 reinforcement area will be considered

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

658

5.53.2.3 The nominal curvature method (second order effect):

The curvature calculation:

Considering a reinforcement of 5cm ² (considered symmetric), one can determine the curvature from the following formula:

0

1**

1

rKK

r r

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(1)

1

0

0107.045.0*45,0

200000

78.434

)*45,0()*45,0(

1 md

E

f

drs

yd

yd

Kr is the correction coefficient depending of the normal force:

1

balu

ur nn

nnK

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(3)

0706.020*²50.0

353.0

*

cdc

Ed

fA

Nn

0435.020*²50.0

78.434*10*5

*

* 4

cdc

yds

fA

fA

0435.10435.011 un

4,0baln

51.140.00435.1

0706.00435.1

rK

Condition: 1rK , therefore we consider: 1rK

K creep coefficient: 1*1 efK

According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(4)

,

Therefore:

1

0

0107.00107.0*1*11

**1 m

rKK

r r

Calculation moment:

The moment of calculation is defined by the formula:

20 MMM EdEd

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

659

Where:

EdM 0 is moment of the first order including geometric imperfections.

2M is nominal moment of second order.

The 2nd order moment is calculated from the curvature:

22 *eNM Ed

mc

l

re 144.0

10

²60.11*0107.0*

1 20

2

MNmeNM Ed 051.0144.0*353.0* 22

MNmMMM EdEd 09.0051.0041.020

The reinforcement must be sized considering the demands of the second degree effects, as follows:

Reinforcement calculation according the second order effects:

The interaction diagram will be used.

The input parameters in the diagram are:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

660

According to the diagram, it will be obtained a minimal percentage reinforcement:

2min, 5*002.0²81.0

78.434

353.0*10.0*10,0cmAcm

f

NA c

yd

Eds

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 7 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

661

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: Au=5cm2)

Theoretical value (cm2)

(reference value: 5 cm2)

5.53.2.4 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Amin Reinforcement area [cm2] 5 cm2

5.53.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Amin Amin 5 cm² 0.0000 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

662

5.54 Verifying the capacity design results according to Eurocode EC2 and EC8 French standards. (DEV2013 #8.3)

Test ID: 5602

Test status: Passed

5.54.1 Description

Verifies the capacity design results according to Eurocode EC2 and EC8 French standards.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

663

5.55 EC2 Test 47: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to tension load - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD2)

Test ID: 5964

Test status: Passed

5.55.1 Description

Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple tension. Verification of the bending stresses at ultimate limit state and serviceability limit state is performed.

Verification is done according to EN 1992-1-1 French annex.

5.55.2 Background

Simple Bending Design for Ultimate and Service State Limit

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple tension. During this test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.55.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 135 kN/m (including dead load),

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 150kN/m,

■ ■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

■ Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.20 m,

■ Width: b = 0.20 m,

■ Length: L = 5.00 m,

■ Section area: A = 0.04 m2 ,

■ Concrete cover: c=5.00cm

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

664

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500, class A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

■ Exposure class XD2

■ Concrete density: 25kN/m3

■ Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram

■ The concrete age t0=28 days

■ Humidity RH=50%

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) , fixed connection,

► Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Z.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load combinations:

■ Ultimate Limit State:

kN*.*.Q*.G*.NEd 4071505113535151351

■ Characteristic combination of actions:

KNQGN cq,ser 285150135

■ Quasi-permanent combination of actions:

KN*.Q*.GN qp,ser 1801503013530

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

665

5.55.2.2 Reference results in calculating the longitudinal reinforcement and the crack width

Calculating for ultimate limit state:

²37.9²10*37.9

15.1

500407.0 4

,, cmm

NA

Us

EdUs

Calculating for serviceability limit state:

S

sersers

NA

,

Mpaf yks 400500*8,0*8,0

²13.7²10*13.7400

285.0 4, cmmA sers

Final reinforcement

Is retained the steel section between the maximum theoretical calculation at ULS and calculating the SLS or

Ath = 9.37 cm ².

Therefore, 4HA20 = A = 12.57 cm ².

Constraint checking to the ELS:

MPaMPaA

Nss

sers

sers 40080.226

001257.0

285.0

,

Crack opening verification:

It will be checked the openings of cracks by considering 4HA20.

Calculating the maximum spacing between the cracks

The maximum spacing of cracks is given by the formula:

effpr

kkcks

,

213max,

***425.0*

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(3)

The effective depth “d” must be estimated by considering the real reinforcement of the beam:

cmd 4.132

26.0520

020.0100.0

2

20.0165.0)134.020.0(*5.2

min*20.0

2

)(*5.2min*,

hdh

bA effc

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2); Figure: 7.1

²040.0, mA effc this value was multiplied by two because the section is fully stretched

031.0040.0

10*57.12 4

,,

effc

seffp A

A

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

666

mmnn

nneq 20

**

**

2211

222

211

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2)

effpr

kkcks

,

213max,

***425.0*

Concrete cover of 5cm and HA6 reinforcement, therefore c=5+0.6=5.6cm

801 .k HA bars

12 k pure tension sizing

99156

2543

2543

3232

3 .*.c

*.k//

mmkk

ckseffp

r 331031.0

20*1*8.0*425.056*99.1

***425.0*

,

213max,

Calculation of average deformations

35.631476

200000

cm

se E

E

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2)

Steel stresses in SLSqp:

MpaA

N

sers

qpsers 2.143

001257.0

180.0

,

44 10304σ

6010175

200000

031035610310

56240143ρα1

ρσ

εε

*.E

*,*.

).*.(*.

.*.

E

)*(*f

*k

s

s

s

eff,peeff,p

eff,ctts

cmsm

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2)

Calculation of crack widths:

mmsw cmsmrk 171.0)10*17.5(*331)(* 4max,

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(1)

For an exposure class XD2, applying the French national annex, it retained a maximum opening of 0.20mm crack.

This criterion is satisfied.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

667

Checking the condition of non-fragility:

In case one control for cracking is required:

yk

ctmcs f

fAA .

Because h<0.3m

Mpaff ckctm 56,225*30.0*30.0 3/23/2

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2);Table 3.1

²04.020.0*20.0 mAc

²05.2500

56.2*04.0* cm

f

fAA

yk

ctmcs

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 6 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

668

Longitudinal reinforcement for ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)

ULS (reference value: Az=9.36 cm2=2*4.68 cm2)

SLS (reference value: Az=7.12 cm2=2*3.56 cm2)

Stresses in the steel reinforcement

(reference value: s= 226.80Mpa)

Maximum spacing of cracks Sr, max (m)

(reference value: Sr,max= 0.331m)

Crack width wk (mm)

(reference value: wk= 0.171mm)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

669

5.55.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Az,ULS Theoretical reinforcement area for the ULS load combination [cm2] 4.68 cm2

s Stresses in steel reinforcement [MPa] 226.77 MPa

Sr, max Maximum spacing of cracks [m] 33.1 cm

wk Crack width [mm] 0.017 cm

5.55.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Az Az,USL -4.68337 cm² -0.0001 %

Ss CQ SigmaS -226.766 MPa 0.0016 %

Sr,max Sr,max 32.7639 cm -0.7155 %

wk wk -0.0170451 cm -0.2650 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

670

5.56 EC2 Test 4 II: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot B efforts – Inclined stress-strain diagram

Test ID: 5893

Test status: Passed

5.56.1 Description

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement.

The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for Pivot B efforts. For these tests, the constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied.

The objective is to verify the longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class B reinforcement steel ductility.

5.56.2 Background

This test performs the verification of the value (hence the position of the neutral axis) to determine the Pivot efforts (A or B) to be considered for the calculations.

The distinction between the Pivot A and Pivot B efforts is from the following diagram:

ddd

x

cuud

cuu

cuud

cuu .. x 2

2

2

2

The limit for depends of the ductility class:

■ For a Class A steel: 13460α5022ε .. uud

■ For a Class B steel: 0720α45ε .uud

■ For a Class C steel: 0490α5067ε .. uud

The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for Pivot A efforts. For these tests, it will be used the constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram.

MPaAS susu 454.38,95271,432500

MPaBS susu 466.27,72771,432500

MPaCS susu 493.52,89571,432500

The Pivot efforts types are described below:

■ Pivot A: Simple traction and simple bending or combined

■ Pivot B: Simple or combined bending

■ Pivot C: Combined bending with compression and simple compression

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

671

5.56.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 25 kN/m+ dead load,

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 50kN/m,

■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

■ There will be considered a Class B reinforcement steel

■ The calculation will be made considering inclined stress-strain diagram

The objective is to verify:

■ The stresses results

■ The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class B reinforcement steel ductility

■ The minimum reinforcement percentage

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

672

Simply supported beam

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.90 m,

■ Width: b = 0.50 m,

■ Length: L = 5.80 m,

■ Section area: A = 0.45 m2 ,

■ Concrete cover: c = 4.00 cm

■ Effective height: d = h - (0.6 * h + ebz)=0.806 m; d’ = ebz = 0.040 m

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

■ Exposure class XC1

■ Concrete density: 25kN/m3

■ There will be considered a Class B reinforcement steel ductility

■ The calculation will be made considering inclined stress-strain diagram

■ Cracking calculation required

■ Concrete C25/30: MPa,,

ff

c

ckcd 6716

51

25

γ

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

■ MPa.*.f*.f //ckctm 56225300300 3232

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

■ Steel S500 : MPa,,

ff

s

ykyd 78434

151

500

γ

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

► Support at end point (x = 5.8) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.

■ Inner: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

673

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Dead load:

G’=0.9*0.5*2.5=11.25 kN/ml

Load combinations:

■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(25+11.25)+1.5*50=123.94 kN/ml

■ Characteristic combination of actions:

CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=25+11.25+50=86.25kN/ml

■ Load calculations:

kNmMEd 16.5218

²80.5*94.123

kNmMEcq 68.3628

²80.5*25.86

5.56.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit

For S500B reinforcement steel, we have 372.0lu (since we consider no limit on the compression concrete to

SLS).

Reference solution for reinforcement from Class B steel ductility

If the Class B reinforcement steel is chosen, the calculations must be done considering the Pivot B efforts.

The calculation of the reinforcement is detailed below:

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.806 m

■ Calculation of reduced moment:

096,067,16*²806.0*50,0

10*52116.0

*²* 2

3

MPamm

Nm

fdb

M

cdw

Edcu

■ The α value:

A design in simple bending is performed and it will be considered a design stress of concrete equal to cdf .

mdz cuc 765.0)127.0*4.01(*806.0)*4,01(*

■ Tensioned reinforcement steel elongation :

1.245.3*

127,0

127,01*

12cu

u

usu

■ Reinforcement steel stresses :

MPasusu 466*27,72771,432

MPaMpasu 46625.4500241,0*27,72771,432

²13.1525.450*765.0

52116.0

*cm

fz

MA

ydc

Edu

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 7 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

674

ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 521.16kNm)

SLS (reference value: 362.68kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)

For Class B reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=15.13cm2)

5.56.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

My,ULS My corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 521.16 kNm

My,SLS My corresponding to 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 362.68 kNm

Az Theoretical reinforcement area (Class B) [cm2] 15.13 cm2

5.56.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

My My corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) -521.125 kN*m 0.0000 %

My My corresponding to 102 combination (SLS) -362.657 kN*m -0.0001 %

Az Theoretical reinforcement area (Class B) -15.1105 cm² -0.0002 %

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

675

5.57 Testing the punching verification and punching reinforcement results on loaded analysis model (TTAD #14332)

Test ID: 6189

Test status: Passed

5.57.1 Description

Tests the punching verification and punching reinforcement results on loaded analysis mode and generates the corresponding report.

5.58 Verifying the peak smoothing influence over mesh, the punching verification and punching reinforcement results when Z down axis is selected. (TTAD #14963)

Test ID: 6200

Test status: Passed

5.58.1 Description

Verifies the peak smoothing influence over mesh, the punching verification and punching reinforcement results when Z down axis is selected.

The model consists in a c25/30 concrete planar element and four concrete columns (with R20/30, IPE400, D40, L60*20 cross-sections) and is subjected to self weight and 1 live load of -100 KN.

5.59 EC2: column design with “Nominal Stiffness method” square section (TTAD #11625)

Test ID: 3001

Test status: Passed

5.59.1 Description

Verifies and generates the corresponding report for the longitudinal reinforcement bars of a column. The column is designed with "Nominal stiffness method", with a square cross section (C40).

5.60 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a horizontal concrete bar with rectangular cross section

Test ID: 4179

Test status: Passed

5.60.1 Description

Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation according to the Eurocodes 2 - French DAN. Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement and generates the corresponding report: "Longitudinal reinforcement linear elements".

The model consists of a concrete linear element with rectangular cross section (R18*60) with rigid hinge supports at both ends and two linear vertical loads: -15.40 kN and -9.00 kN.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

676

5.61 Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for articulated beams (TTAD #11342)

Test ID: 3639

Test status: Passed

5.61.1 Description

Verifies the minimum transverse reinforcement area for two articulated horizontal beams.

Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation and generates the "Transverse reinforcement linear elements" report.

Each beam has rectangular cross section (R30*70), B25 material and two hinge rigid supports at both ends.

On each beam there are applied:

- Dead loads: a linear load of -25.00 kN and two punctual loads of -55.00 kN and -65.00 kN

- Live loads: a linear load of -20.00 kN and two punctual loads of -40.00 kN and -35.00 kN.

5.62 Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for an articulated beam (TTAD #11342)

Test ID: 3638

Test status: Passed

5.62.1 Description

Verifies the minimum transverse reinforcement area for an articulated horizontal beam.

Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation and generates the "Transverse reinforcement linear elements" report.

The beam has a rectangular cross section (R20*50), B25 material and two hinge rigid supports at both ends.

5.63 EC2 : calculation of a square column in traction (TTAD #11892)

Test ID: 3509

Test status: Passed

5.63.1 Description

The test is performed on a single column in tension, according to Eurocodes 2.

The column has a section of 20 cm square and a rigid support. A permanent load (traction of 100 kN) and a live load (40 kN) are applied.

Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the longitudinal reinforcement report.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

677

5.64 Verifying Aty and Atz for a fixed concrete beam (TTAD #11812)

Test ID: 3528

Test status: Passed

5.64.1 Description

Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation of a model with a horizontal concrete beam.

The beam has a R20*50 cross section and two hinge rigid supports.

Verifies Aty and Atz for the fixed concrete beam.

5.65 Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a structure with 375 load cases combinations (TTAD #11683)

Test ID: 3475

Test status: Passed

5.65.1 Description

Verifies the reinforced concrete results for a model with more than 100 load cases combinations.

On a concrete structure there are applied: dead loads, self weight, live loads, wind loads (according to NV2009) and accidental loads. A number of 375 combinations are obtained.

Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforcement areas planar elements report.

5.66 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for linear elements (TTAD #11636)

Test ID: 3545

Test status: Passed

5.66.1 Description

Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement for a vertical concrete bar.

Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement and generates the reinforcement report.

The bar has a square cross section of 30.00 cm, a rigid fixed support at the base and a support with translation restraints on X and Y. A vertical punctual load of -1260.00 kN is applied.

5.67 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement bars for a filled circular column (TTAD #11678)

Test ID: 3543

Test status: Passed

5.67.1 Description

Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement for a vertical concrete bar.

Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforcement report.

The bar has a circular cross section with a radius of 40.00 cm and a rigid hinge support. A vertical punctual load of -5000.00 kN is applied.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

678

5.68 Verifying concrete results for planar elements (TTAD #11583)

Test ID: 3548

Test status: Passed

5.68.1 Description

Verifies the reinforcement results on planar elements.

Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforced concrete analysis report: data and results.

The model consists of two planar elements (C20/25 material) with rigid fixed linear supports. On each element, a punctual load of 50.00 kN on FX is applied.

5.69 Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a fixed beam (TTAD #11836)

Test ID: 3542

Test status: Passed

5.69.1 Description

Verifies the concrete results on a fixed horizontal beam.

Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforced concrete calculation results report.

The beam has a R25*60 cross section, C25/30 material and has a rigid hinge support at one end and a rigid support with translation restraints on Y and Z at the other end. A linear dead load (-28.75 kN) and a live load (-50.00 kN) are applied.

5.70 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a fixed linear element (TTAD #11700)

Test ID: 3547

Test status: Passed

5.70.1 Description

Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement for a horizontal concrete bar.

Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement and generates the reinforcement report.

The bar has a rectangular cross section R40*80, has a rigid hinge support at one end and a rigid support with translation restraints on Y and Z. Four loads are applied: a linear dead load of -50.00 kN on FZ, a punctual dead load of -30.00 kN on FZ, a linear live load of -60.00 kN on FZ and a punctual live load of -25.00 kN on FZ.

5.71 Verifying concrete results for linear elements (TTAD #11556)

Test ID: 3549

Test status: Passed

5.71.1 Description

Verifies the reinforcement results for a horizontal concrete bar.

Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Verifies the reinforcement and generates the reinforced concrete analysis report: data and results.

The bar has a rectangular cross section R20*50, a rigid hinge support at one end, a rigid support with translation restraints on X, Y and Z and rotation restraint on X.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

679

5.72 Verifying the reinforcement of concrete columns (TTAD #11635)

Test ID: 3564

Test status: Passed

5.72.1 Description

Verifies the reinforcement of a concrete column.

5.73 EC2 Test 47 I: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a tension distributed load - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD2)

Test ID: 5887

Test status: Passed

5.73.1 Description

Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made of concrete C25/30 subjected to a tension distributed load - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD2).

During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement area and the verification of the minimum reinforcement area.

5.73.2 Background

Simple Bending Design for Serviceability Limit State

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple tension. During this test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.73.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

■ Element type: linear.

The following load cases and load combination are used:

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 135 kN/m (including dead load),

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 150kN/m,

■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

■ Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

Units

Metric System

Geometry

Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

■ Height: h = 0.20 m,

■ Width: b = 0.20 m,

■ Length: L = 5.00 m,

■ Section area: A = 0.04 m2 ,

■ Concrete cover: c=5.00cm

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

681

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500, class A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

■ Exposure class XD2

■ Concrete density: 25kN/m3

■ Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram

■ The concrete age t0=28 days

■ Humidity RH=50%

Boundary conditions

The boundary conditions are described below:

■ Outer:

► Support at start point (x=0) , fixed connection,

► Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Z.

■ Inner: None.

Loading

The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load combinations:

■ Characteristic combination of actions:

KNQGN cq,ser 285150135

■ Quasi-permanent combination of actions:

KN*.Q*.GN qp,ser 1801503013530

5.73.2.2 Reference results in calculating the longitudinal and the minimum reinforcement

Calculating the longitudinal reinforcement for serviceability limit state:

S

sersers

NA

,

Mpaf yks 400500*8,0*8,0

²13.7²10*13.7400

285.0 4, cmmA sers

Calculating the minimum reinforcement:

²04.020.0*20.0 mAc

²05.2500

56.2*04.0* cm

f

fAA

yk

ctmcs

Finite elements modeling

■ Linear element: S beam,

■ 6 nodes,

■ 1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

682

Longitudinal reinforcement for SLS load combinations

SLS (reference value: Az=7.12 cm2=2*3.56 cm2)

Minimum longitudinal reinforcement

(reference value: Amin= 2.05 cm2)

5.73.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value

Az,SLS Theoretical reinforcement area for the SLS load combination [cm2] 3.56 cm2

Amin Minimum longitudinal reinforcement [cm2] 2.05 cm2

5.73.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error

Az Theoretical reinforcement area for the SLS load combination -3.5625 cm² 0.0000 %

Amin Minimum longitudinal reinforcement 2.05197 cm² 0.0001 %

031514-0409-0418